Home

User Manual

1. i Hosts Port Information PCI Registers VPD Ungrouped z Efe WIN 3APR7157MM9 i am 7101684 E 326 Port 0 Item Name Item Value Nic 00 00 C9 44 44 44 o Jex OneConnect 0Ce14401 UX 40GbE 1 Port QSFP PCIe 3 0 Universal CNA NIC PF RE 10 00 00 00 C9 44 44 46 poe BK32419734 BK32419734 10 00 00 00 69 44 44 47 Emulex OneConnect OCe 14401 UX 40GbE 1 Port QSFP PCIe 3 0 Universal CNA E localhost localdoOCM RHELS 4x64 cerr i fai OCe14401 UX Vital Product Data LP 1050 2 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C2 29 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C3 LP9000 2 10 00 00 00 C9 32 20 66 feb WIN 2SDTOBF6R42 5 OneConnect OCe 14000 E 326 Port 1 Nig 00 90 FA 41 23 00 Port 2 Nig 00 90 FA 41 23 08 90Y3556 5 36 Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 56 10 00 00 00 C9 12 34 57 00 00 C9 12 34 58 Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 59 5 36 Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 5A 10 00 00 00 C9 12 34 58 00 00 C9 12 34 5C Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 5D Figure 8 2 NIC VPD Tab VPD Table Definitions Note OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A Product Name Product information about the selected adapter port PN Part Number The adapter s part number SN Serial Number The adapter s serial number VO Vendor unique data V indicates a vendor specific field An adapter may have none one or more of these fields defined Valid values for
2. Oetats Uc Custom Enable NIC ROV Factory Defeats Figure 7 19 OCe14000 series Adapter Configuration Tab FCoE selected OCe14000 series Adapter Configuration Tab Field Definitions e Current Configuration Displays the protocol running on the adapter e Next Boot Configuration Displays different checkboxes or radios buttons subject to the protocol running on the adapter Select a checkbox or radio button to change the tab s view and next boot configuration method e Enable NIC SR IOV Select this checkbox to enable NIC SR IOV on the adapter Notes e SR IOV can only be enabled for non multi channel and non NIC RoCE configurations e If the NIC RoCE personality is selected the Enable NIC SR IOV checkbox is automatically cleared and disabled e If you have an active configuration where only some of the NIC functions have SR IOV enabled and you click the Adapter Configuration tab a warning message appears as shown in Figure 7 20 on page 92 prompting you to click the Apply button to save the configuration with SR IOV enabled on all NIC functions OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 92 OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration An Avago Technologies Company Adapter Configuration SR IOV is not enabled at an adapter wide level Click on the Apply button to save configuration with SR IOV enabled in all NIC functios F
3. ccececccscecccenneennenssesccesceeeneesaseeseecneecaeenaes 243 Error ACUIOMN ss sicecdvciieasGadeeavic dou bvleawadicbv adele na viecideb vee eisai wah anieisle iene seeebn gee eteresmegien 244 Test CYCLES eriniki nR EE AANEREN AERES 244 Test Pattern ncsissacnsescsd beau e aan EEE E EE E SAES 244 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Table of Contents 10 An Avago Technologies Company Test StatUS i wsscsassctansions deswer aisles siedGied E ticles E RRE NE EE E EE aa ai 244 Running End to End ECHO Tests sssnssssosesssssssssossssosesseosseseosessesess 245 Saving the Log File er secerrierisrssis ie sinnir EEE EEEE EEEE EEEE 246 OneConnect Diagnostics avisisscscevicisescs cavecewees decedeceseesvevcvesssetsacsus vedoeusesseets 247 OneConnect Loopback Test Combinations cc ccccceeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 248 FCoE End to End Echo TeSt wccvcsccsve ccvvsecsves cess cevesecevesectves seveasceves cevbee coves 249 Error ACOM ws sivsscciesussasnngcieveissinangGiee esis sinaaiiee sede a Raa E aE aA a aa 249 TESE CYCLES cinri sna iaia i ENORA a AE ESSR EEROR ERRAKETAK ENRE 249 Test Patteri ssrsesspni eidon oaa a e e a as 249 TESE SLALUS vs dvscitcedumcdedenan en a e e a i nee bas 249 Using Beaconing nrersc teiscc eses sestati CEEE ECCE OEE REER 250 Running TDR Tests 10GBASE T Adapters Only ssssssssessssssesssssesesssesssseee 251 Saving the Log File disc ccdicceaescea
4. at OCe 1430246 Port Discovery Batch Help Physical Port info OCB Diagnoses Transceiver Data OCEX State Enabled RSE 00 90 A 29 46 58 PAC Propertes State Enabled Pott RSE 00 90 FA 29 46 462 Syrc Yes Active Precites 5 Protocol Properbes State Enabled ROCE Priority 5 QO Properties State Enabled Actve OPY 5 Syd Yes Smed Yes Priority Group Propertes Enabled Active Groups Syed Yes G Eror No State LLOP Troremit State LLOP Receive State Eror Eror Error Ready Priorites Prorites 123 467 Enabled Enabled ls loan a uu elo wtr Be stor x Figure 10 9 DCB Tab for RoCE Adapter Ports DCB Tab Field Definitions e DCBX State The current DCBX state enabled or disabled e LLDP Transmit State DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled e LLDP Receive States DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled PFC Properties Area e State Enabled means that flow control in both directions Tx and Rx is enabled Disabled means that priority flow control is currently disabled The priority value if
5. fite fdt jew Pot Qncovery Baich bielp BM Sele ml Eme pem H OL Physical Port info OCB agnostics Teanscewer Osta Actove Groupe manes bromde Figure 10 5 DCB Tab NIC FCoE adapter port selected DCB Tab Field Definitions DCBX State The current DCBX state enabled or disabled LLDP Transmit State DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled LLDP Receive State DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled PFC Properties Area OneCommand Manager Application State Enabled means that flow control in both directions Tx and Rx is enabled Disabled means that priority flow control is currently disabled The priority value if shown is not applicable This may be caused by o The switch port priority flow control being set to On instead of Auto o Switch port using port flow control instead of priority flow control o PFC disabled at adapter or switch Active Priorities Lists the priorities with PFC set to enabled Sync d If yes the PFC priorities have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the conf
6. 1 From the View menu select Manage Groups The Host Group Management dialog box appears Figure 6 3 on page 61 2 From the Groups list select the group to which you want to add the host OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 6 Managing Hosts 63 An Avago Technologies Company Grouping Hosts 3 From the Available Hosts list select the host you want to add or select multiple hosts by using Ctrl Click or Shift Click and click the Right Arrow The selected host is removed from the Available Hosts list and is added to the Hosts in Selected Group list 4 Click OK to commit your changes The discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 displays the new configuration Removing a Host from a Host Group To remove a host from a host group 1 From the View menu select Manage Groups The Host Group Management dialog box appears Figure 6 3 on page 61 2 From the Groups list select the group containing the host you want to remove 3 From the Hosts in Selected Group list select the host you want to remove and click the Left Arrow The selected host is removed from the Hosts in Selected Group list and is added to the Available Hosts list 4 Click OK to commit your changes The discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 displays the new configuration Restoring a Host Group To restore a host group 1 From the View menu select Manage Groups The Host Group Management dialog box appears Figure 6 3 on page 6
7. The configured value of bandwidth for the different priority groups Note PG15 is only available for NIC RoCE ports and has no bandwidth setting o Max Configurable PGs The maximum number of priority groups that can be configured Bandwidths of all the priority groups must add up to 100 Configure DCB Dialog Box Buttons e Defaults Click to return to the factory settings e Configuration Rules Click to display the NIC Priority window that lists the rules for configuring NIC priorities You must observe the following rules when configuring priority groups for RoCE adapter ports 1 The RoCE priority must be assigned as a PFC priority too 2 Only the RoCE priority can be assigned to PG15 3 The RoCE priority can be assigned to the PG15 as a single priority or any other PG as the single priority to the PG that is no other priorities can be assigned to the PG where the RoCE priority is assigned All other priorities should be assigned to a single PG OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 234 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters 4 No bandwidth is specified for PG15 The bandwidths for PGO PG7 must add up to 100 e OK Click to apply and save your changes e Cancel Click to discard any changes you made OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 11 Configuring HP Flex Adapters 232 An Avago Technologies Company
8. 1 Authentication On Linux and Solaris systems this is done using the PAM interface and must be configured as follows e For Solaris systems place the correct setting in the auth section of etc pam d other file or its earlier equivalent etc pam conf e For Linux systems this is the etc pam d passwd file auth section or equivalent 2 User Group Membership From the host machine OneCommand Manager Secure Management must be able to access the OneCommand Manager group to which the user belongs For Linux and Solaris systems it uses the getgrnam and getgrid C library API calls The equivalent to the API calls can be obtained by typing getent group from the shell command line If the four OneCommand Manager group names are listed with their member users the machine is ready to use OneCommand Manager secure management 3 For Solaris systems you must use useradd G groupname for authentication to work You cannot use a lowercase g Changing Management and Read Only Mode Note This functionality is only available to root users and administrators even when running in Secure Management mode During installation a management and a read only mode are selected If modification of these settings after installation was selected you can change the management mode e Secure Management The setting enables roles based security See Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management on page 42 for deta
9. 1 Introduction 19 Abbreviations redundant array of independent disks remote direct memory access Red Hat Enterprise Linux Remote Management Application Programming Interface RDMA over Converged Ethernet remote port indicator storage area network Small Computer System Interface small form factor pluggable Software Foundation Software Lenovo System X term for UMC Previously known as vNIC2 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server Server Message Block Simple Network Management Protocol signal to noise ratio single root I O virtualization Transmission Control Protocol TCP over Internet Protocol time domain reflectometer iSCSI target session identifier handle transmit Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Universal Fabric Port Upper Layer Protocol Universal Multi Channel virtual Ethernet port aggregator virtual function virtual local area network VLAN identifier virtual machine virtual network interface card vital product data virtual port wireless LAN World Wide Name World Wide Node Name World Wide Port Name P011373 01A Rev A axe EMULEX 1 Introduction 20 An Avago Technologies Company Abbreviations XRI extensible resource indicator OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 21 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application
10. CRC32C or None If set to CRC32C and the initiator is configured accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segment is protected by a CRC32C checksum e MaxConnections The maximum number of connections to targets that are allowed within a single session e MaxRecvDataSegmentLength The maximum data segment length in bytes an initiator or target can receive in an iSCSI PDU e ErrorRecoveryLevel The operational ErrorRecoveryLevel for the session 0 indicates recovery only by session restart 1 indicates recovery by reissuing commands data or status 2 indicates connection failure recovery OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 9 Updating Adapter Firmware 202 9 Updating Adapter Firmware The OneCommand Manager application enables you to update firmware for a single adapter or simultaneously for multiple adapters Updating Firmware for a Single Adapter Using the Maintenance or Firmware tab you can update firmware on local and remote adapters The firmware file must be downloaded from the Emulex website and extracted to a local drive before you can perform this procedure Not available in read only mode e The Emulex driver must be installed e The OneCommand Manager application must be installed e The firmware zip file must be downloaded from the Emulex website unzipped and extracted to a folder on a local drive e Ifthe adapter is already connected to a boot device the system
11. Configuring Advanced Settings Boot from SAN sssssesssssssssossssesessessssseoss 169 x86 Boot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog BOX ssssssssssesssessesssessesssessesseees 170 EFIBoot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog BOX sssesssssssssessesseeseeseeseeeeseseee 172 OpenBoot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog BoX cc ceecce eee eeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeenes 173 Using FC SP DHCHAP Authentication Windows Linux 8 2 and Solaris 173 LINUX Considerations scssi peni nn danse S cede aendeeav uber veka PEENE E E ETS 174 Enabling Authentication cc cce cece cence een e een nee cence eneeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeenaes 174 FCAUTNA DACMON sissesnnndesadedsavedens ccuwan aise deesionsncaleneed seseedeassiueesqaadedeseetabeatents 174 DHGHAP Tab iscsi tacvvoiandusattveh iver sacwawtscioetelielnianteduserhtan tay T ETE E a E 176 Changing Authentication Configuration c sce cce secs cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 177 Viewing the Error and Event Log sce sce eee cee cece eee eeeee eee ee eee eeee eee eeeeeeeeees 178 TGS E T 179 Viewing iSCSI Port Information sce cue deer esa ures ehiwiu dive desaxk dveveaxedusces eaesuawenes 179 iSCSI Port Information Field Definitions sce cece eee e cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 179 Viewing iSCSI Network Information siicaccics ceive sccstavevecessieessdiaseeeesascesagecwaden 180 iSCSI Network Information Tab Field Definitions
12. LUN Masking Conventions and Guidelines LUN icons in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 reflect the live mask state currently in use by the driver Green LUN icons indicate unmasked LUNs Gray LUN icons indicate masked LUNs Red text indicates that a LUN mask has been changed but not applied saved OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols LUN Masking Column Definitions e LUN The FC LUN number e On Reboot The On Reboot column shows the mask configuration currently saved to the configuration file on disk Solaris or to the Registry Windows Normally for a specific LUN the states reported in the On Reboot and Current column are identical However there can be times where these do not match For example the hbacmd utility can be used to change only the Current mask state for a LUN and not touch the On Reboot mask state contained in the configuration file e Current The Current column displays the live mask state currently in use by the driver When you first see the LUN Masking tab the mask states displayed in the Current column are identical to the mask states for the corresponding LUNs in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 To change the mask status of a LUN 1 2 Select Host view From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC FCoE target whose LUN masking state you want to change A set of LUNs appears below the selected
13. Logging into Targets Only connected targets targets that are successfully logged in to are displayed in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 However the Targets table in the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 is composed of all discovered targets regardless of their connection status The connection status of each target is displayed in the Status column of the Targets table Disconnected targets are targets that have not yet been logged in to by the initiator Note The target s login options are set at the time they are discovered from the target portal and match the target portal s login options Changing the login options in the Initiator Login Options tab does not change the discovered targets login options OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 191 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI e Target Login i a Warning Multiple logins to the same iSCSI target from a host machine result in multiple devices presented to the OS In such cases multi pathing software need be insvalled to avoid device contention problems Target Name qn 2005 0 1 com cpenfler target121 000 Target Login Options ImmedateData Neg v HeaderDigest None v Datadigest None X Authentcaton Authentication Method None lt Target CHAP Name Target Secret Initiator CHAP Name Iri stor Secret Target Portal V Use default target portal IP Address TO Port Sere
14. P011373 01A Rev A 12 XG EMULEX List of Figures An Avago Technologies Company Figure 8 12 Figure 8 13 Figure 8 14 Figure 8 15 Figure 8 16 Figure 8 17 Figure 8 18 Figure 8 19 Figure 8 20 Figure 8 21 Figure 8 22 Figure 8 23 Figure 8 24 Figure 8 25 Figure 8 26 Figure 8 27 Figure 8 28 Figure 8 29 Figure 8 30 Figure 8 31 Figure 8 32 Figure 8 33 Figure 8 34 Figure 8 35 Figure 8 36 Figure 8 37 Figure 8 38 Figure 8 39 Figure 8 40 Figure 8 41 Figure 8 42 Figure 8 43 Figure 8 44 Figure 8 45 Figure 8 46 Figure 8 47 Figure 8 48 Figure 8 49 Figure 8 50 Figure 8 51 Figure 8 52 Figure 8 53 OneCommand Manager Application Delete Virtual Port Warning sssssssssessesesessssoosseccseseesosesoesssesesseee 133 Fabric Discovery Information sssesseossesseosessseossesseossessseesessseose 134 FC Transceiver Data TaD secicaansccuitaenacrvntensaterietraretetlnw scar seiicsieds 135 FC FCOE VPD Tab sesrsiroriresres euss oiiia t ineton s si oND EEEE test 136 FC Maintenance Tab serr roriererresrc sisirin i atinae foaeonudaveanaducwunieieiedai desde 137 FCoE Maintenance Tab essssseescsesosssesocssecocssscsssesocosecocsssesosesoo 139 Target Information Tab sssscsscevscccrcirerccrsriveevceseviretusesris rensie rris cenios 140 FC FCoE LUN Information Tab as cieisoeaveseiotester ci heraneeieievunssdbedeseesneens 141 Target Mapping Tabir ersieireor ioten es sa EEE EE EEEE 143 Target Mapping TaD ssse ssis euees
15. message indicates that you must reboot the system to activate the new configuration You cannot restore the previously saved next boot configuration the Restore button is disabled Before rebooting you can change the default port configuration that was set on the adapter by changing the link configuration For example you can change the single port configuration from a NIC only configuration to NIC iSCSI as shown in Figure 7 36 on page 108 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration OneCommand Manager M ct a File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help Find Host E CAIK Adapter Information Firmware Adapter Configuration Current Configuration Custom Configuration __ Details Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 5A Reboot required A 00 90 FA 29 46 58 SHEER EE Note Selecting a new link configuration immmediately hags Nei n Select Link Configuration 1Port 40 Gbps SFP v updates the adapter s next boot configuration i e anpi no way to restore previous next boot configuration a 00 90 FA 29 46 5F Gam Port 2 5 Single personality all ports UMC Custom Configure NIC RoCE Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 62 AB 00 90 FA 29 46 63 B a Port 3 Func Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 66 Port Num MAC
16. notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR S AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR S OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Appendix A License Notices 262 An Avago Technologies Company OpenPegasus Licensing Notice OpenPegasus Licensing Notice Licensed to The Open Grou
17. ASIC 64 2 port 1 is missing The Virtual Port icon represents a virtual port The Target icon represents connections to individual storage devices The LUN icon represents connections to individual disk LUNs The masked LUN icon represents a LUN not presented to the host The ExpressLane LUN icon represents a LUN with ExpressLane priority queueing enabled The Media Exchanger icon represents connections to individual media exchangers A media exchanger is a jukebox like device that is capable of swapping various media device instances such as records or CDs in and out The Tape LUN icon represents LUNs that are tape devices The Target Controller LUN icon represents LUNs that are storage controllers The Switch icon represents connections to the switch OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 42 An Avago Technologies Company Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery Tree View You can use the Expand Collapse capability on the View menu to change the way discovered elements are displayed By selecting one of the four levels the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 is expanded or collapsed to that level You can choose Hosts Fabrics depending on the view adapters ports PCI functions and targets Property Tabs The property tabs display configuration statistical and status information for network element
18. E N Pe 120029 e Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 01 Figure 8 21 Target Mapping Tab 4 Target mappings are displayed by WWPN WWNN or D_ID PB indicates mapping from persistent binding while Auto indicates an automapped target In the Display Mode section choose the display mode you want to use 5 If you want click Change Settings The Mapped Target Settings dialog box appears You can enable or disable auto mapping and change the active bind type Click OK 6 Reboot the system for changes to take effect Adding a Persistent Binding To add a persistent binding 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Inthe discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC FCoE function you want to set up with persistent binding 3 Select the Target Mapping tab Figure 8 21 on page 146 All targets are displayed In the Targets Table click the target that you want to bind 4 Click Add Binding The Add Persistent Binding dialog box Figure 8 22 on page 147 is displayed OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 147 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Add Persistent Binding xi r Bind Type Selection BusID 0 Target 10 0 x Figure 8 22 Add Persistent Binding Dialog Box 5 Select the bind type that you want to use WWPN WWNN or D_ID 6 Select the Bus ID and target ID that you want to bind and click OK Note Automapped targets have entries only in the s
19. rFunction Summary LN 90 1B 0E 20 F0 20 h Port 1 NIC Functions 50 LN 90 1B 0E 20 F0 24 Ere Port 2 FFC FCoE LN 90 1B 0E 20 F0 22 Port 3 FC Functions 2 LN 90 18 0E 20 F0 26 FCoE Functions 10 E10SolrhSu9BFS FC Targets 12 m 1 90 1B 0E 20 F0 28 e Port 0 00 00 C9 A4 00 78 iSCSI 00 00 C9 A4 00 7C 52964 iSCSI Functions 4 Keo OneConnect OCel 4000 iSCSI Targets o te Port 0 UN 90 18 06 20 F0 23 Port 1 LN 90 1B 0E 20 F0 28 sf iTigershark t1 jan 90Y9334 H Port 0 LN 00 00 c9 FD 68 2 ke Port 1 Fl J S I aa eal Figure 5 6 Discovery Information Host View Selected OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A G EMULEX 5 Configuring Discovery 56 Viewing Discovery Information An Avago Technologies Company Discovery Information Field Definitions e Hosts The total number of discovered host computers containing manageable Emulex adapters This includes servers workstations personal computers multiprocessor systems and clustered computer complexes e Adapters The total number of discovered adapters e Physical Ports The number of discovered physical ports that can be managed by this host e Function Summary Listed by protocol the total number of discovered functions and targets OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 6 Managing Hosts 57 An Avago Technologies Company
20. 00 00 C9 D5 6A 3C Nic 00 00 C9 D5 68 30 986 Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 D5 6 8 3 10 00 00 00 C9 D5 6A 3F 00 00 C9 DS 64 40 Mig 00 00 C9 05 6A 41 Adapter Information Firmware Endex Oneconnect OCel1102 FM 2 port PCle 10GbE CNA K20623710 44 2391 Working 44 2394 EA NIA Current Management Type umc Management Type After Reboot Ga Note Changing channel management type requires a reboot to activate Figure 7 13 OneConnect OCe11102 Adapter Information Tab To change the personality of OCe11102 adapters 1 From the discovery tree select the OCe11102 adapter whose personality you want to change The Adapter Information tab is displayed Figure 7 13 on page 83 2 From the Personality area of the Adapter Information tab select the personality type you want and click Apply Note If the adapter does not support personalities personality controls are not displayed Also if the adapter does not support a particular personality type that control is disabled 3 Reboot the host for the personality change to take effect Viewing OneConnect Firmware Information Unlike LightPulse adapters OneConnect adapter firmware is maintained on an adapter specific instead of port specific basis Use the Firmware tab Figure 7 14 on page 84 to download firmware and create diagnostic dumps for the selected adapter To view OneConnect firmware information 1 Select Host view Note iSCSI and NIC Only ada
21. 2 Navigate to usr sbin ocmanager 3 Run stop_ocmanager to stop both the elxhbamgr and elxdiscovery processes 4 Run start_ocmanager and start_elxdiscovery to restart both processes 5 Start the OneCommand Manager application P011373 01A Rev A gt EMULEX 14 Troubleshooting 260 An Avago Technologies Company Emulex Driver for Solaris and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Emulex Driver for Solaris and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Table 14 3 on page 260 lists possible Emulex Driver for Solaris situations and their resolution Table 14 3 Emulex Driver for Solaris and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Situation Resolution NIC link fails to come up For Emulex CNAs in NIC mode you may need to properly configure the network interface using system administration utilities VPorts and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Table 14 4 on page 260 lists possible VPorts situations and their resolution Table 14 4 VPorts and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Situation Resolution vPort creation failure If an error occurs during vPort creation an error message indicates the failure Several conditions must be met before a virtual port can be created This may be the issue For a detailed list of unsatisfied conditions 1 Start the OneCommand Manager application 2 Select View gt Group Adapters by Virtual Port from the Main menu 3 In the discovery tree s
22. A XG EMULEX 5 Configuring Discovery 55 An Avago Technologies Company Viewing Discovery Information Output similar to the following is returned emulex cim provider 10 0 514 6 01 Emulex VMwareAccepted 2013 06 10 4 Choose the refresh rate settings you want to apply 5 Click OK to apply your changes Click Defaults to return the discovery properties to their default settings Viewing Discovery Information The Discovery Information page contains a general summary of the discovered elements The Host Fabric or Virtual Port icon depending upon which view you select is the root of the discovery tree but it does not represent a specific network element Expanding it reveals all hosts LUNs targets adapter ports and virtual ports that are visible on the SAN To view discovery information 1 Click the Hosts Fabrics or Virtual Port icon at the root of the discovery tree Discovered SAN elements appear in the discovery tree 2 Select an element from the discovery tree to learn more about it OneCommand TM Manager File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help 2 Teje GS all Z Find Host Ale i Hosts I Discovery Information AMP RHEL6U1 H OneConnect OCe14000 Port 0 Hosts 2k LN 00 90 FA 41 22 F0 k Port 1 Adapters 16 LN 00 90 FA 41 22 F8 T BX92054 HAD 0CI11102 LOM j Port 0 Physical Ports 39
23. A maximum of two PFC priority check boxes can be selected out of which one of them must match the iSCSI priority The additional PFC priority would be for the Ethernet traffic This additional PFC priority must be assigned to a priority group which has no other priorities ETS Priority Groups Area Note Not shown if any multi channel type is enabled on the adapter Active Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The different priorities that are assigned to the various priority groups This is the currently active configuration o Bandwidth The bandwidths that are assigned to different priority groups This is the currently active configuration Configured Groups o Group ID The priority group ID OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 210 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters o Priority Membership The configured priority membership grouping o Bandwidth The configured value of bandwidth for the different priority groups o Max Configurable PGs The maximum number of priority groups that can be configured Note Configured Groups are only made active when the switch settings are not being used Configure DCB Dialog Box Buttons Defaults Click to return to the factory settings Configuration Rules Click to display the NIC Priority window that lists the rules for configuring NIC priorities
24. Bie Mew Port Discovery Batch Heb BS Seles p prm am q Wetual Ports FG East Coast Hosts E Se biby erg ma emulex com EH OneCormect OCe10100 E ags Port 0 20 02 00 00 C9 51 3 51 AGE 10 00 00 AA C9 58 3A 99 a e Ungrouped 20 00 00 00 C9 51 3 51 Sh het eng maerndax com i 10201 EHE OCe10102 FM i Emulex PPN 20 02 00 00 C9 51 36 51 Yport 1 VName Ba Porto 10 00 00 00 C9 51 3 51 FE 10 00 00 00 C9 93 25 99 EHE West Coast Hosts fel cuo E we OCo10102 FM B ags Port O RE 10 00 00 00 C9 90 A4 98 B ag Port 1 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 90 44 90 E wet LPe1 1000 4 s 10 00 00 00 C9 51 38 51 w egy EH OCe10202 FM B m Port oO BE 10 00 00 00 9 90 A4 0F Figure 8 11 Virtual Port Tab P011373 01A Rev A 132 XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 3 Click Remove Virtual Port The Delete Virtual Port Warning dialog box appears Figure 8 12 on page 133 7 Delete Virtual Port Warning xi WARNING Deleting an active virtual port is very risky It could cause system instability and crashes Make sure the virtual port is not being used by an active LUN and F the LUN is mounted unmount it First Check the checkbox below if you are sure it is OK to delete the virtual port and click OK to delete the virtual port OK Cancel Figure 8 12 Delete Virtual Port Warning Note The link on the physical port must be up to delete a virtual port The Remove Virtual Port butto
25. Dell NPar Configuration View ssssssessesesesssessssseesssesessseeesseeessseeeseeee 110 Configuring RoCE on NPar Adapters sesssssssssessesesesseesssssossssesesseeeseseoss 111 pell NPar Enablediscrerieinos ranieri ia rE EAE EEEE 112 Dell NPar and NParEP Mode Enabled sosesessessssscscssesoessecesesosssesesseseseeese 114 NPar Bandwidth Settings c vccc csises cies ieia nE E E E EEEE EE EE E S 116 Bs Managing Prot colS ccscssorcrsssersisssissisoscs seto aidaaensoaawhwasdusanseraeianieatianion 117 ere eee err er errr rr rrr aE eE T re Terr rere rere rr rT tree 117 Viewing NIC Function Information ccccccccceeeececeeeeeceeeeeetseeeeeeeneeeeees 117 NIC Port Information Field Definitions cccce esc ceeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaes 118 Viewing NIC VPD Information sessessssssossssesesseosssssossssesessessseseossseeseee 119 VPD Table Definitions c cece cece e nee e cence ence een ne eee E RAES Erien PiE o s Eae naaa 119 Enabling and Disabling SR IOV on NIC Functions on OCe11000 series adapters ciceawtiaw cautecstaeuadasrnba lt deess EE EEE KEERT REEE aE Ea seas 120 Enabling and Disabling VEPA on NIC SR IOV Functions OCe14000 series Adapters ONly recece ea wives vesoans EEEE TE EEE AEA EEA REE Ga 121 Guest Operating System Discovery and Management from the Base Host Operating SYStOM eeserris hessa ti errno E ESE E EE EEEE EREE EENES Ea 121 Port Information Field Definition
26. Display Options Group by Host IT Show Host Groups Geoup by Fabric Host Group ja Select the adapters that are to be updated then press Start Updates O g Hosts b f waasy 5 6 E ipets000 m4 EA S 10 00 00 00 09 51 3E 51 6 8 E accoro G LPa G E 10 00 00 00 09 39 24 53 B A amp stour GE BB Lesosonc EZ His 10 00 00 00 09 36 50 28 Start Updates Tine Status Figure 8 34 Batch Driver Parameters Update Dialog Box OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 162 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 163 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 3 The Driver Parameter File Selection dialog box appears Figure 8 34 on page 162 Select the file you want to use and click OK A dialog box appears notifying you that the OneCommand Manager application is searching for compatible adapters After compatible FC FCoE functions are found the Driver Parameter File field of the Batch Driver Parameter Update dialog box displays the selected file s path The Supported Models text field displays a list of all adapter models that are compatible with the selected file The set of compatible adapters appears in the dialog box s discovery tree Using the Display Options settings you can choose how adapters are displayed in the discovery tree Clicking Group by Host displays adapters in a host centric view Clicking Group by Fabric shows hosts in a fabric centric view with their fabric address
27. Persistent Binding Configuration Area e N A Display Mode Radio Buttons e N A Target Mapping Buttons e N A OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A Aw i 8 Managing Protocols 145 DCG EMULEX FC FCoE An Avago Technologies Company Using Automapping and Persistent Binding Windows Set up persistent binding on remote and local adapters Global automapping assigns a binding type target ID SCSI Bus and SCSI ID to the device The binding type SCSI Bus and SCSI ID can change when the system is rebooted With persistent binding applied to one of these targets the WWPN SCSI Bus and SCSI ID remain the same when the system is rebooted Not available in read only mode The driver refers to the binding information at during system boot When you create a persistent binding the OneCommand Manager application tries to make that binding dynamic However the binding must meet all of the following criteria to be dynamic e TheSCSIID target bus combination specified in the binding request must not be mapped to another target For example the SCSI ID must not already appear in the Current Mappings table under SCSI ID If the SCSI ID is already in use then the binding cannot be made dynamic and a reboot is required e The target WWPN WWNN or DID specified in the binding request must not be mapped to a SCSI ID If the desired target is already mapped then a reboot is required e The bind type WWPN WWNN or DID speci
28. You must observe the following rules when configuring priority groups for NIC Only adapter ports 1 Only one PFC priority can be configured 2 The PFC Priority must be assigned to a priority group that has no other priorities 3 Bandwidths of all the priority groups must add up to 100 OK Click to apply and save your changes Cancel Click to discard any changes you made Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC iSCSI Adapter Ports The DCB tab Figure 10 3 on page 211 displays parameters for NIC iSCSI adapter ports Note For ports running both iSCSI and FCoE see Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC FCoE iSCSI Adapter Ports on page 220 To view the DCB parameters for NIC iSCSI adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree select the NIC iSCSI adapter port whose DCB properties you want to view 2 Select the DCB tab Figure 10 3 on page 211 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 211 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters O oemed Manager SE o al ee ee ee o gt i Ede fde yew pot Ducovery Batch Help Sole Eme from A AR Pryecal Port inte OCB Daposics Transonve Oste DOBX State Enabled UDP Tranent State Erates P Recewve State traded Contre OCB Figure 10 3 DCB Tab for NIC iSCSI Adapter Ports NIC iSCSI adapter port selected DCB Tab Field Definitions DCBX State The
29. e Installed Driver Type The current drivers installed on this host If there is more than one driver type installed the Installed Driver Types drop down menu shows a list of all driver types that are installed on the adapters in the host and enables you to select the particular driver type to configure e Adapter Parameter table A list of adapter driver parameters for the selected driver type and their current values Modify Adapter Parameter Area e Adapter specific information is displayed in this area This can include value range default activation requirements and description Driver Parameters Tab Buttons Not available in read only mode e Restore If you changed driver parameters but did not click Apply and you want to restore the parameters to their last saved values click Restore e Defaults Click to reset all driver parameter values to their default out of box values e Apply Click to apply any driver parameter changes If you changed a driver parameter that is not dynamic you may need to reset the FC FCoE function or reboot the system Setting Driver Parameters The Driver Parameters tab for FC FCoE functions and hosts enables you to modify driver parameters for a specific FC FCoE function or all FC FCoE functions in a host For example if you select a host in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 you can globally change the parameters for all FC FCoE functions in that host If you select an FC
30. fRarted 1000 cycles stop on error test pattern defaut Rated 11000 cycles completed with O errors 5616 me ariaa Figure 13 8 Diagnostic Test Setup Running Loopback Tests To run a loopback test use the Loopback Test section of the Diagnostic Test Setup dialog box Figure 13 8 on page 243 Loopback Test Combinations Run the following loopback test combinations using the appropriate checkboxes OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 243 SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 244 e PCI Loopback Test A firmware controlled diagnostic test in which a random data pattern is routed through the PCI Bus without being sent to an adapter link port The returned data is subsequently validated for integrity e Internal Loopback Test A diagnostic test in which a random data pattern is sent down to an adapter link port then is immediately returned without actually going out on the port The returned data is subsequently validated for integrity e External Loopback Test A diagnostic test in which a random data pattern is sent down to an adapter link port The data goes out the port and immediately returns via a loopback connector The returned data is subsequently validated for integrity Note You cannot run the External Loopback test and ECHO test concurrently If you select External Loopback the ECHO test section is disabled and vice versa Error Action Error Action enables you to define what is to be done in the e
31. hostgroups e Linux usr sbin ocmanager config hostgroups e Solaris opt ELXocm config hostgroups The host group configuration files are completely interchangeable between different operating systems For example the host group configuration files created on a Solaris host can be copied directly to a Linux or Windows host with no conversion required Searching for Hosts in the Discovery Tree The OneCommand Manager application enables you to search the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 for a particular host by the host s name If the specified host name is found the discovery tree scrolls up or down to bring the desired host name into view This capability is especially useful when you are searching for a host in large installation with hundreds or thousands of hosts It is also helpful in Fabric view mode since the ports on a specific host may be dispersed among several fabrics making the ports on that host difficult to find in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 To search for a host 1 Do one of the following e From the Edit menu select Find and enter the name of the host you are searching for into the Find Host field e From the toolbar enter the name of the host you are searching for into the Find Host field 2 From the toolbar click fall Find Host or press lt Enter gt on the keyboard The host you are searching for is highlighted in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 The Find Next option on th
32. interface GUI and a command line interface CLI Refer to the OneCommand Manager Command Line Interface User Manual for information about installing and using the CLI Note Screenshots in this manual are for illustrative purposes only Your system information can vary The OneCommand Manager application can be installed on multiple operating systems including Windows Linux and Solaris For supported versions of operating systems platforms and adapters see the Emulex website For VMware ESXi hosts use the OneCommand Manager application for VMware vCenter For more details see the OneCommand Manager for VMware vCenter User Manual You can manage adapters using the OneCommand Manager application on Windows but you must install and use the appropriate Emulex CIM Provider Abbreviations AL_PA Arbitrated Loop Physical Address AP access point API application programming interface ARI alternate routing ID interpretation ARP Address Resolution Protocol ASIC application specific integrated circuit BIOS basic input output system BOFM Blade Open Firmware Management Protocol CND congestion notification domain CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CIM Common Interface Model CIMOM CIM object manager CLI command line interface CLP Command Line Protocol CNA Converged Network Adapter CNPV Congestion Notification Priority Value CRC cyclic redundancy check OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago T
33. you can enter the TCP IP port number on the command line In Linux Note The OneCommand Manager application GUI is not supported on Citrix XenServer however the OneCommand Manager application CLI is supported Refer to the OneCommand Manager application CLI User Manual for Citrix instructions The following must be installed before you can install the OneCommand Manager application e The appropriate driver version for your operating system o Linux driver version 8 2 0 33 3p or later for RHEL 5 operating systems o Linux driver version 8 3 5 x or later for RHEL 6 and SLES 11 SP1 operating systems o Linux driver version 10 6 x x for RHEL 7 operating systems o Linux driver version 10 6 x x for SLES 12 operating systems Note The RHEL 6 Enterprise kit requires the installation of the libstdc 5 so library This library is available through the compat libstdc 33 3 2 3 68 lt arch gt rpm or later The PPC and x86_64 builds require the 64 bit version which is installed in usr lib64 The i386 build requires the 32 bit version which is installed in usr lib e Previous versions of the Linux driver must be uninstalled You must run the uninstall script that shipped with the version of the Linux driver you want to remove Attended Installation in Linux To install the OneCommand Manager application or update an existing installation in Linux 1 Log on as root 2 Download the utilities from the Emulex website 3
34. 0 28 lt A 00 0009 0 78 MCIRE Configuration Type ROCE L D OD pile meer Factory Oefadts Figure 7 42 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar Disabled with a Single NIC RoCE Port If you have an active configuration where only some of the NIC functions have SR IOV enabled and you click the Adapter Configuration tab a warning message appears as shown in Figure 7 20 on page 92 prompting you to click the Apply button to save the configuration with SR IOV enabled on all NIC functions If you have at least one of the NIC functions configured for SR IOV the Enable SR IOV checkbox is checked You must click Apply in the Adapter Configuration tab to save the SR IOV changes to all NIC functions You can also clear the SR IOV checkbox and click Apply to disable SR IOV However if you do nothing each time the tab is selected the warning message is displayed Note If an adapter on a remote host is selected which is running OneCommand Manager the SR IOV state in the Active Configuration window is displayed as N A when you display the current configuration using the Details button See Figure 7 21 on page 92 However you can enable or disable SR IOV on the entire adapter on a OneCommand Manager host by checking or unchecking the Enable NIC SR IOV checkbox and clicking the Apply button Dell NPar and NParEP Mode Enabled Notes e On Linux and VMware systems SR IOV must be enabled on the system BIOS if NParEP is used See the do
35. 193 2 From the Session pull down menu select the session from which you want to log out 3 Click Logout to log out of the session Note If all sessions are logged out the target is disconnected and removed from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 However the target is still available for login later Session o Initiator Name _ iqn 1990 07 com Emulex 00 00 c9 Sb 3b b9 iSCSI Boot be Status Logged in ISID 0x4000005c0000 151DQualifier 0x0 TSIH r Session Negotiated Login Options Session Katistics Session Direction 0 Intial R2T Yes DefaukTimeToWaR 2 Cmd PDUs 28 Immediate Data Yes DefaukTimeToRetan 20 Response POU 28 Max Connections 1 ErrorRecoveryLevel 0 Hk Date Octet 2 Recv Data Octets 411 MaxOutstandingR2T 1 DataPDUInOrder 0 Digest Errors o FirstBurstLength 8192 DataSequenceInOrder 0 Ere OLE 0 MaxBurstLength 262144 REMC r Connection Information iSCSI Connection ID 1 Status Connected Source IP Address 192 168 0 248 Source Port 39890 Destination IP Address 192 163 0 1 Destination Port 3260 Redirected Destination 6 0 0 0 Redirected Destination Port 0 Connection Negotiated Login Properties Authentication Method None MaxRecyDateSegnentLength 16364 Header Digest None TCPMSS 1436 Data Digest None Figure 8 52 Target Sessions Dialog Box Target Sessions Field Definitions e Initiator Name The initiator named used to log into the session e S
36. 22 F11 Eh AMP RHELEUL 2 6Ce14000 2 Pat 0 Mie 0090 FA41 22 FO GE 10 00 00 90fA 41 22 P1 S e Peet 3 Nic 00 S0 FA 41 22 F8 RE 10 00 00 90FA 41 22 F9 Seb avenger biz S WE OneConnect OCe10100 Ne 1C C1 0E 27 60 96 RE Lovo 0201 106127260035 ais Port 2 Ne LOC10E 27 60 3A GE 10 00 1C C1 0 27 403 he WN eee E RE 1000280201 0E 27 604E w gt Figure 7 30 Multi channel vNIC View mix mode storage The Channel Configuration table shows the channel properties for vNIC Additionally the protocol can be configured on the second and third channels including NIC RoCE The NIC channels can be assigned an LPVID or inner VLAN ID It can be assigned any value from 2 4094 The outer VLAN ID is assigned by the switch and can be viewed by clicking Details Note After changing the LPVIDs on any of the channels and clicking Apply the changes take effect immediately No reboot is required vNIC Configuration Rules Drop down menus for each port s second and third channels are available VNIC channel protocol assignments are subject to the following rules e The first channel is always NIC e NIC RoCE cannot be configured with vNIC e The second and third channels can be assigned the following o NIC o None channel disabled o Storage protocol Note On the third channel only when concurrent mode storage is available OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 7 Managing Adapters and Ports OCe14000 Series Adapter Config
37. 3 Select the PHY Data tab Figure 7 17 on page 87 I OneCommand eem Eile Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help DM See mw Se reve w FL i Physical Port Info OCB Diagnostics PHY Data Operatonal Attrbutes 9 18 0E 08 47 57 Temperature Normal Par A Threhod SR 12 78 Firmware Verson NA Par B Thresho SR 12 78 99 3 47 Ain Conto 10 nja Par C Threshold SIR 12 78 Urk Uptme 248635 Par O Threshod SR 12 78 Error Rates LOPC Frame Errors O Par AMSE 7 PHY CRC S Gros O Par OMSE 7 Par CMSE 7 Par OMSE 7 Counters MOL PLL Events 0 10G EMI Events 0 PHY Frames 0 Cear Coumes E EE EE Figure 7 17 PHY Data Tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 88 PHY Data Field Definitions Operational Attributes Area e Temperature The temperature of the selected port e Pair A B C D SNR Margin Displays the CNA s MDI interface average SNR margin for twisted pairs A B C and D Error Rates Area e LDPC Frame Errors The LDPC counter tracks the number of LDPC frames received by CNA s MDI interface that can not be corrected This counter self clears at MDI link down e Pair A B C D MSE Displays the CNA s MDI interface average MSE relative to the transmitted codewords for twisted pairs A B C and D Counters Area e MDIPLL Events The MDI PLL Event counter tracks events that affect CNA s normal operation This counte
38. 7 11 Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 Figure 7 14 Figure 7 15 Figure 7 16 Figure 7 17 Figure 7 18 Figure 7 19 Figure 7 20 Figure 7 21 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A Management Mode Dialog BOX ssssssessossssesesesesssssossssesesssesseseossese 22 OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Uninstallation Screen 33 OneCommand Manager Application Window ssssssessssesesssseseessseeses 37 TOOUDAN ceiccits Ganusuiiodegesssitadss suc udancien a a e r aa paa 38 Discovery Tree rreran secsieens we AEE EEEE EEEE OA EEE EEA 40 Management Mode Dialog Box cccsccccccessccceeeescccceeesccceeessseseeeees 46 Discovery Information ccceceec cece cece eeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeseeeaes 48 Add Remote TCP IP Host Dialog Box ccsscccceesescccccessccceeesssceeeees 50 Add Remote TCP IP Host Dialog Box with CIM Credentials eeeeees 51 Add Range of TCP IP Hosts Dialog Box cccccscscccsccsscsecscvesccsasecseeees 52 Discovery Settings Dialog BOX oc cscccccecccceccenesccvcectacscadusscacveaesscasvceneees 54 Discovery Information Host View Selected ccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 55 Host Information VaDiatensatiassdondconnanes ctv eratdechens vee tesaadeadtcenesdeeentedacass 57 Host Group Information Tab sssssssessesesssssesssssossesesssssesssssessesesee 59 Host Group Management Dialog BOX cc cece cece eens eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnaaees 61 Create
39. 8 32 on page 160 If there are adapters with different driver types installed the Installed Driver Types menu shows a list of all driver types and driver versions that are installed Select the driver whose parameters you want to change This menu does not appear if all the adapters are using the same driver 4 Click the parameter that you want to change A description of the parameter appears on the right side of the tab OneCommand Manager Of x Ble Edt Yew pot Discovery atch Heb an q Hosts Host Infeemation Host Driver Parameters el OASHER m we OCet1102 FH Installed Driver Type Windows ONA z EN O00 Adacker Parameter Vale Modly Adapter Parameter oap mum Poet 1 Me 00 OSELB TS Dever TraceMask o j Parameter AutoMsp ces IEnatleFONS J pusser Enabletetv ested voye 2 Sere RTM lis O st Port 1 l H Range 0 3 in TransterSan o A peter EAT fo Defout 2 10 00 00 00 09 58 Cz t 1 L LogLrrors 3 Wm OceLoloz4e oa E Activation Requirements ii Ue Sae PerPortTrace p required 00 09 pauva Be I 10 00 00 00 9 00 0 IQueueTaroet a spon pan 1M pe 2 e l j 7 Tanne TEN 2000000 Description 996 Port 1 10 Mapping Mode 0 Desabled 1 WWIVN 2 WWPN 3 DID E We OceLo102 NM E Pot 0 Mic 00 00 C9 A0 DC AS FR 00 00 C9 A0 DC AA T ip 1990 07 cor T yeke TR sag Port 3 Ike chinge terpo Mie 00 00 C9 AD DC A9 AB 00
40. 93 OneCommand Manager oi ties fite fdt View Port Ditcovery Batch Help oE guka chs J Be Adapter informaten Freware Adsoter Configuration EE 225000 FADAFECE p Port 2 Mie O0 0FADAFECE Curent Corfigraton NIC Cetate Bh Port O 200000009 sees 88 Next Boot Configuraton wa Port 3 990002000020 9 88 88 09 2s DINGE ges 11902 Snge personality al ports ux stom Enable 1t ROV Ne 099074 0 34 fam Peio Personality NIC MG Port O 900 9000 C9047 12 Do Port 1 IOONE SWE Oe IOIA og Porto Me 00 50 A 20 I0 AS Be ODOFA DDS D Ocon endent a ome Aot Me 00 FA 0 000 PS 0900ra 2000 TD OTe ender 00 Ifa I gt aus fm Peno es BG Port 0 9200200000209 72 IIS Mh Port 1 22 00 00 00 09 7220 29 3 dog wm het 2002 weds Port O SOOO OOOH AT TA D ag Port 1 90000200 00 09 40 00 28 assw wm todas P a Port Or 2100000009 41170 E eae Port 3 99 00200 00209 40 34 9D mancsos p Port 3 gt Factory Defadts C Figure 7 22 Single Personality View NIC selected When you configure a single personality for an adapter all ports run the same number of functions and protocols on those functions To configure a single personality 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the OCe14000 series adapter whose personality you want to configure 2 From the Adapter Configuration tab Figure 7 19 on page 91 check the Single personality all ports radio b
41. A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 192 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI Manually Adding an iSCSI Target The iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 enables you to manually add and log into iSCSI targets To manually add an iSCSI target 1 From the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 click Manually Add Target The Add iSCSI Target dialog box appears 2 Enter the target iSCSI name target IP address and TCP port number 3 Specify the Target Login Options and Authentication type you want to use For more information see Initiator Login Options Tab Field Definitions on page 198 Check the boot checkbox to add the target as a boot target 5 Check the auto login checkbox to log into the target after adding it 6 Click OK If the target was successfully added and logged into the target appears as Connected in the Targets table Note If you add a target with the auto login checkbox unchecked a closed target session is created for the target This allows you to change a manually added target to a boot target Unlike discovered targets added through a target portal or iSNS upon reboot the system attempts to log in to the target even if the target was not logged in to before the reboot It is not automatically removed as is the case with discovered targets Removing Targets To remove a target 1 Log out of all sessions for the target you want to remove 2 Fr
42. Address Protocol ce 00 90 FA 29 46 67 O 00 90 FA 29 46 5A NIC 4 00 90 FA 29 46 58 iSCSI L 0 g Factory Defaults Restore J Apply Figure 7 36 Adapter Configuration Tab After Changing Port Configuration for New Link Configuration The Apply button at the bottom of the tab must still be clicked to save the updated port configuration in this case adding the iSCSI function If a reboot is performed before clicking Apply the default port configuration for the new link configuration is activated instead of the updated port configuration After applying the port configuration changes and rebooting the system the discovery tree and Adapter Configuration tab should look like Figure 7 37 on page 109 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 108 gt G EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 109 9 orecorvmane venoe Nt File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help H meje E Ea faraos E 2 RA Hosts Adapter Information Firmware Adapter Configuration S i EVT TEST amt OCe14102UM Current Configuration Custom Configuration S a Port 0 Nig 00 90 FA 29 46 5A i 29 46 Next Boot Ci ti FB 00 30 FA 29 46 58 een Canara Note Selecting a new link configuration immediately Select Link Configuration 1 Port 40 Gbps SFP v updates the adapter s next boot configur
43. Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 3 Do one of the following e Check Auto generate world wide port name The OneCommand Manager application creates the unique WWPN for the new virtual port based on the WWPN of the FC FCoE function This option allows you to automatically create up to 255 unique virtual ports for each physical port It also has the advantage that the new WWPN is unique Note After auto generating 255 unique virtual ports you cannot auto generate any more virtual ports even if you delete existing auto generated virtual ports However you can still enter your own WWPN to create a virtual port e Check Use the following world wide port name and enter a unique WWPN you want to use You can create as many virtual ports as you want A valid port name must have one of the following formats 10 00 xx xx xxX XK XX XX 2X PRR PRR EK SRE ORE ERK SR 3X1XXIXXIXXIXXIXXIXXIXX 5X XXIXXIXXIXXIXXIXXIXX where x is a hexadecimal value Note Ensure that a manually entered WWPN is unique to your particular SAN Failure to do so could result in a non functioning SAN and data loss 4 Enter an optional name for the virtual port if you want You can give the new virtual port any name you want up to 99 characters in length This name is used as part of the Symbolic Node Name for the vPort 5 Click Create Virtual Port A dialog box appears notifying you that the virtual port was created The dialog box also displays the new virtual port
44. Becomes Current Configuration vNIC1 Details SM Port 1 Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 00 Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 01 Nip 00 90 FA 41 23 02 Next Boot Configuration Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 03 E 336 Port 2 Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 08 O Single personality all ports Multi channel Custom Nig 00 90 FA 41 23 09 Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 0A Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 08 SN1100E2P Multi Channel Type DFP X Port 0 10 00 28 92 4A AF 88 84 es Port 1 10 00 28 92 4A AF 88 85 OneConnect OCe 14000 Port Num MAC Address Protocol E3 Port 0 Nic 00 90 FA 2A D3 02 gt RE 10 00 00 90 FA 2A D3 03 0 00 90 FA 41 23 00 NIC 5 336 Port 1 Nic 00 90 FA 28 D3 06 2 00 90 FA 41 23 01 NIC v RE 10 00 00 90 FA 2A D3 07 4 00 90 FA 41 23 02 NIC a 5 36 Port 2 Nig 00 90 FA 2A D3 0A 6 00 90 FA 41 23 03 NIC v 00 00 90 FA 2A D3 1 FRE 10 00 00 90 FA 2A D3 08 8 _00 90 FA 41 23 04 fice 3 21 36 Port 3 Nic 00 90 FA 2A D3 0E 10 00 S0 FA 41 23 05 None v Ke 10 00 00 90 FA 2A D3 0F FA 41 N localhost localdoOCM RHEL6 4x64 Be OTONA ane ne OCe14401 UX 14 00 90 FA 41 23 07 None v 5 36 Port 2 Nig 00 90 FA 2B 79 D2 LP 1050 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F c2 1 00 90 FA 41 23 08 NIC 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C3 a LP9000 3 00 90 FA 41 23 09 NIC v 9 10 00 00 00 C9 32 2D 66 5 00 90 FA 41 23 0A NIC v z 00 90 FA 41 23 0B NIC v 2 9 00 90 FA 41 23 0C None v 11 00 90 FA 41 23 0D None v 13 00 90 FA 41 23 0E None v 15 00 90 FA 41 23 0F None v v
45. C9 D1 A2 E2 Note Setting the minimum bandwidth to 0 will disable the channel RE 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E4 B a Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E3 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E5 Apply Figure 7 4 Example of the Channel Management Tab UMC management depicted Configuring UMC Channel Management Note Lenovo System X refers to UMC as SIMode Using the Channel Management tab Figure 7 5 on page 73 each physical port can be partitioned into a maximum of four isolated channels providing a converged conduit for network and storage traffic Each channel has its own unique MAC address and provides traffic management and provisioning capabilities such as minimum and maximum transmit rates and LPVIDs for untagged packets Refer to the Emulex Universal Multi Channel Reference Guide for additional information on UMC Notes e Properties for all channels on a port can be viewed and modified if UMC is enabled on the Adapter Information tab even before rebooting to activate UMC on the adapter This allows you to enable and configure UMC on all channels reboot and run UMC without further configuration e For Lenovo System X adapters UMC mode may be referred to as vNIC2 The OneCommand Manager application displays the Channel Management Type SIMode e SR IOV is not supported with UMC OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 73 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnec
46. Components This section describes installing and uninstalling the OneCommand Manager application Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Note If the OneCommand Vision application was previously installed on the system you are prompted to remove it before installing the OneCommand Manager application In Windows The OneCommand Manager application can be installed two ways e Attended installation using the GUI e Unattended installation using the command line Attended Installation in Windows To install the OneCommand Manager application in Windows 1 From the Emulex website download the x64 or x86 OneCommand Manager Enterprise Kit installation file 2 Navigate to the directory to which you downloaded the file 3 Double click the elxocm lt version gt exe The Emulex OCManager Enterprise window appears Click Next The Installation Options window appears 4 Check the components that you want to install and click Install After installing the OneCommand Manager application files the Management Mode dialog box appears Figure 2 1 on page 22 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 22 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application OneCommand Manager Management Mode Macan enegements gi ina ngae irom all ginar ngs Figure 2 1 Management Mode Dialog Box 5 The Management Mode d
47. Copy the OneCommand elxocm lt Platform gt lt AppsRev gt tgz file to a directory on the install machine 4 Change to the directory to which you copied the tar file OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 25 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application 5 Untar the file For RHEL 5 and RHEL 6 type tar zxvf elxocm rhel5 rhel6 lt apps_ver gt lt rel gt tgz For RHEL 7 type tar zxvf elxocm rhel7 lt apps ver gt lt rel gt tgz For SLES 11 type tar zxvf elxocm slesll lt apps ver gt lt rel gt tgz For SLES 12 type tar zxvf elxocm slesl2 lt apps ver gt lt rel gt tgz 6 Change to the elxocm directory created in step 3 Note For RHEL 5 and RHEL 6 type cd elxocm rhel5 rhel6o lt apps ver gt lt rel gt For RHEL 7 type cd elxocm rhel7 lt apps_ ver gt lt rel gt For SLES 11 type cd elxocm slesl10 slesll lt apps ver gt lt rel gt For SLES 12 type cd elxocm slesl2 lt apps ver gt lt rel gt Prior to installation OneCommand Manager application groups must be configured on the LDAP network or the local host machine for Secure Management operation See OneCommand Manager Secure Management Configuration Requirements on page 44 for configuration instructions 7 Run the install script Type install sh 8 When prompted choose whether or not to
48. DO 3C KE 10 00 00 00 C9 00 04 E6 Port 1 Nie 00 00 C9 A0 D0 30 R 10 00 00 00 9 A0 0 E W 0Ce10102 NM Bam Port 0 Nic 00 00 C9 A0 DO 2C RE 10 00 00 00 9 A0 04 996 Port 1 Ni 00 00 C9 A0 DD 2D 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 04 E mm OCe10102 NNM of Figure 4 3 Discovery Tree Discovery Tree Icons Discovery tree icons represent the following The local host IE Other hosts connected to the system a ff A green adapter icon with black descriptive text represents an online adapter Blue text represents an adapter port that had previously been discovered but currently is not being seen by the discovery engine service The adapter is removed from the discovery tree if it still is not seen after the undiscovered adapter expiration time has elapsed default is 1800 seconds or 30 minutes If the adapter is discovered again before the expiration time has elapsed it reverts back to normal black text See Configuring Discovery and Default CIM Credentials on page 53 for more information about discovery settings 4B The port icon represents an adapter port A port icon with a red X indicates the link is down Note Multiport adapters are represented in the discovery tree with separate port icons for each port with the port number displayed next to the icon OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 41 An Avago Technologies Company amp kE ASC The
49. Enabled Provides a description of the port in an alpha numeric format The value equals the ifDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 2863 Transmit System Name Enabled Provides the system s assigned name in an alpha numeric format The value equals the sysName object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 Receive Enabled LLDP Receive can be enabled or disabled OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 214 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters e Transmit System Description Enabled Provides a description of the network entity in an alpha numeric format This includes the system s name and versions of hardware operating system and networking software supported by the device The value equals the sysDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 e Transmit System Capabilities Enabled Indicates the primary function s of the device and whether or not these functions are enabled on the device The capabilities are indicated by two octets Bits 0 through 7 indicate Other Repeater Bridge WLAN AP Router Telephone DOCSIS cable device and Station respectively Bits 8 through 15 are reserved PFC Priorities Area Note PFC is not supported on all the iSCSI adapter ports e Active Priorities The priorities that are marked active for PFC e Enable If checked PFC is enabled e Configured Priorities The priorities that are configured b
50. FC FCoE target Select the LUN Masking tab Figure 8 24 on page 148 This tab contains a list of the same set of LUNs that appear below the FC FCoE target in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 In the LUN list of the LUN Masking tab select one or more LUNs The Mask Selected LUNs Unmask Selected LUNs Unmask All LUNs Restore and Apply buttons become active as appropriate For example if the LUN is currently unmasked only the Mask Selected LUNs button is active Change the mask status click Mask Selected LUN s Unmask Selected LUN s or Unmask All LUNs as appropriate Mask status changes appear in red text Note To return all mask settings to their status before you started this procedure click Restore before you click Apply If you click Apply changes cannot be cancelled by clicking Restore To unmask all LUNs click Unmask All LUNs This button is always active Be sure to also click Apply to commit the changes Click Apply to commit the changes An informational message is displayed that confirms the mask status has changed and the red text changes to black Managing FC FCoE ExpressLane LUNS LPe15000 and LPe16000 HBAs The OneCommand Manager application allows you set special priority queuing for selected LUNs by making them ExpressLane LUNs Figure 8 25 on page 150 ExpressLane LUN performance is superior to that of regular LUNs You can enable ExpressLane LUNs attached to both physical and virtual ports ExpressL
51. FCoE function in the discovery tree you can change parameters for only that FC FCoE function For each parameter the Driver Parameters tabs show the current value the range of acceptable values the default value and the activation requirement You can also restore parameters to their default settings You can apply driver parameters for one FC FCoE function to other FC FCoE functions in the system using the Driver Parameters tab thereby simplifying multiple adapter configuration See Creating a Batch Mode Driver Parameters File on page 161 for more information Note The Linux 2 6 kernel only supports setting some of the driver parameters for individual FC FCoE functions Some driver parameters must be applied to all FC FCoE functions contained in the host See the Emulex Driver for Linux User Manual for more information OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 158 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Setting Driver Parameters for a Single FC FCoE Function To change the driver parameters for a single FC FCoE function 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC or FCoE function whose parameters you want to change 3 Select the Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 31 on page 158 The parameter values for the selected FC FCoE functions are displayed OneCommand Manager Bile Ea Ele Edt Yew pot Qscovery goch Heb Ee
52. For example you might want to use an installed adapter as a standby in case another installed adapter fails By changing the standby adapter s WWPN or WWNN it can assume the identity and configuration for example driver parameters persistent binding settings and so on of the failed adapter Three options exist for referencing WWNs Notes Factory Default WWN As shipped from the factory This value cannot be changed Non Volatile WWN Values that are saved in non volatile adapter s flash memory that survives a reboot and or power outage Volatile WWN A temporary value that is saved in volatile memory on the flash If volatile WWNs are set they are used instead of the non Volatile WWNs Note Volatile WWN changes require a warm system reboot in order to take effect Volatile WWN changes are lost on systems that power cycle the adapters during the reboot Caution Changing volatile WWNs takes the selected adapter offline Ensure that this adapter is not controlling a boot device and all I O activity on this adapter is stopped before proceeding Emulex assumes no responsibility for the consequences of making volatile WWN changes on a boot adapter To avoid address conflicts do not assign a WWPN with the same WWPN as another FC FCoE function on your SAN The OneCommand Manager application checks the WWPN you specify against all the other discovered WWPNs and if a duplicate is found an error is displayed and the WWPN is not
53. Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 6 Click Save The Save Driver Parameters dialog box appears Figure 8 33 on page 162 You can save the file to a different directory or change its name Save Driver Parameters x r Saved Parameter File Selection Ele Name iemdexiuttiEmulex Repostory elstor 7 2 30 005 dov4 Browse l AkoMap 3 oslesceMsCnt 0 4 Save All Parameters oalesceRspCnt 8 Driver TraceMoask 0x0 Save Non defauk Values Orly nobicfDM 2 EnsblenPIv 0issbled xj Figure 8 33 Save Driver Parameters Dialog Box Use the two radio buttons to choose the type of parameters to save You can save all parameters or only those parameters whose current values differ from their corresponding default values A list of the saved parameters and their current values show in the Saved Parameters box 8 Click Save Assigning Batch Mode Parameters To assign batch mode parameters to adapters 1 From the Batch menu select Update Driver Parameters You do not need to select any discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 elements at this time 2 When the Batch Driver Parameter Update dial g box appears click Browse DPneCommand Manager Batch Driver Parameter Update Driver Parameter File Selection Driver Parameter Fie Emulex Repository elstor 5 2 0 000 dp Browse Supported Driver Type Windows StorPort
54. Menus for each port s second and third channels are available UFP channel protocol assignments are subject to the following rules e The first channel is always NIC e NIC RoCE cannot be configured with UFP e The second and third channels can be assigned the following o NIC o None channel disabled o Storage protocol Note On the third channel only when concurrent mode storage is available e The fourth and higher channels of a port if available can be assigned NIC or None OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 106 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Link Re Configurability For adapters that support it Link Re configurability allows you to adjust the number of ports and port speeds on the adapter by selecting a specific Link Re configurable setting The adapter provides a list of Link Re configurable descriptions for example one port 40Gbps SFP and Link IDs For supported adapters the Select Link Configuration menu on the Adapter Information tab enables you to select the link configuration An example of this is shown in Figure 7 34 on page 106 S ooe ee LL LL i aa File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help wf ejs ES a All m Find Host M Rl 8 Hosts Adapter Info
55. NIC driver file name e Driver Version The NIC driver version e IPv4 Address The IPv4 address for the NIC port e Subnet Mask The subnet mask for the NIC port e Gateway Address The NIC initiator gateway address Running the OneCommand Manager Application on a Guest Operating System When the OneCommand Manager application is installed and runs on a VM s guest operating system it runs in a local only read only mode Therefore only the guest host containing the adapter and NIC port is displayed in the discovery tree Active management of the NIC properties is not available thereby preventing OneCommand Manager running on the guest operating system from performing operations that could adversely affect the host operating system or other guest operating systems such as firmware download diagnostics or DCB changes from the guest operating system By preventing remote access to the host operating systems the guest operating system cannot affect the operation of the adapter OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 124 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Viewing NIC PCI Registers The NIC PCI Registers tab Figure 8 6 on page 124 displays base PCI registers See Viewing the PCI Registers on page 237 for FC PCI register information Z OneCommand Manager io x Ele Edt yew Bort Discovery Batch Help an E fel ASHER E yas OCe11102FM E aie Port 0 Nig 00 00 69 58
56. OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface client interface and is then discarded after you terminate your session On some systems however security settings or other factors may prevent this download from completing successfully resulting in this error To fix the issue manually update the JRE on your system to the version required by the OneCommand Manager application The FC link fails to come up Verify that an 8GFC adapter is not attempting to connect toa 1GFC device or that a 16GFC adapter is not attempting to connect to a1 or 2GFC device Only 8 GFC devices are supported on 8GFC adapters and only 16GFC devices are supported on 16GFC adapters The other utilities install but the OneCommand Manager application does not You have attempted to install the utilities before installing the Emulex driver Perform the installation tasks in the following order 1 Install the Emulex driver see the Installation section of the driver manual 2 Install the utilities see the Installation section of the driver manual When attempting to start the OneCommand Manager application the Web browser displays Emulex Corporation OneCommand Demo of OneCommand WebStart web n n n n OneCommand Manager Application The document caching mechanism sometimes behaves erratically if more than one version of Java Runtime is installed on the browser client Two workarounds are available for this issue e Exit th
57. Shown is not applicable This may be caused by Q Q Q The switch port priority flow control being set to On instead of Auto Switch port using port flow control instead of priority flow control PFC disabled at adapter or switch e Active Priorities Lists the priorities with PFC set to enabled e Sync d If yes the PFC priorities have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 226 gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 227 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters e Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer or when the compatible method for the capability fails Protocol Properties Area e State The NIC state It can be enabled or disabled e RoCE Priority The current active priority assigned for RoCE e Synce d If yes the RoCE priority has been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set e Error The RoCE error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Note In some cases the switch may return a protocol priority other than RoCE The non RoCE protocol s priority value is also displayed to indicate that the switch may be mis configured QCN Properties Area QCN is a congestion notification protocol for virtual bridged LAN networks as
58. Stop Test D Ignore Show Test Le Test Cydes Test Status Text hex Fam 90Y3556 Sa o 5 36 Port 1 Nig 00 90 FA 41 23 00 Port 2 Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 08 2 Port Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 56 10 00 00 00 C9 12 34 57 00 00 C9 12 34 58 SHES Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 59 a3 Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 5A 10 00 00 00 C9 12 34 58 00 00 C9 12 34 5C Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 5D Beacon On Beacon Off Figure 13 14 Diagnostics Tab 1OGBASE T adapter selected OneConnect Loopback Test Combinations Run the following loopback test combinations using the appropriate checkboxes OneCommand Manager Application Host to DDR DMA Loopback Test The Host to DDR DMA loopback test sends data from the host to the adapter then back to the host where it is checked for data miscompute errors All tests except one are run on the currently selected port This test is run across the entire adapter The same diagnostic is therefore executed regardless of the currently selected physical port Also unlike other diagnostics this test affects the operation of all ports on the adapter Not available on ESXi systems PHY Loopback Test The PHY loopback test connects the transmit output of the physical layer to the receive input of the physical layer The data is transmitted received and checked for data miscompute errors Note PHY diagnostics are not supported on mezzanine cards and blade network daughter cards becaus
59. TCP IP Configuration dialog box appears Figure 8 44 on page 182 4 From the Route Table or ARP Table sections click Add Entry 5 Enter the Route Table or ARP Table information and click OK The entry you added appears in the table To delete table entries 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the iSCSI function whose configuration you want to modify 2 Select the Network Information tab Figure 8 43 on page 180 3 Click Advanced The Advanced TCP IP Configuration dialog box appears Figure 8 44 on page 182 4 From the Route Table or ARP Table sections select the entry you want to delete and click Remove Entry The entry you removed is deleted from the table OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A ae 8 M ing Protocol gt C EMULEX anaging ie 183 An Avago Technologies Company l l Viewing iSCSI PCI Registers The iSCSI PCI Registers tab Figure 8 45 on page 183 displays base PCI registers See Viewing the PCI Registers on page 237 for FC PCI register information OneCommand Manager FE Ble Edt yew pot Discovery Batch Hel DERRAMA pre aS Be hg ORSHER a Port Information PCI Registers isns E W OCet LL02 FM Port 1 Mic 00 00 C9 58 CB 78 Bruser E WI OCetLLozEM B G Pot 0 S mt Port 1 Mp 00 00 C9 58 C8 54 AGE 10 00 00 00 9 56 CE er OCe1 0102 4 E sm Port 0 Mic 00 00 C9 40 D0 9 FE 10 00 00 00 C5 A0 4 0M Port 1 E WI OCe10102 NM mae Po
60. The active FCoE priority e Configured Priority The configured FCoE priority iSCSI Priority Area e Active Priority The active iSCSI priority e Configured Priority The configured iSCSI priority ETS Priority Groups Area Note Not shown if any type of multi channel is enabled on the adapter e Active Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The different priorities that are assigned to the various priority groups This is the currently active configuration o Bandwidth The bandwidths that are assigned to different priority groups This is the currently active configuration e Configured Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The configured priority membership grouping o Bandwidth The configured value of bandwidth for the different priority groups o Max Configurable PGs The maximum number of priority groups that can be configured OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 225 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Configure DCB Dialog Box Buttons e Defaults Click to return parameters to default FCoE iSCSI DCB settings e Configuration Rules Click to display the window that lists the rules for configuring FCoE priority group information You must observe the following rules when configuring priority groups for FCoE adapter ports 1 One and only one priority is configured for
61. Update Firermusre Fie ee Browse Start Download Figure 9 1 Firmware Download Dialog Box 4 Using the Firmware Download dialog box Figure 9 1 on page 203 navigate to the unzipped extracted image file you want to download The firmware image may be specified either by entering the image file s full pathname in the Firmware File field or by clicking the Browse button If you click Browse the Firmware File Selection dialog box appears Select the file you want to use and click OK The Firmware Download dialog box appears 5 Click Start Download A warning dialog box appears 6 Click Yes to continue A status bar shows the progress of the download The adapter in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 is displayed in black text when the update is complete Note The adapter in the discovery tree may change to blue during the download but this is normal 7 Click Close The Firmware tab displays the updated firmware information for the selected adapter If you are updating the firmware on a multi port FC adapter repeat steps 1 through 7 to update the firmware on the second port or use the Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters procedure Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Use batch mode to install firmware on multiple adapters in a single step Batch firmware loading is restricted to a single firmware file and to all accessible adapters for which that file is compatible Not available in read
62. Viewing Host Information 6 Managing Hosts This section describes viewing host information managing host groups and searching for hosts Viewing Host Information Two tabs show host information the Host Information tab Figure 6 1 on page 57 and the Host Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 30 on page 156 The Host Information tab is read only The Host Driver Parameters tab enables you to view and define adapter driver settings for a specific host See The Host Driver Parameters Tab on page 156 for more information about the Host Driver Parameters tab To view the Host Information and Host Driver Parameters tabs 1 Do one of the following e From View menu click Group Adapters by Host Name e From the toolbar click aL Group Adapters by Host Name 2 Select a host in the discovery tree 3 Select the Host Information tab Figure 6 1 on page 57 or the Host Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 30 on page 156 The Host Information tab Figure 6 1 on page 57 displays information for the selected host such as the number of adapters installed in the selected host and the number of fabrics to which it is connected Z OneCommand Manager jo Xx file Edt Yew Port Dicovery Batch Heb Bes aja Host Information Host Driver Parameters E MEI OCel LL02 FM E a36 Port 0 Nic 00 00 C9 S8 C8 74 eg Port 1 x Mc 00 00 C9 58 C8 78 Se pusser E W OCel LLO2 FM E 9 Port 0 Nio 00 00 C9 58 CB 90 FR
63. Window Element Definitions 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application Note To properly view the OneCommand Manager application ensure your system meets the following display requirements e For Windows Linux and Solaris systems the display resolution must be set to 1024 x 768 or higher For Windows systems use the default font size e The display must run in 256 color mode or higher OneCommand Manager application icons use 256 colors If the display is set for 16 color mode OneCommand Manager application icons are not displayed The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions The OneCommand Manager application window Figure 4 1 on page 37 contains five basic components the menu bar the toolbar the discovery tree the property tabs and the status bar Property Tabs OneCommand Manager Menu Bar e t Yew Bert Discovery atch Heb Nie 00 00 C9 SB B 90 ke 10 00 00200 C9 58 C8 E eae Poet 1 Me 00 00 C9 SE CB 4 Port WW t0 00 00 00 9 00 96 35 Driver Version fr2 s0 001 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE Node WWN f20 00 00 00 9 00 96 36 Driver Name testor E OCe101024M Fateic Narsa Fio Fabie Attactmerk Frmware Version 1 1045 Ta kaaa ooa Book Version Bose Discovered Ports Discovery FEE 10 00 00 00 9 A0 0 Port FC IO p Port Type Fy T EG Port 1 PCI Function ee ree Nie 00 00 C9 AD D0 30 PCI Bus Number a RE 10 00 00 00 09 00 0 E WEI OCe1L0102 40m E sas Peet O Nic 00
64. XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 155 An Avago Technologies Company To reset the FC FCoE function 1 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC FCoE you want to reset 2 Do one of the following e From the Port menu click Reset Port e From the toolbar click F Reset The Reset Adapter warning appears Figure 8 29 on page 155 Resetting a boot adapter may cause system instability Emulex assumes no responsibility for the consequences of resetting a boot adapter Do you want to continue Figure 8 29 Reset Warning Click Yes to perform the reset The reset can require several seconds to complete While resetting the status bar shows Reset in progress When the reset is finished the status bar shows Reset Completed Configuring FC FCoE Driver Parameters The OneCommand Manager application displays available driver parameters along with their defaults and maximum and minimum settings A description of the selected parameter is also provided This section contains information you should be aware of when working with driver parameters Not available in read only mode For a more detailed description of specific driver parameters refer to the appropriate Emulex driver user manual Notes e This section only applies to FC and FCoE drivers It does not apply to NIC RoCE or iSCSI drivers e In Solaris and Linux you can also specify parameters when loading the driver manually Not a
65. a Host on page 160 Note If there are no discovered FC or FCoE functions the entire Host Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 30 on page 156 is grayed out This occurs because there are no drivers to which the host driver parameters apply 0neCommand manager Loix Ele Edt yew pot Discovery gach Heb a Host Information Most Oriver Parameters Installed Oriver Type Windows ONA nd Adagker Parameter Yah Mody Adapter Parameter oap we OCEL 1102 FH eX Port 0 Nip 00 00 C9 SB CB 74 1 Deiver TraceMask 5 Parameter AutoMap Valye nD Range 0 3 Defaut 2 EE a a og a ge Nip 00 00 C9 S8 B 4 FRE 10 00 00 00 9 58 cE E MRI OceLo102 NM mais Poet 0 Nic 00 00 9 A0 D0 9C FRE 10 00 00 00 9 00 0 Activation Requirements es required Description ae Disabled 1 WWINN 2 WWPN 3 DID Z eke chenge temporer ot E aG Poet 1 WI OCe 101024 ma Port 0 g 4 2 Port 1 E Me OceLo102 4M Pot O Mio 00 00 C9 A0 DC AS S 4B 00 00 9 00 DC 08 SS 1990 07 cor 2G Port 1 Mi 00 00 9 A DC A9 R 00 00 C9 A0 DC AB I Maka all changes temporary possible hn cs CRC ts Fa Peston Defauts apy a ee Figure 8 30 Host Driver Parameters Tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 157 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Host Driver Parameters Tab Field Definitions
66. a LPe16000 a Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 11 33 55 ai LPe16000 08 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 11 33 56 3 utilsuno1 mm 7101684 5 36 Port 0 Nic 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E2 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E4 S a Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E3 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E5 Figure 7 7 Channel Management Tab for UFP Lenovo System X Only To view UFP channel management 1 From the discovery tree select the UFP adapter port whose channel information you want to view 2 Select the Channel Management tab Figure 7 7 on page 75 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 76 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters Channel Management Field Definitions for UFP Lenovo System X Only Channel Management Type Read only The type of channel management type in use Func Num Read only The function number assigned by the system to the channel Type Read only The protocol type in use by the channel MAC address Read only The MAC address assigned to the channel Name The name assigned to the vNIC by an administrator during switch configuration Outer VLAN ID The VLAN identifier used between the NIC port and the switch The switch maps this value into the VLAN ID used on the network Minimum BW The minimum percentage of the port s bandwidth at which the channel is guaranteed to run Maximum BW The maximum percentage of the port s bandwidth that can be used by the
67. a Port Or 100000000087919 D mage Port O 1100 00 08 72 9400 D a Port 1 2000007 TFOI Wm Pe too me ele fmm 8 82 uc airm Factory Defmdts T Confore NEC ROCE Figure 7 27 Custom NIC RoCE Configuration OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports Q8 UMC Configuration View When UMC is available and the UMC radio button is selected the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 28 on page 98 ooer E Tom Ete dt Yew pon Ducovery Beech Help Desese S eo Adegher intormatan Frmmare oroas Contos ston Curent Configuration GCS Ovtate Next Boot Configuration Serge personality at ports amp UMC Custom we Max Pot we MAC Address Pretoco cas mw YD Ne oe 84133 4040 Figure 7 28 UMC View Adapter Configuration Tab UMC 2 ports 8 functions port concurrent storage For UMC the OneCommand Manager application allows you to configure up to sixteen functions on a single port adapter up to eight functions per port on a two port adapter and up to four functions per port on a four port adapter The maximum number of functions allowed on an adapter is controlled by the adapter s IPL file Notes e ARI must be available to support up to sixteen functions on an adapter OCe14000 series adapters automatically support ARI However the system s motherboard must support ARI
68. a vendor supplied combined firmware OpenBoot image you are not able to enable BootBlOS from the lputil Boot BIOS Maintenance menu 1 Download the current OpenBoot only image for your adapter from the Emulex website 2 Load the current OpenBoot only image following steps listed in Updating BootBIOS section of this manual 3 Run lputil return to the Boot BIOS Maintenance menu 4 Enable BootBlOS rmmod fails to unload FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver module due to ERROR Module LPFC is in use This message can appear when you attempt to remove the driver and there is a Logical Volume Group dependent on the driver Make the Logical Volume Group unavailable Type lvchange a N XXXXXXX where xxxxxx is the Volume Group Name Slow targets or extended link faults on the storage side may result in storage being marked off line by the mid layer and remaining off line not recovered when the link faults are corrected OneCommand Manager Application The 8 2 version of the driver should eliminate this issue However if you experience off line device issues increase the SCSI command timeout to a value greater than or equal to sixty seconds Emulex also provides a script which addresses this issue for 2 6 kernels To access the lun_change_state sh script go to http www emulex com files downloads linux tools html then click the link to the appropriate driver and click the Linux tools link P011373 01A Rev A XG EMU
69. and password See Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management on page 42 for more information 3 Enter the URL of the ocmanager jnip file Make sure that the URL specifies a remote server which has the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface software installed and running http IP_ADDR PORT NUM ocmanager jnlp where IP_ADDR is the IP address of the host on which you installed the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Service and PORT_NUM is the TCP port number of the listening hosts Web server If the port number is omitted OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 3 Starting and Stopping the OneCommand Manager Application 36 Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface An Avago Technologies Company the default port 80 is used The standard OneCommand Manager application user interface is displayed Managing Files When Running the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface When running the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface all OneCommand Manager application files such as log files configuration files and driver parameter files are located on the Web Launch server User supplied files such as firmware images and licenses should be located on the Web Launch client OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 37 An Avago Technologies Company The OneCommand Manager Application
70. and the initiator is configured accordingly the integrity of an isCSI PDU s header segments are protected by a CRC32C checksum Possible values are CRC32C and None OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 198 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 199 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI e DataDigest If set to CRC32C and the initiator is configured accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segment is protected by a CRC32C checksum Possible values are CRC32C and None Authentication Area e Authentication Method Three options are available for the Authentication method None One Way CHAP and Mutual CHAP One Way CHAP requires only that the authenticator iSCSI target authenticate the iSCSI initiator host Mutual CHAP requires that both the iSCSI target and iSCSI initiator host authenticate each other When None is selected no authentication is performed e Target Authentication Name The name sent to the target for authentication This parameter is required for both One Way CHAP and Mutual CHAP authentication It can be any sequence of characters and numbers The minimum length of the name is 1 character and the maximum length is 256 characters e Target Authentication Secret The secret sent to the target for the target to use to authenticate the host This parameter is required for both One Way CHAP and Mutual CHAP authentication It can be any sequenc
71. applying the changes except for bandwidth changes a reboot is required to activate the new configuration NPar Bandwidth Settings Similar to UMC a minimum and maximum bandwidth is assigned to each enabled that is not set to None partition The sum of the minimum bandwidths must add up to 100 percent The maximum bandwidth for each partition must be equal to or greater than the minimum bandwidth on that partition and no larger than 100 percent Unlike UMC if the minimum and maximum bandwidths are set to 0 the logical link on the adapter is not brought down A small of amount of data will pass through the port for that partition if bandwidth is available Bandwidth changes take effect immediately A reboot is not required Note When ETS Priority Groups are enabled and available from the switch the bandwidths in those priority groups are used instead of the bandwidths specified for each NPar partition OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols An Avago Technologies Company NIC e 8 Managing Protocols This sections describes how to manage the available protocols This section describes managing NIC functions Viewing NIC Function Information When you select a NIC function from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the NIC Port Information tab Figure 8 1 on page 117 contains general attributes associated with the selected NIC function The
72. be changed In an environment where preboot management exists a WWPN or WWNN modified by the OneCommand Manager application can be overridden by preboot management such as Lenovo System X BOFM and industry standard CLP For example In an environment with CLP or BOFM The OneCommand Manager application modifies the WWNN or WWPN The OneCommand Manager application requires a reboot to complete the change After reboot the CLP string is sent during system boot and rewrites the WWNN or WWPN or EFIBoot finds the BOFM protocol and uses the default WWNN or WWPN per BOFM s command The OneCommand Manager application modifies the WWNN or WWPN The OneCommand Manager application requires a reboot to OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 152 complete the change The system comes up and the OneCommand Manager application modified WWNN or WWPN is used To change an FC FCoE function s WWPN or WWNN 1 Do one of the following e From the View menu click Group Adapters by Host Name e From the toolbar click pL Group Adapters by Host Name e From the Host Grouping menu select Group Adapter by Fabric Names 2 In the discovery tree select the FC FCoE function whose information you want to change 3 Select the Maintenance tab Figure 8 26 on page 152 OneCommand Manager BEE Ble Edt yew Port Discovery Batch Help E be BE Port Information Statistics Maintenance OHCHAP Targ
73. ccc ecce eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 180 Modifying Network Settings sesssesssssessssesesssesssseessssesssseesseseessseeeee 181 Advanced TCP IP Configuration s ssesoesooseoseoesseescssosossosssossoessossossesssesse 182 Viewing iSCSI PCI RegisterS sssssessssssosssssssosessssossssesossessssoseseesoseesesese 183 Viewing iSCSI VPD Information ssssssssssssssesesssesssseossssesesssesssssessseeesee 184 VPD Table Definitions si dc ccardncdaceedeann seu dasees reaR E EEEE TEn EE E E 184 Viewing iSCSI Statistics soriire vecseceens tiniani et e aE NE EEEE RA 185 iSCSI Statistics Field Definitions sesessessessessesssssessessessssssssssessossossesseo 185 Configuring iSCSI Target DisCOVEry ccseccceesescccccescccccesssseceeeesesseesesees 187 Adding Target Portal correr cdiessezaies noe AREE AE EAA E EE AAAA ARREA 188 Removing a Target Portal ccccecccccessceeccccceseeeeeseceesceeesesetsaseessaseeseaees 188 Configuring iSNS for iSCSI Target Discovery cece cece eee eee eee ee ee tence eeeeeeeeees 188 LOGGING into T ANGSUS ois sceieic ces a E ENEE dates ewedeee shies EE tees eens cores sans 190 Manually Adding an iSCSI Target cece cee eeee cece eee cece ence eee eens tense sees eeeeeeeees 192 REMOVING Targets ci icc cwiaesics ccevedaasciuine sada etuadwesawdenrcs ceva eneusiscareneddemesasensereans 192 VIEWING Target Sessions essuie oinnes cece ee eee EE E E N 192 Logging out of Targ
74. ccece eee c ences eeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeneeeenneeees 58 Viewing Host Grouping Information sssesessscsscossseccsesccoscssossseccosesesoseesosese 58 Host Group Information Field Definitions cee ccce eee e eee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 59 GROUPING HOSUS iscscsecacecntedesscsctitewcnds iateacesesyicestwnditeesenasetttece nace faseececcaeaase es 59 Managing Host GKOUPS acc veedecieacseescnrers ver coussd lt soactaeds nni Vin EEE E Ea 60 Host Group Management Field Definitions cece cece eee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 61 Creating a Host Group icc sos satenxawresiwiasa ee bias E season sane eee eye ees 62 Deleting a Host Group srccccscacecccaten vibersaces nid cannenesicanuiuedad cesucacasicesuadvasess 62 Adding a Host to a Host GrOUD vias dacawscarexeveatercidernssddatweharaeddssawearia nena teeund 62 Removing a Host from a Host Group sssssssssssssssssssseessssssssseeeseessseseeeeee 63 Restoring a Host GOUD vic seaddeecveee ceecdecs ens dsdsceeces sees seesenveunaeendwdeeseeeweseeens 63 Restoring all Host GroupS is isccsecesvadarsenesuavandidwendvenadwotaudenesassumertaceananusdes 63 Exporting Host Grouping Configurations srseiiiesessvecaversaceruaetvnseucerdeccorntevescaa 63 Searching for Hosts in the Discovery Tree scccssccccccccsccccccsscsccecesscccccssseees 64 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt E EMULEX Table of Contents An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managi
75. cece eee 85 Change Port Speed Dialog box Force mode 1Gb Ethernet speed SCIGCIO ane dealvnsdidvuaadasdadensesaud idedausaaeadceavidad E NE ATRE 86 PHY Data Tab ceicceaserescadecsasnericiccswndvessicaes ust R E ENE AES 87 OneConnect Transceiver Data Tab ccc ccssccicescicccesesccasncaacvencesesecscteces 89 OCe14000 series Adapter Configuration Tab FCoE selected 65 91 SR IOV Warning M SSAGE ccc cece ee eeeeeeccccceeeeeeeeeeessececccceeerrenssssesees 92 Current Configuration Details example cc ccc eeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 92 11 XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company Figure 7 22 Figure 7 23 Figure 7 24 Figure 7 25 Figure 7 26 Figure 7 27 Figure 7 28 Figure 7 29 Figure 7 30 Figure 7 31 Figure 7 32 Figure 7 33 Figure 7 34 Figure 7 35 Figure 7 36 Figure 7 37 Figure 7 38 Figure 7 39 Figure 7 40 Figure 7 41 Figure 7 42 Figure 7 43 Figure 7 44 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 Figure 8 8 Figure 8 9 Figure 8 10 Figure 8 11 OneCommand Manager Application List of Figures Single Personality View NIC selected cccesssccceeesscceeeesscceeeeesees 93 CUSO VIEW siisverevssacseistcaseectenaevagusinaeeeaneeene eevee iweae seaaeauane denne ERS SG 94 Mixed Mode Protocol pull down Menu csccscsccscsscsccscsccscncescsceseneees 95 Concurrent Storage Configuration View ccccee esse cece eeeeeeeeeneeee
76. changes cannot be cancelled To return all settings to the default configuration click Defaults Be careful as this also resets the password s to NULL for this configuration To initiate an immediate authentication click Initiate Authentication This request is sent to the driver even if you have not made any changes to the setup OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 178 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Note To successfully authenticate with the switch using DHCHAP you only need to set the configuration mode to enabled and set the local password The local password must be set to the identical value as the switch for the DHCHAP authentication to succeed Changing Your Password To change your password 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC function whose password you want to change Select the DHCHAP tab Figure 8 41 on page 176 and click Set Password The Password dialog box is displayed Choose Set Local Password or Set Remote Password e Local password is used by the FC driver when the adapter initiates authentication to the switch typical use e Remote password is used by the FC driver if the switch authenticates with the adapter This is only possible when bi directional is checked on the DHCHAP tab Figure 8 41 on page 176 If you want to see the password characters entered in the dialog box check Show Characters Provi
77. channel Viewing ASIC Information When you select a OneConnect multi ASIC adapter from the discovery tree the ASIC Information tab Figure 7 8 on page 77 contains general attributes associated with the selected ASIC You can also use this tab to view and enable licenses See Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 80 for more information To view general ASIC information 1 Select Host view 2 Select a OneConnect four port adapter ASIC in the discovery tree OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 77 OneConnect Adapters An Avago Technologies Company The ASIC Information tab is displayed Figure 7 8 on page 77 Hie Eda Yew Pet Qucovery Batch Help Om Sele m E ASX Informator Arewere Mode Emer OCm 1110401 10Gb Ethernet Adapter Fabre Merz Seria Nurter VASOHY LIWOSC Active Freee verson 40 290 0 Frmware State Working S105 verson 40 290 06 HW verson EJA NCSI verson WA MINIB 3 0 h Uomoe Featres Fon Lomee Featves Fatal Feste Loerner Figure 7 8 ASIC Information Tab ASIC Information Field Definitions OneCommand Manager Application Model The model of the selected adapter Serial Number The serial number of the selected adapter Active Firmware Version The version of the firmware running on the selected adapter Firmware State The condition of the firmware BIOS Version
78. channel is guaranteed to run e Maximum BW The maximum percentage of the port s bandwidth that can be used by the channel Viewing the Channel Management Tab for UFP Lenovo System X Only For Lenovo System X adapters that support UFP the UFP properties are displayed in the Channel Management tab when UFP is enabled The Port Channel Management Tab for UFP Figure 7 7 on page 75 is read only Note UFP is supported only on Lenovo System X virtual fabric adapters For specific information as to whether it is supported on a specific adapter see the release notes that are available on the Lenovo System X adapter pages on the Emulex website File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help mjes TE e a Find Host z J 4 Hosts Physical Port Info DCB Diagnostics Transceiver Data Channel Management KE WIN OCe11102 FM 0 Channel Management Type UFP 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4A Nig 00 00 C9 D5 68 48 Func Outer Minimum Maximum Nig 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4C Num Type MAC Address Name VLAN ID BW BW Nig 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4D 5 3 Port 1 Mic 00 00 C9 D5 64 4E 0 NC 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4A NjA 2 10 Nic 00 00 C3 D5 6A 4F Nig 00 00 C9 D5 6A 50 2 NC 00 00 C9 D5 68 48 Nja 16 20 25 Mic 00 00 C9 D5 6A 51 4 NC 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4C MA 30 30 100 Ef LP9BO2 F2 MG Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 58 20 78 6 NIC 00 00 C9 D5 68 4D NjA 44 40 100 5 appdevo3
79. current DCBX state enabled or disabled LLDP Transmit State DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled LLDP Receive States DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled PFC Properties Area Note PFC is not supported on all the iSCSI adapter ports State Enabled means that flow control in both directions Tx and Rx is enabled Disabled means that priority flow control is currently disabled The priority value if shown is not applicable This may be caused by o The switch port priority flow control being set to On instead of Auto o Switch port using port flow control instead of priority flow control o PFC disabled at adapter or switch Active Priority Lists the priorities with PFC set to enabled Sync d If yes the PFC priorities have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 212 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters e Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer or when the compatible method for
80. defined in the IEEE 802 1Qau standard QCN spans the layer 2 subnet and is an end to end congestion notification standard In order to leverage the benefits of QCN every network entity in the layer 2 subnet must be QCN aware Note QCN is available only for the OCe14000 series adapters running NIC RoCE protocol on at least one port and is used for RoCE traffic only e State The current QCN state enabled or disabled e Active CNPV The current Active CNPV being used for QCN e Sync d If yes the CNPV priority has been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set It is set by the firmware based upon whether or not is synchronizes with the peer or switch for the setting e Ready Priorities The Ready Priorities field shows a comma separated list of the CND priorities advertised for QCN It is a read only field and cannot be modified in Configure DCB dialog box e Error The QCN error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer ETS Priority Group Properties Area e State The current priority group state It can be enabled or disabled e Sync d If yes the priority groups have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set e Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Active Groups e PG The priority group number It can be 0 7 and 15 OneCommand Manager Applicat
81. disable a port if PXE Boot is enabled or if any of the iSCSI target sessions are boot sessions To enable or disable a physical port 1 2s 3 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the physical port you want to enable or disable Select the Physical Port Info tab Figure 7 15 on page 85 Click Enable Port or Disable Port Setting Port Speed and DAC Cable Length OneConnect OCe11102 and OCe14000 Series Adapters Only The Physical Port Info tab enables you to set port speed and DAC cable lengths for OCe11102 and OCe14000 series adapters To set the port speed for OCe11102 series adapters 1 2 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the OCe11102 series adapter port whose speed you want to change Click Set Speed on the Physical Port Info tab Figure 7 15 on page 85 The Change Port Speed dialog box appears Figure 7 16 on page 86 Charge Pon Speed Soot 1 DAC Cabs Length featers j Figure 7 16 Change Port Speed Dialog box Force mode 1Gb Ethernet speed selected Set the desired mode and port speed The port speed mode setting can be either Default Force or Auto negotiate e Default Sets the port speed to the factory default configured speed of the adapter from IPL e Force Sets the speed to a single speed value e Auto negotiate Requires a speed setting to single speed or multiple speed choices that the port will use to auto negotiate th
82. e Cancel Discards changes and closes the dialog box OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 6 Managing Hosts 62 An Avago Technologies Company Grouping Hosts Host Group Management Icons e Indicates the host is currently assigned to a single host group e Indicates the host is currently assigned to multiple host groups Creating a Host Group To create a new host group 1 From the View menu select Manage Groups The Host Group Management dialog box appears Figure 6 3 on page 61 2 Click Create New Group The Create New Host Group dialog box is displayed Figure 6 4 on page 62 Create New Host Group EG Group Name Erter the host group name here QK Cancel Figure 6 4 Create New Host Group Dialog Box 3 Enter the name of the group you want to create and click OK The new group appears in the Groups list on the Host Group Management dialog box Deleting a Host Group To delete a host group 1 From the View menu select Manage Groups The Host Group Management dialog box appears Figure 6 3 on page 61 2 From the Groups list select the group you want to delete The Host Group Management warning dialog box appears Figure 6 5 on page 62 Host Group Management Ei D Are you sure you want to delete this host group Figure 6 5 Host Group Management Warning Dialog Box 3 Click Yes to delete the selected host group Adding a Host to a Host Group To add a host to a group
83. eile A 82 SS 100M FADAFRCE at io HOF AOA FBE f Curent ton SCR Cetals QE 2 00 00 90 FAtASEROr a l J Taarn wm 7201684 agh Port Or sOOdorOOC oes Es Next Bost Configuraton mags Port 3 32 00 00 00 09 8 88 89 Configure MCIRE p eere Sngepersonaity al ports OUM Custom Enuble NIC RIV Porto Mic 09 50 41A 2 0F 24 asagar informaton Freeware Adsoter Cortgaraten 9M Port O 99 00 00 00 0R RO47E2 Bh Port 2 32 00 00200 09 80 47 E3 Wm Oce OL O DFA D DAS mm Porto Ne 00 50 F4 20 20 A8 OFA A OO Fa DOA ODF DAA O N T con enden IaM om Port 3 Mic 00 50 4 30 20 80 Ae 00 90 F4 20 20 61 T tan 199007 comemuienn00 G0 fa NM 00 90 4A 30 30 09 Sass COSDFA DOU EL Mh Port O 99 00200 00209 7RaDe29 EAN OSE Ws Port 1 20 0000 00 00 FRO a amog wm Pe meas Port O ICODOO CHAR EDA D ag Port 1 3900 00 00 09 49 4 29 Sassws wm esos D am Port OF 9200700000094 2N70 D ag Port 1 32200200000209 4C 3A 7D Wan NCSSOSFP ou Port 3 d Factory Defmdts Figure 7 23 Custom View Notes e Custom configurations are only available if the adapter supports mixed or concurrent mode storage e Ifyou configure all ports the same you essentially configured a single personality e NIC RoCE and SR IOV are mutually exclusive If you select the Configure NIC RoCE check box you cannot select the Enable NIC SR IOV check box because it is disabled Similarly if you select the Enable NIC SR IOV check box you cannot select
84. enable Secure Management for OneCommand Do you want to enable Secure Management feature for OneCommand s u Enter s to select secure management LDAP NIS OCM group configuration required Enter u to run without secure management default Enter the letter s or u If you enter s proceed to step 11 You cannot choose a Management Mode as described in step 9 9 When prompted enter the type of management you want to use Enter the type of management you want to use 1 Local Mode HBA s on this Platform can be managed by OneCommand clients on this Platform Only 2 Managed Mode HBA s on this Platform can be managed by local or remote OneCommand clients OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components An Avago Technologies Company 10 11 Installing the OneCommand Manager Application 3 Remote Mode Same as 2 plus OneCommand clients on this Platform can manage local and remote HBA s 4 Management Host Same as 1 plus OneCommand clients on this Platform can manage remote HBA s Note If you enabled Secure Management in step 8 you cannot configure management mode If you select option 2 you are asked if you want to enable TCP IP management from remote hosts If you select option 3 you are asked if you want to enable TCP IP management of remote hosts and enable TCP IP managemen
85. following warning appears Figure 13 19 on page 254 F The test sequence you are about to run will result in taking the selected adapter offline Ensure that al 10 activity on this port has stopped before proceeding Click OK to run the test or Cancel to skip it Figure 13 9 Run Diagnostic Tests Warning Click OK If you choose to run an External Loopback test the following window appears Figure 13 10 on page 245 The test sequence you are about to run will result in taking the selected adapter Soff line Ensure that all IO activity on this port has stopped before proceeding The loopback tests you have chosen require that a loopback plug be inserted into the back of the adapter to be tested Failure to do so can result in the board not returning to an on line state Ensure the loopback plug is inserted before clicking the OK button Click OK to run the test or Cancel to skip it Figure 13 10 Advanced Diagnostic Tests Warning Window for External Loopback Click OK The progress bar indicates that the test is running Periodic test feedback consisting of the current loopback test cycle plus the completion status of each type of test is displayed in the Test Log section of the dialog box Click Clear to erase the contents of the log display or click Save to File to save the log file After starting the tests you can click Stop Tests to stop the tests before they complete Depending upon the tests b
86. gt lt EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company OneCommand Manager Application Version 10 6 User Manual P011373 01A Rev A Connect Monitor Manage XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company Copyright 2003 2015 Emulex All rights reserved worldwide No part of this document may be reproduced by any means or translated to any electronic medium without the prior written consent of Emulex Information furnished by Emulex is believed to be accurate and reliable However no responsibility is assumed by Emulex for its use or for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent copyright or related rights of Emulex Emulex the Emulex logo Emulex BladeEngine Emulex InSpeed Emulex LightPulse Emulex OneCommand Emulex OneConnect and Emulex SLI are registered trademarks and Emulex Advanced 8 Emulex Connect Emulex CrossLink Emulex Engine Emulex Edge Emulex ExpressLane Emulex GreenState Emulex OneCore Emulex Pilot Emulex SURF Emulex Universal Multi Channel Emulex vEngine Emulex Virtual Fabric Emulex Virtual Network Exceleration Emulex vPath and Emulex vScale are trademarks of Emulex All other brand or product names referenced herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies or organizations Emulex provides this manual as is without any warranty of any kind either expressed or imp
87. h 00 00 Fa00 40 4C 00 904 8 20 4 49 My 00 90 94 20 40 0 Py 00 40 FA 20 4 annasa N 00 904420 40 oms 2 4 8 CATETE Gt oossoo Goaxnrnnns CEE lt o CTE N 000090 A 00 006940 8 O 00 404 A DA Figure 7 44 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar and NParEP Mode Enabled 4 port configuration OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 116 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Four port adapters allow up four partitions per port to be configured if NParEP Mode is enabled Figure 7 44 on page 115 NPar protocol assignments are subject to the following rules Note These rules apply if NParEP mode is enabled or disabled e The first partition on a port is always NIC e Upto sixteen partitions can be configured on NPar adapters if NParEP Mode is enabled e If NPar is enabled RoCE cannot be configured on any partition e A storage protocol can be assigned to any of the second through fourth partitions Any partitions above the fourth partition can only be assigned NIC or None e Any partition other than the first partitions on a port can be set to NIC or None e The total of the minimum bandwidths of the enabled functions for each port must add up to 100 percent The maximum bandwidth for each partition must be greater than or equal to the minimum bandwidth for that partition e After changing the NPar configuration and
88. host using the CLI Manually Editing the Hosts File You can open the hosts file with any text editor modify the contents and save the file The name of the host file is hbahosts lst After the file is modified and saved the updated file is used after the next TCP IP discovery cycle is complete If the discovery server is running it does not need to be restarted To manually edit the hosts file 1 Locate and open the hosts file e Windows The file is located on the system drive in the directory Program Files Emulex Util e Solaris The file is located in the directory opt ELXocm e Linux The file is located in the directory usr sbin ocmanager 2 Edit the file Guidelines for editing the file are as follows e Each line of the file starts with an IPv4 or IPv6 address Following the IP address can be any number of tabs or spaces This is followed by a character zero or more tabs or spaces and the name of the host for that IP address The host name is not required for discovery Its purpose is to make the file more readable and is used by the OneCommand Manager application to display the host name in the Remove Remote Hosts window when the host is not discovered However the discovery server only needs the IP address to discover the host e IPv6 address tuples are delimited by colons and can be added in shortened notation as defined by the IPv6 address specification e An IP port number can b
89. iSCSI Target Discovery tab However Windows targets that are not logged in to when the system is rebooted are removed Configuring iSNS for iSCSI Target Discovery An iSNS maintains a database of storage network elements that can be queried for iSCSI targets by other hosts within the SAN iSCSI storage devices in particular can register targets with the iSNS for efficient discovery by iSCSI clients such as the OneCommand Manager application Note On Linux hosts running the Open iSCSI driver iSNS is not supported OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 189 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI Use the iSCSI iSNS tab Figure 8 49 on page 189 to configure the iSNS server or to discover the server using DHCP Por 0 00 00 C9 05 6A 82 L ign 1990 07 com 00 00 9 05 6A 84 00 00 C9 05 64 85 1 00 00 C9 05 6A B9 i APPDEVOS OneConnect 0Ce10100 Port 0 00 00 C9 A9 7F CO 00 00 C9 09 7F C2 00 00 C9 9 7F C3 Le ign 1990 07 com Port 0 00 00 C9 FF 7A DE 10 00 00 00 C9 FF 7 Figure 8 49 iSCSI iSNS Tab To add a server 1 Select an iSCSI function in the discovery tree and the iSNS tab 2 Click Add iSNS Server The Add iSNS Server dialog box appears Figure 8 50 on page 189 Add iSNS Server Figure 8 50 Add iSNS Server Dialog Box 3 Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the iSNS server and the TCP port number Notes e On OCe14000 series adapters an IPv4 and a IPv6 iS
90. information such as EC EC level and MN manufacturer ID OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 184 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 185 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI Viewing iSCSI Statistics When you select an iSCSI initiator node from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the iSCSI Statistics tab Figure 8 47 on page 185 provides cumulative totals for various error events and statistics on the port Note iSCSI statistical information is not available via the CIM interface To view iSCSI port statistics 1 Select Host view 2 Select an iSCSI initiator node in the discovery tree 3 Click the iSCSI Statistics tab Figure 8 47 on page 185 OneCommand Manager _ of x Eje Edt yew Bort Discovery Batch Help CERBA Se Jr IS AR Nic 00 00 9 58 8 30 SCSI Statistics iSCSI Intistor Login Options iSCSI Target Discovery RE 10 00 00 00 09 58 C8 Bam Port Nip 00 00 9 58 CB 9 RE 10 00 00 09 C9 58 CE E et OCe10102 AM E ag Port 0 Nie 00 00 C9 A0 00 3C RE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 X Port t goo o 5 Nig 00 00 C9 A0 00 30 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 X S wet OCe10102 AM E eg Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 A0 00 2C RE 10 00 00 00 C9 0 0 Ed Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 A0 00 20 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 80 0 E wp Oce10102 40m E ea Port O Nic 00 00 C9 A0 DC AS BR 00 00 C9 A0 DC AA o Ep Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 40 DC A9 ra A 00 00 C9 A0 DC AB E p Pet z002 M3 2 Po
91. initiator failed e Last Failure Time The timestamp of the most recent failure of a login attempt from this initiator A value of 0 indicates that no failures have occurred e Last Failure Type A description of the last failure e Last Target Failure Name The UTF 8 string name of the target that most recently failed a login request from this initiator e Last Target Failure Address The Internet Network Address of the target that most recently failed e Login Accept Responses The count of Login Response PDUs received by this initiator that were accepted e Login Other Fail Responses The count of Login Response PDUs received by this initiator with any status code not counted by the other objects e Login Redirect Responses The count of Login Response PDUs received by the initiator with status class Redirection e Login Authentication Fail Responses The count of Login Response PDUs with status class 0x201 Authentication Failed received by this initiator e Login Authentication Failures The number of times the initiator has aborted a login because the target could not be authenticated e Login Negotiation Failures The number of times the initiator has aborted a login because parameter negotiation with the target failed e Logout Normals The count of Logout Command PDUs generated by this initiator with reason code normal e Logout Others The count of Logout Command PDUs generated by this initiator with any sta
92. inserv failed exit code 1 Reinstall the driver with the lpfc install script The Linux SCSI subsystem only sees eight LUNs when more are present Some SCSI drivers do not scan past eight LUNs when the target reports as a SCSI 2 device Force a SCSI bus scan with usr sbin pfc lun_scan SuSE supplies bin rescan scsi bus sh which can be changed to scan everything Cannot see any adapters Try the following solutions e Perform an lsmod to see if the Emulex drivers are loaded Look for an error message on the command line stating the LPFC driver is not loaded If this is the case do an insmod of the FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver and re launch the OneCommand Manager application e Exit the OneCommand Manager application and run the following sripts in this order 1 usr sbin ocmanager stop_ocmanager stops the OneCommand Manager application daemons 2 usr sbin ocmanager start_ocmanager starts the OneCommand Manager application daemons 3 usr sbin ocmanager ocmanager starts the OneCommand Manager application GUI The adapters should be visible If they are not visible reboot your system Cannot see new LUNs OneCommand Manager Application Try the following 1 Click the Refresh LUNs button in the toolbar 2 Exit the OneCommand Manager application and restart it If new LUNs are visible you are finished If that does not work try the following 1 Exit the OneCommand Manager application
93. more than one storage protocol is configured they must be different storage protocols The same storage protocol cannot be run on two partitions on the same port If NPar is disabled NPAR Enabled checkbox is unchecked only a single partition per port is available This partition can be configured to run NIC or NIC RoCE Eve f t View Port Discovery Batch Help BS See H 8 82 HOODIES Aagher informaton Frmware Adapter Corfu aton ODIO CIES Ne 09 lt 0 lt 9 9 83 28 Q oreore EE a Same Gurert Corfigvaton New Enabled Detal My 0940 lt 9 9 83 2C a GE 30 00 00 00 6929 08 20 0000 C9 5 68 28 Next Boct Configuration Me 00 00 69 9 00 2 ra Z tex tis Me 04 70 78 404 28 an fue Ekun ET Port Nam MAC Adress Protocol Me 04778 1404 S oR a 1 OSDEAI048 Me 000P A 30 43 44 D GT IOOKOFA NANS a Port Ne 00 40 Fa 104348 D RE 3100 01 907A 30 43 4 amp comwmoview Ver gt a eee NAC IRCE Configurator T midcom wm Poti Me 0000 69 F0 78 8 A 00 0009 F0 78 4D mny onst Type RO i Factory Defadts Figure 7 39 Adapter Configuration Tab for NPar Adapters NPar disabled Note SR IOV can be enabled on NPar adapters only when NPar is disabled and all ports are configured to run NIC functions Configuring RoCE on NPar Adapters You can configure NIC RoCE on NPar adapters if NPar is disabled Figure 7 39 on page 111 Use the Protocol pull down me
94. oiises ssasveddedsescntnes eres E rea EEO ETENA TOTER Ea DCB Tab NIC FCoE adapter port selected ccecscccesccccsccesscveens Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC FCoE Adapter Ports DCBX enabled ennenen sereia se n ETE EAE A E E EEA E DCB Tab NIC FCoE iSCSI adapter port selected s sssssssssesssseseses Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC FCoE iSCSI Adapter Ports DCBA enabled siavsccscurnasiedusvcenddeceevsaVonwsby nenevetied viele sxanedubaesauvorsees DCB Tab for ROCE Adapter Ports esnssssesessesssesssseesssssocssseesessseee Configure DCB Dialog Box for RoCE Adapter Ports DCBX enabled HP Flex Adapter Configuration tab Flex enabled cc ccceceeeeee eee eees Flex Adapter After Applying an iSCSI Single Personality Change PCI Registers and Flash Contents of the Diagnostics Tab eceee eee Overlay Detail Window sssssesscsssesosesecosescosssecosesecossesosssesosesecoso Quick Test Warning ccccc cece eee eseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Diagnostics Tab for LPe16000 Series Adapters D Port Tests button SOIC Fn iiss eueccucs nancy dibednsnnvehesaerts iv ciuanes ties batseulbanegasecetacsencn D Port Tests WiNdOW 3 2sscevcsse ct doecdsie enr EE eeedeckeee sieves OOE te eed ates Diagnostic Dump Dialog BOX cccccccce cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeesneees Diagnostic Dump File Transfer Dialog BOX eee
95. only appears if the host is managed through the CIM interface Function Summary Area NIC Functions The number of NIC functions running on the discovered adapters on this host FC Functions The number of FC functions running on the discovered adapters on this host FCoE Functions The number of FCoE functions running on the discovered adapters on this host FC Targets The number of FC targets discovered on the FC FCoE functions on this host VPorts The number of discovered FC virtual ports that can be managed by this host Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface iSCSI Functions The number of iSCSI functions running on the discovered adapters on this host iSCSI Targets The number of iSCSI targets discovered on the iSCSI functions on this host Viewing Host Grouping Information The Host Group Information Figure 6 2 on page 59 tab displays information about the selected host group such as the group name and the total number of hosts See Grouping Hosts on page 59 to learn about creating host groups Note Host grouping is not supported for VMware To view host grouping information from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the host group whose information you want to view OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company OneCommand TM Manager MC CNA102E F Port 0 be 00 00 C9 A9 SF F8 sE 10 00 00 00 C9 A
96. only mode Notes e Stop other OneCommand Manager application functions while batch loading is in progress e When using the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface the firmware file must reside on the host where the browser window was launched from not the host that was specified in the web address OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 9 Updating Adapter Firmware 204 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters e VMware ESXi hosts managed through the CIM interface lists all the adapters regardless of whether the selected firmware can update the adapter You must manually deselect the non matching adapters Before you can perform a batch update the firmware file must be downloaded from the Emulex website and extracted to a directory on your local drive To update firmware for multiple adapters 1 From the Batch menu select Download Firmware Note You do not need to select a particular discovery tree element for this operation 2 When the Batch Firmware Download dialog box appears Figure 9 2 on page 204 click Browse OneCommand Manager Batch Firmware Download x p Firmware File Selection Firmware File fhometiphaset zephrit 00a5 ad10025 lt Browse ip Sa Supported Models LPe11002 M4 1OCe 11102 FM LPe1150 F4 p Display Options Group by Host IT Show Host Groups C Group by Fabric Host Group fa z Select the adapt
97. p uja Er Hosts Poet Information Statistics Maintenance Target Mapping Oriver Parameters wPo PCI Registers FIP E he OASHER 7 pE OCel1102 FH S 6 Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 SB CB 74 a Poet 1 Mp 00 00 lt 9 56 lt 6 78 a ausser E W OCel1102 FM AM Poet O D a Peet 1 Nip 00 00 9 S8 CB 94 FRE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 C WI OCe101024M gt sth Peet 0 Nio 00 00 9 fA0 D0 3C Activation Requirements i Parameter is dynamically activated Description pete 1 onadio defa IT Make change temporary EE 0 000000 CS0 NG Poet 1 E We OCeLo102 4eM ats Port O 4 2M Port 1 amp WE Ocelolo26m 1H I Maka al changes temporary possible Figure 8 31 Driver Parameters Tab Adapter Selected 4 Click the parameter that you want to change A description of the parameter appears on the right side of the tab 5 Enter anew value in the Value field in the same hexadecimal or decimal format as the current value or select a value from the drop down menu If you enter a value and the current value is in hexadecimal format it is prefaced by Ox for example 0x2d You can enter a new hexadecimal value without the Ox For example if you enter ff10 this value is interpreted and displayed as Oxff10 6 If you want the change to be temporary causing the parameter to revert to its last permanent setting when the system is rebooted check the Make change temporary box This option
98. should be selected RoCE Priorities Area e Active Priorities The priority that is marked active for RoCE e Configured Priorities The priorities that are configured but might not yet be active OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 230 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters QCN Area When QCN is available the Configure DCB Dialog contains the QCN area where you can enable the configured CNPV e Active CNPV 5 is the RoCE default matching the default RoCE priority the current Active CNPV being used for QCN e Enable If checked the configured QCN is enabled If the Enable checkbox is cleared the configured CNPV value is grayed out indicating that it is not applicable e Configured CNPV The Configured CNPV value always matches the configured RoCE priority and cannot be changed independently Note The switch can override the configured QCN s CNPV value ETS Priority Groups Area e Active Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The different priorities that are assigned to the various priority groups This is the currently active configuration o Bandwidth The bandwidths that are assigned to different priority groups This is the currently active configuration e Configured Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The configured priority membership grouping o Bandwidth
99. stop the elxhbamegr service by issuing the command svcadm disable elxhbamgr Note Disabling this service or process prevents the local servers from being seen remotely If Help gt Contents is selected in the OneCommand Manager application the online help is not opened in a web browser The OCManager_Help htm file may be opened ina text editor displaying HTML code or by some other application This happens when the operating system has associated HTML files with an application other than a web browser On Windows systems this can be fixed using the following steps 1 In Windows Explorer navigate to the C Program Files Emulex Util OCManager OCManager_help directory Right click on OCManager_Help htm Select Open With gt Choose default program Select a web browser such as Internet Explorer Check Always use the selected program to open this kind of file 6 Click OK On Linux and Solaris the above steps are very similar with the OCManager_Help htm file located at usr sbin ocmanager ocmanager_help OCManager_Help htm and opt ELXocm ocmanager_help OCManager_Help htm respectively 2 3 4 5 m e aa NS When using the OneCommand Manager application on a Windows operating system a reboot message is displayed if the NIC driver properties are changed or the adapter port is disabled OneCommand Manager Application Ensure that the OneCommand Manager application has been closed prior to mak
100. switch State The current priority group state It can be enabled or disabled Sync d If yes the priority groups have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set Note If NPar is enabled and Sync d is set Yes the protocols are limited to the bandwidths shown in the priority groups instead of the bandwidths configured in the Adapter Configuration tab Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Error is also set to Yes when the Compatible method for the capability fails Active Groups PG The priority group number It can be 0 to 7 Priorities The priorities that are assigned to each priority group It is represented in comma separated format Bandwidth The percentage of available link bandwidth allocated to a particular priority group DCB Tab Buttons Configure DCB Click to configure DCB parameters See the instructions below To configure DCB for NIC FCoE iSCSI adapter ports From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the NIC FCoE iSCSI adapter port whose DCB properties you want to configure Select the DCB tab Figure 10 7 on page 221 Click Configure DCB The Configure DCB dialog box appears Figure 10 8 on page 223 1 Configure the settings you want and click OK Note An error message is displayed if you try to configure more priority groups than the adapter support
101. the Configure NIC RoCE check box because it is disabled OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports Q95 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration To set up a custom configuration 1 From the discovery tree select the OCe14000 series adapter whose personality you want to configure 2 From the Adapter Configuration tab Figure 7 19 on page 91 check the Custom radio button 3 Select the protocol you want to apply from the Protocol pull down menu for each function on each port Or check the NIC RoCE checkbox to configure NIC RoCE or only NIC on each port When the NIC RoCE checkbox is not checked you can check the SR IOV checkbox to enable SR IOV on each NIC function on the adapter 4 Click Apply A message appears notifying you of the profiles activation requirements Not all selections require a reboot Mixed Mode Configuration If mixed mode is available up to two functions per port can be configured The first function is always NIC The second function can be a storage protocol or None When you click on the second function s pull down menu the available storage protocols for the function are displayed as depicted in Figure 7 24 on page 95 Port Configuration Pot Func MAC Address Protocol 00 00 C9 01 23 45 z 5 0 4 0000C901 2346 FCoE 1 oooocsozsess ore 1S loo00cs022457 2 00 0009 03 4567 NIC 6 lonoocs 0245 68 3
102. the FCoE priority and one and only one priority can be the iSCSI priority and it cannot match the FCoE priority 2 A maximum of two PFC priorities can be selected and one of them must match the FCoE priority and the other must match the iSCSI priority 3 The priority group to which the FCoE priority is assigned must contain no other priorities 4 The priority group to which the iSCSI priority is assigned must contain no other priorities 5 The additional PFC priority must be assigned to a priority group which has no other priorities 6 Do not exceed the maximum number of configurable priority groups displayed above the priority groups box when assigning priorities to priority groups 7 Bandwidths of all the priority groups must add up to 100 e OK Click to apply and save your changes e Cancel Click to discard any changes you made Configuring DCB Parameters for RoCE Adapter Ports The DCB tab Figure 10 9 on page 226 displays parameters for RoCE adapter ports Note RoCE configurations are not supported with SR IOV To view the DCB parameters for RoCE adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the RoCE adapter port whose DCB properties you want to view OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 2 Select the DCB tab Figure 10 9 on page 226 10 DCB Configuration Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Bile Edit View
103. the LAN device supports RFC 2863 Transmit System Name Enabled Provides the system s assigned name in an alpha numeric format The value equals the sysName object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 224 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters e Transmit System Description Enabled Provides a description of the network entity in an alpha numeric format This includes system s name and versions of hardware operating system and networking software supported by the device The value equals the sysDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 e Transmit System Capabilities Enabled Indicates the primary function s of the device and whether or not these functions are enabled on the device The capabilities are indicated by two octets Bits 0 through 7 indicate Other Repeater Bridge WLAN AP Router Telephone DOCSIS cable device and Station respectively Bits 8 through 15 are reserved e Receive Enabled LLDP Receive can be enabled or disabled PFC Priorities Area e Active Priorities The priorities that are marked active for PFC e Enable If checked PFC is enabled e Configured Priorities The priorities that are configured but might not yet be active Since only one PFC priority is supported only the FCoE or iSCSI priority should be checked not both FCoE Priority Area e Active Priority
104. the SAN e Number of Fabrics The total number of fabrics discovered in the SAN e Number of Adapters The total number of adapters discovered in the SAN e Number of Physical Ports The total number of physical ports discovered in the SAN e Number of Virtual Ports The total number of virtual FC FCoE ports discovered in the SAN Creating and Deleting FC FCoE Virtual Ports This section describes how to create and delete virtual ports Creating Virtual Ports Using the Virtual Ports tab Figure 8 10 on page 130 you can automatically generate the WWPN for the virtual port based on the WWPN for the physical port or you can OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 130 An AvagoTechnologiesCompany CIO manually type the WWPN You cannot generate virtual ports on 1Gb Fibre Channel and 2GFC adapters Notes e The OneCommand Manager application cannot create or delete virtual ports on VMware ESXi server systems Although VMware ESXi server supports NPIV only VMware management tools can create or delete virtual ports e In Linux virtual ports do not persist across system reboots The NPIV driver parameter must be enabled before attempting to create a virtual port The driver parameter name varies slightly depending upon your operating system e For Windows From the driver parameters tab highlight enableNPIV then select Enable On the Storport Miniport system the SLIMode d
105. the capability fails iSCSI Properties Area e State The iSCSI state It can be enabled or disabled e Active Priority The current active priority assigned for iSCSI e Sync d If yes the iSCSI priority has been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set e Error The iSCSI error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer ETS Priority Group Properties Area Note Not displayed if multi channel is enabled on the adapter with the exception of NPar and UFP if enabled by the switch e State The current priority group state It can be enabled or disabled e Sync d If yes the priority groups have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set e Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Active Groups e PG The priority group number It can be 0 to 7 e Priorities The priorities that are assigned to each priority group It is represented in comma separated format e Bandwidth The percentage of available link bandwidth allocated to a particular priority group DCB Tab Buttons e Configure DCB Click to configure DCB parameters See the following instructions To configure DCB for NIC iSCSI adapter ports i From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the NIC iSCSI adapter port whose DCB properties you want to configure Se
106. to run until you manually click Stop Test by selecting the Infinite radio button Test Pattern Enter a custom test pattern to be used in tests that transfer data The test pattern can be up to eight hexadecimal bytes Test Status The Test Status area displays how many completed cycles of each test ran as well as the number of errors To run loopback tests 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the adapter port on which you want to run the Loopback Test 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 14 on page 248 From the Loopback Test section of the dialog box choose the type of Loopback test you want to run and define the loopback test parameters Note You must insert a loopback plug in the selected adapter before running an External Loopback test Also you must ensure that the NIC function of the port goes to a link up state See Troubleshooting on page 255 if the NIC link fails to come up OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A X EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 250 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Diagnostics 3 Click Start The following warning appears Figure 13 15 on page 250 The test sequence you are about to run will result in taking the selected adapter off line Ensure that all 10 activity on this port has stopped before proceeding Click OK to run the test or Cancel to skip it Cancel Figure 13 15 Run Diagnostic Tests Warning 4 Click OK I
107. to the single personality view and the selected personality is shown in the personality pull down menu Configuring RoCE in a Custom View In Custom view NIC RoCE can be configured on the first function of a port see Figure 7 27 on page 97 After checking Configure NIC RoCE only the first function of each port is available and you can select NIC RoCE or just NIC to run on each port Storage functions cannot be configured if any of the ports on the adapter are configured to run NIC RoCE You must also choose a RoCE configuration that is a profile from the drop down menu below the port table e Choose the RoCE 2 profile for Windows SMB Direct or Linux iSER NFS or VM Migration support e For RoCE 1 check the Implementer s Lab on the Emulex website for any updated information on additional use Note RoCE configurations are not supported with SR IOV Q OneCommand Manager T ra Ehe fdt Yew Bort Discovery Batch Help My 00 00 69 49 4140 Gurert Corfigzaton MICRO ROE NOFI Porto RE ODO PA 41 2300 oa Poti Next Boot Configurator RSE ODO FA 41 23 08 Singie personality al ports RSE 00 90 FA 20 44 16 Tas WE Cerio age Port 2 RSE 00 0 FA 2O4464 kites E Ce THILO oe 1 COSDFA4E 2308 Port 3 REE 00 90 FA 45 50 gt eb aex 35040737 mense O 9200 ONCR TCHS 9 Port 2 2100 0209 70 08 05 wae Wm e204 D a Port 2 HOODOO CR HEOCIGA Pte BOODO 00 09 FE 00 48 ATE uUa Type ROCE L v D
108. version oce 4 4 173 9 3S or later or the out of box driver version elxnic 4 1 xx xx must be installed for CNA management Note If Emulex CNAs are installed on the system the NIC driver must be installed and reporting all NIC ports Otherwise the OneCommand Manager application cannot manage the CNAs To install the OneCommand Manager application in Solaris 1 Copy the Solaris utility kit to a temporary directory on your system 2 Untar the utility kit tar xvf elxocm solaris lt version gt tar 3 Change to the newly created elxocm solaris lt version gt directory cd elxocm solaris lt version gt Note Prior to installation OneCommand groups must be configured on the LDAP network or the local host machine for Secure Management operation See OneCommand Manager Secure Management Configuration Requirements on page 44 for configuration instructions 4 Run the install script to begin installation If the HBAnyware utility OneCommand Manager Core or OneCommand Manager Enterprise applications or the Solaris driver utilities are already present on the system the install script attempts to remove them first install 5 When prompted choose whether or not to enable Secure Management for OneCommand Do you want to enable Secure Management feature for OneCommand s u OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 28 An Av
109. with all previous versions This setting cannot be changed LLDP Settings Area e Transmit Enabled LLDP Transmit can be enabled or disabled e Transmit Port Description Enabled Provides a description of the port in an alpha numeric format The value equals the ifDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 2863 e Transmit System Name Enabled Provides the system s assigned name in an alpha numeric format The value equals the sysName object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 e Receive Enabled LLDP Receive can be enabled or disabled e Transmit System Description Enabled Provides a description of the network entity in an alpha numeric format This includes the system s name and versions of hardware operating system and networking software supported by the device The value equals the sysDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 e Transmit System Capabilities Enabled Indicates the primary function s of the device and whether or not these functions are enabled on the device The capabilities are indicated by two octets Bits 0 through 7 indicate Other Repeater Bridge WLAN AP Router Telephone DOCSIS cable device and Station respectively Bits 8 through 15 are reserved PFC Priorities Area e Active Priorities The priorities that are marked active for PFC e Enable If checked PFC is enabled e Configured Priorities The priorities that are configured but might not yet be active Only the RoCE priority
110. 0 00 00 00 2S ecncermesauto E wa ncssa Sethe Port 1 Nie CK I 0E 27 40 96 RE 10 00 1C C1 DE 27 603 SPa Nie 1C C1 0E 27 60 9 GRE 10 00 1C C1 0E 27403 Cw NCSSS eae Peet 1 Mp LC C1 0 27 40 08 RE 10 00 1C C1 DE 27 1403F wees Pent 2 Nic UCCI OE 27 40 42 AEE 10100 80201 DEL27 60 45 w gt Figure 7 25 Concurrent Storage Configuration View When configuring storage the first function must be set to NIC The pull down menu for selecting a storage protocol to run on the second and third functions is the same as the pull down menu for mixed mode storage If two storage functions are configured on a port they must be different storage protocols that is concurrent mode When you select the storage protocol for the second function the choices in the pull down menu for the third function are limited to the other storage protocol or None Figure 7 26 on page 96 Port Configuration Pot Funcd MAC Address Protocol Figure 7 26 Concurrent Storage Configuration Choices for the Third Function OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 97 OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Note If you select the same protocol or None for all second functions on all ports and None for all third functions you essentially configured a single personality In this case after clicking the Apply button the tab switches
111. 0 001 RUSSET E a Port O Ni 00 00 C9 A0 D0 2C FEE 10 00 00 00 9 00 0 Bae Peet 3 Supported FC4 Types 0O 00 Of 00 00 00 00 OL 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 Nie 00 00 C9 A0 00 20 0O 00 00 00 99 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 RE 10 00 00 00 9 00 0 E wm OCe101024M E a Perto Mig 00 00 C9 A0 DC AS 00 00 C9 A0 DC AA BOG Pets Nic 00 00 C9 AD DC A9 4 00 00 9 A0 D 08 Figure 7 2 FC Port Information Tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 67 An Avago Technologies Company FC Adapters FC Port Information Field Definitions Port Attributes Area Field Definitions Port WWN The WWPN of the adapter Node WWN The WWNN of the adapter Fabric Name or Host Name The Fabric Name field is displayed in Host view This is a 64 bit worldwide unique identifier assigned to the fabric The Host Name is displayed in Fabric view The host name is the name of the host containing the adapter Boot Version The version of boot code installed on the selected adapter port If the boot code is disabled the field displays Disabled Port FC ID The FC ID for the selected adapter port PCI Function The PCI function number assigned by the system PCI Bus number The PCI BUS number assigned to the FC function Driver Version The version of the driver installed for the adapter Driver Name The executable file image name for the driver
112. 00 00 9 0456 78 NIC gt 7 looooce0es6 79 FCoE Figure 7 24 Mixed Mode Protocol pull down menu You can select any of the available storage protocols or None to indicate that the second function will not be available on that port After selecting the protocols to run on each port click Apply to save the configuration Note If you select the same protocol or None on all ports you essentially configured a single personality In this case after clicking Apply the tab switches to the single personality view showing the selected personality in the personality pull down menu OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 96 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Concurrent Mode If concurrent mode is available up to three functions per port are configurable as depicted in Figure 7 25 on page 96 OecCommand Manager Edt yew Pert Qecovery Batch tep Besce6 E 8 on aoctor Internation Frnmare Adapter Configuration SW OCL LIEN Currer Coefiguration Custom Configuration cE a x 00 00 69 44 94 00 00 C9 4 64 33 10 00 00 00 C9 68 64 35 Nest Book Coefigaration x 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 99 D AP RELEU C Serge personslty allports CU C Custom 2G Peto Mp CO SOFA41 22 F0 BE 10 00 00 90 Fa 61 22 F1 ae Poet 1 Nip 00 90FA 1 22 F8 RE 10 00 00 90 Fa 43 22 F9 5 avenga bi EH OneConmect OCe 10100 S sa Pot O A 00 00 0
113. 00 C9 A0 D0 2C FE 10 00 00 00 9 A0 0 EWG Peet 1 Nic 00 00 C9 A0 00 20 RE 10 00 00 00 09 00 0 Ei MI OCe10102 4mM E sas Peet O Nic 00 00 C9 A0 DC AS a A 00 00 C9 40 DC AA MG Port Nig 00 00 C9 A0 DC A9 i 00 00 C9 40 DC A8 DH ign 1990 07 cor 05 Device Name fises Symbolic Noda Nama Erde LPe1 200248 FYI 1005 0V7 2 50 001 RUSSET Supported Class of Service Class 3 Supported FC4 Types 00 00 O 00 00 00 00 L 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 Port Status Link Status Unk Up Port Speed nla Disable Port Status Bar Figure 4 1 OneCommand Manager Application Window OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 38 An Avago Technologies Company The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions Notes e The element you select in the discovery tree determines whether a menu item or toolbar icon is active For example if you select the local host or other system host the Reset Adapter item on the Adapter menu is unavailable The Reset Adapter toolbar button is unavailable as well e The capabilities displayed by your local OneCommand Manager application interface matches those of the remote server When accessing a remote server running an older version of the OneCommand Manager application capabilities that are not supported by the server s older version of the OneCommand Manager application are una
114. 00 C9 A0 DC AB I Maka al changes temporary f possible WEI LPel 2002 3 s Figure 8 32 Host Driver Parameters Tab Host Selected 5 Enter a new value in the Value field in decimal or hexadecimal format depending on how the current value is presented If the value is in hexadecimal format it is prefaced by Ox for example 0x2d 6 To make a change temporary the parameter to revert to its last permanent setting when the system is rebooted check Make changes temporary This option is available only for dynamic parameters 7 Tomake changes to multiple parameters check Make all changes temporary Only dynamic parameters can be made temporary 8 Click Apply OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 161 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Changing Non dynamic Parameter Values Linux 8 2 To change non dynamic parameter values for Linux version 8 2 1 Navigate to the usr sbin ocmanager directory and run the scripts to stop the OneCommand Manager application processes Type stop_ ocmanager 2 Stop all I O to FC FCoE or FC FCoE attached devices 3 Unload the FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver Type modprobe r lpfc 4 Reload the driver Type modprobe lpfc 5 If DHCHAP authentication is currently employed on this machine start up the Emulex FC authentication service Type etc init d fcauthd start 6 Start the elxhbamer service remote service Type start_o
115. 0102AM E ss Port O Nic 00 00 C9 AD D0 3C R 10 00 00 00 C9 40 0 S a ign 1990 07 con w jgn 2006 010 W uno Poti gt I OCE 10102A E eg Port O E G Ports D et OCe10102AM ag Port Mie 00 00 C9 AD DC AS FR 00 00 C9 A0 OC AA E OG Port 1 Me 00 00 C9 AD DC AD E 00 00 C9 A0 0C A8 Figure 8 53 iSCSI Target Information Tab Target Information Field Definitions e Target iSCSI Name The iSCSI name assigned to the target e Target Alias The iSCSI alias assigned to the target This is assigned at the target portal not by the OneCommand Manager application e ETO The ETO for the target The driver ensures that I Os are not timed out until this time has expired from the time the target stopped responding You can change this value if you want Target Portal Information Area e IP Address The IP address through which the initiator communicates with the target e Port The TCP port through which the initiator communicates with the target e Group Tag The tag of the group for which sub groups must be refreshed OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 197 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI Target Information Buttons e Sessions Click to view the currently active sessions for the target See Viewing Target Sessions on page 192 for more information e Apply Click to save and apply your ETO changes Viewing iSCSI LUN Information When you selec
116. 1 2 Click Restore Group to return the configuration settings for the currently selected host group to those in use when the dialog box was opened Note If the currently selected group was created during the current configuration session clicking Restore Group deletes the new group name Restoring all Host Groups To restore all host groups 1 From the View menu select Manage Groups The Host Group Management dialog box appears Figure 6 3 on page 61 2 Click Restore All Groups to return the entire host group configuration to the state that existed when the dialog was opened All host group assignments are returned to their original configuration Newly added host groups yet to be committed are removed and host groups that were deleted are restored Exporting Host Grouping Configurations To export the host grouping configuration to a remote host you must copy the various host group configuration files from the host on which the configuration was created to the remote host Copy the entire contents of the config hostgroups subdirectory under the OneCommand installation directory to the equivalent location on the remote system OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 6 Managing Hosts 64 An Avago Technologies Company Searching for Hosts in the Discovery Tree The host groups configuration file locations for the supported platforms are e Windows InstallationDriveLetter Program Files Emulex Util Config
117. 169 x86 Boot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog BOX cece eeeee eee eeeee eens 170 EFIBoot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog BOX ce ee eeccceeeeeeee teens 172 OpenBoot Advanced Settings Dialog BOX cece cece cece eee eeeeeseeeeeeeees 173 DHCHAP Wabicos stgcaticickaowss seesscarsaenevasacuses AOE E ERTAS 176 iSCSI Poft Information TabD essisescsesriirere reires reereieria we veweduedeieeeusunveses 179 iSCSI Network Information Tab ssssssssssssssesssssessssesssssesssseesssseee 180 Advanced TCP IP Configuration Dialog BOX cccceeeeecceeeenceeeeenaeees 182 iSCSI PCI Regist rs TaD sccesacassivcviwwesuadeiaedesurnecaawenasazaederaaneuiwuws inoue 183 iSCSI VPD TAD wscuscomsseaccedss detwauedsdecadeeeavved isicades ea eerscadeisdannsvereieces 184 iSCSI Statistics TaD sc cisdicveuevaccwswiasssnew tabs svaeuceelsdextucsare caagvauwaessaavene ss 185 iSCSI Target Discovery Tab sesssssssesscesesscsssesosesecesesscossesoseseeeso 187 ISCSHISNS PAW tcccivsueepontigeasccehasdese E E REE EAER 189 Add iSNS Server Dialog BOX ssssssssscsssesosssecossescsosesosssecocsescsssesoo 189 Target Login Dialog BOX sssessesssesssessosssosssoseosssoseossessseoseessees 191 Target Sessions Dialog BOX ssssesssesesssesososscessescessesosssscessescosseseo 193 iSCSI Target Information Tab ssssesesssssssssesseseosssscosssscsesseossseeese 196 P011373 01A Rev A 13 XG EMULEX An Avago T
118. 2 00 40 F A 30 30 83 ror Detais Figure 7 40 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar Enabled NParEP mode disabled For adapters that support sixteen functions on two port adapters you can configure up to eight partitions per port Four port adapters allow up to four partitions per port The None setting can be configured on any but the first partition Note If NPar is enabled RoCE cannot be configured on any partition SR IOV can be enabled on NPar adapters only when NPar is disabled and all ports are configured to run NIC functions The Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 41 on page 113 Select the Enable NIC SR IOV checkbox to enable SR IOV on the NIC function on each port When Enable NIC SR IOV is checked the NIC Only Configuration Type field may be displayed where you can select the NIC profile OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 112 XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 113 7 Managing Adapters and Ports OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration fn 001220240 Sag Porto Ny 0470 78 404 28 Me 09O Pa 3043 4 D RE MOOOKOFA NANAS S ag Port 2 My 00 40 FA 304348 D E 31000190P A 30 43 409 T compoview WE Lae 12000 MI D aa 212 00200 00 09 888 5 SOK 2012 R259 fm ent FME S ma Porto My 00 00 09 FOBAE 5 4 00970 3 D Donate Sea Port 1 Me 00 00 69 f0 me 4 00 0009 F0 78 D OD ignite mtoeow Omet Configuration Near
119. 3 08 Fifa 903556 Port 0 Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 56 12 34 57 aB ign 1991 05 com microsoft uscm4ujh Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 58 Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 59 S 36 Port 1 ag SN Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 5A 4 00 00 C9 12 34 58 B ign 1991 05 com microsoft uscm ujh Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 5C Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 5D 1100E2P Figure 8 46 iSCSI VPD Tab VPD Table Definitions Product Name Product information about the selected adapter port PN Part Numter The adapter s part number SN Serial Number The adapter s serial number VO Vendor unique data V indicates a vendor specific field An adapter may have none one or more of these fields defined Valid values for this field Note Find Host m 8 Managing Protocols iSCSI A BIL Port Information Network Information PCI Registers iSNS VPD Vital Product Data Item Name Item Value Product Name BM Flex System CN4054 10Gb Virtual Fabric Adapter ISCSI PF PN Part Number B0Y3554 IN Serial Number P4467568 0 BT FC 1759 EE N2B285V por J poic M 03557 WM b NN 04467568 1 Emulex 90Y3556 Virtual Fabric Adapter Fabric Mezz 2 poy3sse 4 ft 5 jocmi1104 N x x AF 46 4d 45 4e 41 02 01 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 20 00 01000100 LA are VO the letter O not the number zero and Vx where x is a number Some adapters may show additional VPD
120. 38 So R EE i p OCe10102 FM B a Port 0 EE 10 00 09 00 C9 93 25 8 Lo wolf eng maemulex com W OreConnect 0Ce10100 E Sie Poet 1 AE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 38 E West Coast Hosts fel cumo ME OreConnect 0Ce10100 ma Port 0 Figure 8 18 Target Information Tab Target Information Field Definitions Mapping Information Area e FCID The FC ID for the target assigned automatically in the firmware e SCSI Bus Number The SCSI bus number to which the target is mapped OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A ae 8 M ing Protocol gt G EMULEX E E E 141 An Avago Technologies Company e SCSI Target Number The target s identifier on the SCSI bus e Node WWN A unique 64 bit number in hexadecimal for the target N_PORT or NL_PORT e Port WWN A unique 64 bit number in hexadecimal for the fabric F_PORT or Switched Fabric Loop Port FL_PORT e OS Device Name The operating system device name Viewing FC FCoE LUN Information When you select a LUN associated with an FC FCoE target from the discovery tree Figure 8 19 on page 141 the LUN tab displays information associated with that LUN Notes e The Refresh LUNs button only refreshes the LUN list for the currently selected target e On Linux systems to make LUNs that are newly added to a storage array appear on the host the following script must run from the command shell usr sbin lpfc lun_scan all This prevents you from having to
121. 58 D7 64 i f0 15 SD 4C BA 02 Port 1 Nte 00 00 C9 58 D7 68 Pi 00 15 5D 4C 8A 03 WIN T24N362H1 1R OCe11102 FM 5 a Port 0 00 15 5D 4C 8A 02 Nic 00 15 5D 4C 8A 03 MAC Address 00 15 5D 4C 84 02 VLAN ID 0 Transmit Rate 10 GBit sec Guest Host Information Operating System Windows 8 Server x64 Driver Name be2nd x sys Driver Version 4 2 189 2 IPv4 Address 169 254 36 81 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Figure 8 5 VF Selected Showing the Port Information Tab for the Discovered NIC in the Guest Operating System OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 122 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 123 An Avago Technologies Company NIC Port Information Field Definitions e MAC Address The NIC MAC address currently assigned to the port e VLAN ID The VLAN identifier used by the NIC port e Transmit Rate The rate at which data is transmitted over the port in MBps Guest Host Information Area Note The following fields are only available when the OneCommand Manager application is installed on the guest operating system running on this VF and the guest host has been discovered over TCP IP by the OneCommand Manager application running on the base host operating system See Discovery Using the TCP IP Access Protocol on page 48 e Operating System The operating system and version installed on the selected host e Driver Name The
122. 9 5F F9 Port 1 PY 00 00 C9 A9 5F FA BCE 10 00 00 00 C9 A9 5F FB Ham 0Ce11102 L0M Port 0 LN 8 0A A9 F1 C4 D0 LN C8 0A A9 F1 C4 D2 Eke Port 3 LN 8 04 A9 F1 C4 D6 CJP BLADE4 LPe11000 L 10 00 00 00 C9 55 0A D2 LPe11000 Lives 10 00 00 00 C9 55 0A D3 IBM 3650M2 Gham LPe16002 M6 Ba Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 3A 5E Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 3A 5F EHS linuktjo hws 0cm11102 N x Port 0 00 00 C9 E3 0C BO Figure 6 2 Host Group Information Tab Host Group Information Field Definitions e Group Name The name of the selected group e Number Hosts The total number of hosts assigned to the group 6 Managing Hosts 59 Grouping Hosts e Number of Adapters The total number of discovered adapters in the group e Number of Physical Ports The total number of ports in the group Grouping Hosts The OneCommand Manager application enables you to assign related hosts to host groups Typically hosts within the same host group share some common function or they may simply reside within the same organizational unit within an enterprise such as a Payroll group or a Shipping Receiving group You can display the hosts in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 in either a group centric format or in the host based flat format The Host grouping capability is available in Host view Vport view or Fabric view mode Note The same fabric may appear under more than one host group For example some ports on t
123. 91 05 com microsoft uscm ujh Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 5C Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 5D 5 48 SN1100E2P 2 Port 0 10 00 28 92 4A AF 88 84 ads Dart 1 ETN TE NET EET v OneCommand Manager File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help 7 ga Bjs Ra a a v Find Host e SB 2 Pu a Hosts A iSCSI Statistics iSCSI Initiator Login Options iSCSI Target Discovery Ungrouped lew WIN 3APR71S7MM9 m 7101684 iSCSI Names apply to all ports on this adapter 5 36 Port 0 Nic 00 00 C9 44 44 44 Initiator iSCSI Name ign 1991 05 com microsoft uscm ujh RE 10 00 00 00 C9 44 44 46 2 Port 1 Initiator Alias Nig 00 00 C9 44 44 45 Initiator Login Options ImmediateData Yes v HeaderDigest None DataDigest None Authentication Authentication Method None v Target Authentication target authenticates host Name Target Secret Initiator Authentication host authenticates target Name Initiator Secret View Default Login Options Figure 8 55 iSCSI Initiator Login Options Tab Initiator Login Options Tab Field Definitions iSCSI Names Area e Initiator isCSI Name The iSCSI qualifier name of the initiator e Initiator Alias An optional non unique string used to identify the initiator Initiator Login Options Area e ImmediateData Defines whether the initiator may append unsolicited data to a SCSI command Possible values are Yes and No e HeaderDigest If set to CRC32C
124. A 41 22 P1 D amp ANPRHELGUI S pn OneConnect 0 214000 SG Pek O Mp 00 90 FA41 22 FO GE 10 00 00 90F 81 22 S cae Peet 3 Nic 00 90 FA 41 22 F8 RE 10 00 00 90Fa 41 22 F9 D D nemb S WEI OneConnect OCe10100 S sa Pot O Mg 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt ReanGretsAUTO 3 We NCSSS Ses Port 3 Nie MCCIDE 27 60 96 RE 10 00 8C2C1 DE 27 60 37 5 Pott 2 Ne UCCIDE 27 60 42 E RE 10 00 1C3C1 0E 273604 3 wn Ness Dn Perk Figure 7 29 Multi channel View showing multi channel type drop down A Multi channel Type drop down menu is available to select the type of multi channel configuration on the adapter The contents of the Channel Configuration table depend upon the selected multi channel type Note If Lenovo System X multi channel is enabled RoCE cannot be configured on any function OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 101 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration vNIC Configuration When vNIC is selected on the adapter the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 30 on page 101 Adopter Information Firmware Adapter Configuration a S wm Cel sz Sa Pato Nie 00 00 29 4 14 4 FE 00 00 C9EA64 33 ARE 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 36 FEE 10 00 00 00 09 84 64 59 Safati C Seja personality all ports Machen C Custom Ne 1C C1 0E 27 60 99 RE 10 00 1C3C1 DE 27 603 hw lad oy Next Boot Configuration GE 10 00 00 90F8 91
125. A 6B BF 10 Initial Load SLI 3 Name 2 01a11 Port 1 SLI 2 Name Adapter Boot Version 5 12812 Nic 00 90 FA 6B BF 24 KE 10 00 00 90 FA 6B 8F 25 Kernel Version Download Firmware V Enable adapter boot Configure Boot WWN Management Current Pending Changes WWPN 10 00 00 00 C9 71 7A C5 WWPN WWNN 20 00 00 00 C9 71 7A C5 WWNN Figure 8 16 FC Maintenance Tab Maintenance Tab Field Definitions Firmware Area e Current Version The Emulex firmware version number for this FC port e Initial Load The firmware version stub responsible for installing SLI code into its proper slot e SLI 2 Name The name of the SLI 2 firmware overlay e Kernel Version The version of the firmware responsible for starting the driver e Operational Name The name of the operational firmware for the selected FC port e SLI 3 Name The name of the SLI 3 firmware overlay e Adapter Boot Version Displays one of the following o The selected adapter port s boot code version if boot code is present OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 138 An AvagoTechnologiesCompany CIO o Disabled if the boot code is disabled o Not Present if boot code is not loaded If boot code is not loaded the Enable Adapter boot checkbox is not visible and you cannot configure the selected port to boot from SAN e Ena
126. A Rev A DG EMU An Avago Technologies Company LEX 9 Updating Adapter Firmware 205 Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters fabric addresses The WWPN and host name for each downloadable port is displayed under its respective fabric You can also display host groups by checking Show Host Groups To display a particular host group choose that group from the Host Group menu Checkboxes next to the host adapter and ASIC entries are used to select or deselect an entry Checking an adapter selects or removes that adapter checking a host removes or selects all eligible adapters for that host For adapters where each individual port or ASIC can have new firmware downloaded you can select the ports or ASICs on the adapter to which you want to download firmware Make your selections and click Start Download When downloading begins the tree view displays the progress As firmware for a selected adapter is being downloaded it appears orange in the tree view After successful downloading is complete the entry changes to green If the download fails the entry changes to red Figure 9 3 on page 205 OneCommand Manager Batch Firmware Download Firmware File Selection Firmware File hornetiphase zephrit 00a5 ed10025 lt 00a5 ad100a5 lt Browse Supported Models LPe11002 M4 0Ce11102 FM LPe1150 F4 Display Options Group by Host T Show Host Groups Group by Fabric Host Group ja z Select the
127. AA SD bp 1990 07 40 2M Port 1 Nip 00 00 9 A0 DC A9 E 00 00 69 AD 0C AB g ipio Figure 13 1 PCI Registers and Flash Contents of the Diagnostics Tab Viewing Flash Contents a Port information Statistics Maintenance CHCHAP Target Mapping Oriver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Data VPO NiPoet LOEk S51 10A5 U201 1045 U301 1045 KSA If you check the Show Wakeup Image Only checkbox the flash overlays that are not loaded when the system is booted no longer display This checkbox defaults to unchecked OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 237 An Avago Technologies Company LightPulse FC Diagnostics Viewing Overlay Details If you double click on a flash overlay another window appears with details about that overlay Figure 13 2 on page 237 10 00 00 00 C9 51 3E 51 Flash overlay S Metuery v Item Value Program Type SLI 1 Overlay Revision 2 82a3 Description 21D2 8243 Program 10 06E32893 00103411 Start Address 02040004 Length 00020268 Next Entry 00012DE8 Previous Entry oo00079C Wake Up Image Yes Figure 13 2 Overlay Detail Window To see the details of a different flash overlay image you can either close the details window and double click on another overlay name or choose a different overlay name from the Flash overlay menu Viewing the PCI Registers The PCI Registers appear directly on the Diagnostics
128. Adapters and Ports 74 OneConnect Adapters e Minimum BW The minimum percentage of the port s bandwidth at which the channel is guaranteed to run e Maximum BW The maximum percentage of the port s bandwidth that can be used by the channel Viewing the Channel Management Tab for vNIC1 Lenovo System X Only For Lenovo System X adapters that support vNIC1 the vNIC properties are displayed in the Channel Management tab if vNIC1 is enabled The Channel Management Tab for vNIC1 Figure 7 6 on page 74 is read only except for the LPVID which can be modified Note vNIC is supported only on Lenovo System X virtual fabric adapters For specific information as to whether it is supported on a specific adapter see the release notes that are available on the Lenovo System X adapter pages on the Emulex website File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help ES men ms ea Find Host C wN E Hosts B Ke WIN E LP9802 F2 15 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 58 20 78 S E aPPoEv31 Eh OCe11102 FM aB 00 00 C9 D5 69 16 e 10 00 00 00 C9 D5 69 17 00 00 C9 D5 69 18 Nic 00 00 C9 D5 69 19 B E Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 D5 69 1A 10 00 00 00 C9 05 69 18 00 00 C9 D5 69 1C Nic 00 00 C9 D5 69 1D Eh LP101 B 10 00 00 00 C9 3F A1 FO Physical Port Info DCB Diagnostics Transceiver Data Channel Management Channel Managemen
129. Add Host The Add Remote TCP IP Host dialog box appears with default CIM settings Figure 5 3 on page 51 Note Remote CIM hosts can only be managed by Windows client systems Enter a host name an IPw4 Address or an IPv6 Address Host Name or IP Address C Add using defauk credentials Add using speciic CIM credentials CIM Credertins Protocol C http https Figure 5 3 Add Remote TCP IP Host Dialog Box with CIM Credentials 4 Edit the default CIM settings if necessary and click Add Host A message appears indicating the new host was successfully added Adding a Range of Hosts IPv4 Only You can find the TCP IP accessed manageable hosts by searching a range of IPv4 addresses The Add Range of TCP IP Hosts dialog box Figure 5 4 on page 52 enables you to build the initial list of TCP IP accessed manageable hosts Not available in strictly local or local plus management modes Notes e The ranges of IP addresses are only scanned each time you open the Add Remote TCP IP Hosts dialog box and click Start Discovery The ranges are not automatically scanned by the discovery server during its discovery cycles e Discovery of VMware CIM hosts is only supported on Windows systems e Adding a range of hosts is only supported for IPv4 addresses It is not supported for IPv6 addresses e The OneCommand Manager application must be installed on all remote hosts OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMUL
130. Bandwidth The configured value of bandwidth for the different priority groups o Max Configurable PGs The maximum number of priority groups that can be configured Configure DCB Dialog Box Buttons e Defaults Click to return parameters to default FCoE DCB settings e Configuration Rules Click to display the window that lists the rules for configuring FCoE priority group information You must observe the following rules when configuring priority groups for FCoE adapter ports 1 One and only one priority is configured for the FCoE priority OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 220 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters 2 A maximum of two PFC priorities can be selected and one of them must match the FCoE priority Note Not all adapters support two PFC priorities Adapters that do not support two PFC priorities display an error message if you try to configure more than one PFC priority 3 The priority group to which the FCoE priority is assigned must contain no other priorities 4 The additional PFC priority must be assigned to a priority group which has no other priorities 5 Bandwidths of all the priority groups must add up to 100 e OK Click to apply and save your changes e Cancel Click to discard any changes you made Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC FCoE iSCSI Adapter Ports The DCB tab displays parameters for N
131. Boot and Pair Boot code images that contain multiple types of boot code These images provide multi platform support for boot from SAN Universal Boot and Pair Boot transparently determine your system platform type and automatically execute the proper boot code image in the adapter These code images reside in adapter flash memory allowing easier adapter portability and configuration between servers The adapters store the boot configuration data for each of these boot types Notes e x86 and OpenBoot share the same configuration memory space You cannot configure an adapter for both x86 and OpenBoot at the same time If you try a message appears that the existing boot type configuration will be overwritten by the new configuration e Boot from SAN configuration does not affect current system operation The changes only take effect upon reboot if you have configured it correctly Boot Device Parameters The boot LUN for all three boot types is in the range of 0 255 EFIBoot and OpenBoot FCode also support an 8 byte LUN which you can use instead of the single byte LUN You must select which LUN type to configure e For OpenBoot you must also provide a Target ID parameter e The OneCommand Manager application runs on a running operating system so you must boot the host to configure boot from SAN with the OneCommand Manager application e You must work from a running host that supports the OneCommand Manager application Often this
132. C1 06 27 60 96 ARE L0s00 80301 0 27260 37 ais Port 2 Nie 1C C10E 2760 3 Sw CSS wage Post 3 Ne 1C 1 0 27 40 38 oft gt Figure 7 31 Multi channel SIMode View SIMode and UMC configuration are exactly the same See UMC Configuration View on page 98 for more information For two port adapters configured to run SIMode up to eight functions can be configured on each port When switching from a non multi channel to a SIMode configuration the default configuration presented in the tab of the channels is four channels set to NIC with minimum and maximum bandwidths set to 25 and 100 respectively The upper four OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managing Adapters and Ports OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration channels on each port are set to None Figure 7 32 on page 103 shows this Goce CD i oe File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help a Ea o e Sie f Adapter Information Firmware Adapter Configuration Current Configuration Details B a Port 0 Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 5A S a Port 1 Ni 00 90 FA 29 46 62 Next Boot Configuration Single personality all ports Multi channel Custom Multi Channel Type SIMode Func Min lax i Port Num MAC Address Protocol BW BW LPvI
133. CE 74 Sa Port t Nig 00 00 9 S8 CB 78 E h RUSSET yan OCe11102 FM E d Port O EPt Mie 00 00 C9 56 CE 94 FEE 10 00 00 00 C9 S0 CE E a OCEM E as Port 0 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 0 E ad Port 1 gt p Oce 10102A E ags Port O 2 Port 1 S et Oce 10102A E ee Port O Ne 00 00 C9 AD DC AS AR 00 00 C9 A0 OC AA BOG Port Nig 00 00 C9 AD OC A9 AR 00 00 C9 40 0C A8 W Pet 2002 3 28 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 04 Figure 8 6 NIC PCI Registers Tab To view NIC PCI registers 1 From the discovery tree select the NIC function whose PCI information you want to view 2 Select the NIC PCI Registers tab Figure 8 6 on page 124 FC FCoE This section describes managing FC FCoE ports Viewing FCoE Function Information When you select an FCoE function from the discovery tree the Port Information tab Figure 8 7 on page 125 contains general attributes associated with the selected FCoE port To view FCoE Port information 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Select an FCoE function in the discovery tree OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 8 Managing Protocols FC FCoE 3 Select the Port Information tab Figure 8 7 on page 125 a OneCommand TM Manager Z OOOO File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help 5 1 z A meje all Find Host i
134. CIM Provider VMware ESXi 5 1 comes with an inbox Emulex CIM Provider The inbox Emulex CIM Provider enables you to manage Emulex LightPulse adapters but not Emulex CNAs For ESXi 5 5 and 6 0 to manage Emulex CNAs you must install the out of box Emulex CIM Provider The Emulex CIM Provider is available as an offline bundle in ESXi platforms VMware recommends using the offline bundle to update software on VMware platforms For more information about the ESXi Patch Management activities see the VMware website For the best real time management of Emulex adapters in VMware ESXi environments the OneCommand Manager application for VMware vCenter is highly recommended For more information go to http www emulex com products software solutions html To install the Emulex CIM Provider ina VMware ESXi hypervisor environment use the esxcli command line utility and perform the following steps 1 Copy the CIM Provider zip file to var log vmware 2 Log into the VMware hypervisor host and execute the following command all on one line esxcli software vib install d vmware esx provider emulex cim provider lt version gt zip maintenance mode 3 Reboot the system Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface Notes e The OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface is not supported on VMware ESXi Servers e The Web Launch Interface is only supported on server systems client systems are not supporte
135. CIM interfaces to manage the adapters in the Visor environment and supports CIM based device and HBA management To manage the adapters on an ESXi host using the OneCommand Manager application you must install the Emulex CIM Provider on the ESXi host ESXi comes with an inbox Emulex CIM Provider The inbox Emulex CIM Provider enables you to manage Emulex LightPulse adapters but not Emulex CNA adapters To manage Emulex CNA adapters you must install the out of box Emulex CIM Provider The Emulex CIM Provider is available as an offline bundle in ESXi platforms VMware recommends using the offline bundle to update software on VMware platforms For more information about the ESXi Patch Management activities refer to the VMware website OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 47 Using CIM Windows Only An Avago Technologies Company Note For VMware ESXi hosts if advanced adapter management capabilities are required for example iSCSI Management and port disable use the OneCommand Manager application for VMware vCenter For more details see the OneCommand Manager for VMware vCenter User Manual OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 5 Configuring Discovery 48 5 Configuring Discovery This section describes how to configure discovery to find Emulex adapters on remote hosts Discovery Using the TCP IP Access Protocol You can discover ad
136. D O 00 90 FA 29 46 5A NIC 25 100 o 2 00 90 FA 29 46 58 NIC 25 100 o zj 4 00 90 FA 29 46 5C NIC 25 100 o 6 00 90 FA 29 46 5D NIC 25 100 o o 8 00 90 FA 29 46 5E None 10 00 90 FA 29 46 5F None 12 00 90 FA 29 46 60 None 14 00 90 FA 29 46 61 None u E 1 00 80 FA 29 46 62 NIC 25 100 o 3 00 90 FA 29 46 63 NIC 25 100 o 5 00 90 FA 29 46 64 NIC 25 100 o 7 00 90 FA 29 46 65 NIC 25 100 o 1 9 00 90 FA 29 46 66 None a 11 00 90 FA 29 46 67 None X 13 00 90 FA 29 46 68 None 15 00 90 FA 29 46 69 None f Factory Defaults Restore I Apply Figure 7 32 2 Port Lenovo System X Adapter Configured for SIMODE with 8 functions per port The maximum number of functions per port is shown in Table 7 2 on page 103 Table 7 2 SIMode Maximum number of functions per port Default functions Maximum functions Number of Ports Port Speed per port per port 1 10Gbps 4 8 2 10Gbps 4 8 4 10Gbps 4 4 1 40Gbps 4 16 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 103 gt X EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 104 UFP Configuration If UFP is selected the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 33 on page 104 File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help ejs E All v Find Host v E m 2 4 Hosts Adapter Information Firmware Adapter Configuration 5 b WIN 2SDTOBFER42 TU
137. D_ID you want to bind to the target 6 Select the Bus ID and Target ID that you want to bind and click OK Note A target does not appear on the target list if automapping is disabled and the target is not already persistently bound Masking and Unmasking LUNs Windows LUN masking refers to whether or not a LUN is visible to the operating system A masked LUN is not available and is not visible to the operating system You can use the LUN Masking tab Figure 8 24 on page 148 to mask or unmask LUNs at the host level Note The LUN Masking tab Figure 8 24 on page 148 is not shown in Virtual Port view because LUN masking is not available for virtual ports 7 OneCommand Manager Ele Edt yew Beet Discovery Batch Help Be ke 8 SE Sw ocet1102 F4 2 Tarot Ironman mieg 2 OG Port 0 Nig 00 00 9 58 CB 90 LUN OnReboot Cnet RE 10 00 00 00 c9 58 cE i Ted 1 reached Mask Selected LUNs ets Port 1 Nie 00 00 C 58 CB 94 Unmmask Selected LUNs RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE waocetnicee Lean lM Port 0 hats Port Nip 00 00 C9 5E CB 94 X RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 m 20 24 00 40 88 Dm ae E es OCe10102 AM Eas Port O Nic 00 00 C AD0D 3C _ RE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 E Port 1 E W OCE 10102A sas Port 0 dG Port 1 E W OCe10102AmM E eas Port O Nig 00 00 C9 A0 DC A3 a AE 00 00 9 A0 DC AA x A0 OC A8 ad YAU CON wap Let 2002 5 OG Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 04 Figure 8 24 LUN Masking Tab
138. E 10 00 00 00 9 98 CE E es Port 1 Mio 00 00 C9 58 CB 94 FEE 10 00 00 00 9 98 CE E WR OCetoLoz ne a Port 0 Nio 00 00 C9 A0 D0 3 FEE 10 00 00 00 9 an 0t E 36 Port 1 Nio 0000 C9 A0 00 10 FKE 10 09 00 00 9 An 01 E W OCet0102 NM aE Port 0 Nic 00 00 9 A0 00 2 FE 10 00 00 00 C RARO 2G Port 1 Nic 00 00 9 A0 00 20 FRE 10 00 00 00 C FANO E W OCeLOL02 H v aae 5 a Widows Server 2008 R2 x64 10 192 114 55 339 2 3 0 5 10 Figure 6 1 Host Information Tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 6 Managing Hosts 58 An Avago Technologies Company Viewing Host Grouping Information Host Information Field Definitions Management IP Address The Management IP Address field displays the host s IP address for example 138 239 82 131 Local Host is displayed if you selected the host from which you are actually running the OneCommand Manager application Remote Manager Server Version The version of the OneCommand Manager application server that is running on the host Number of Adapters The number of adapters installed in the host Number of Physical Ports The number of discovered physical ports that can be managed by this host CIM Provider Version If the host is being managed using the CIM interface the CIM Provider Version field displays the version of the Emulex CIM Provider that is running on the remotely managed system Note The CIM Provider Version field
139. E Adapter Ports DCBX enabled Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions DCBX Settings Area e Enabled DCBX can be enabled or disabled With DCBX enabled the configured values are used only if the switch does not provide them With DCBX disabled the configured values are used e Operating Version Operating version of the DCBX protocol The system adjusts as needed to operate at the highest version supported by both link partners This setting cannot be changed e Maximum Version The highest DCBX protocol version supported by the system Version numbers start at zero The DCBX protocol must be backward compatible with all previous versions This setting cannot be changed LLDP Settings Area e Transmit Enabled LLDP Transmit can be enabled or disabled e Transmit Port Description Enabled Provides a description of the port in an alpha numeric format The value equals the ifDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 2863 e Transmit System Name Enabled Provides the system s assigned name in an alpha numeric format The value equals the sysName object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 e Transmit System Description Enabled Provides a description of the network entity in an alpha numeric format This includes system s name and versions of OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 219 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters hardware operati
140. EX 5 Configuring Discovery 52 An Avago Technologies Company Add Range of TCP IP Hosts x Discovery Using the TCP IP Access Protocol r New IP Address Range Rane sat 10 ise fies ize Range End o fi o faze fay kcal Current IP Address Ranges I Ingude CIM Hosts Start Address T Start Discovery Stop Discovery Saye Ranges to File Do Pave Total addresses to search 0 Unscanned addresses 0 New hosts found 0 Discovery Status Idle Figure 5 4 Add Range of TCP IP Hosts Dialog Box To add a range of remote hosts 1 2 From the Discovery menu select TCP IP gt Add Range of Hosts The Add Range of TCP IP Hosts dialog box appears Figure 5 4 on page 52 Enter the complete start and end address range IPv4 only and click Add The added address range appears in the dialog box Add any additional ranges you want to search Click Start Discovery If an address is remotely manageable it is added to the list of addresses that the discovery server attempts to discover The utility creates a host file if necessary and checks each address in the range to determine if the host is available and remotely manageable The number of addresses of manageable hosts discovered is periodically updated on the dialog box Note The number of hosts found does not correspond directly to the number of hosts added to the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 A host can have m
141. Enabled Next Boot Configurator WPu Crates 7 rable noc ROW fe na MAC Address Protocol Pot MCO Conig z ason Type NIC Factory Defadts Figure 7 41 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar and NIC SR IOV Enabled When NPar is disabled and one or more ports are configured for NIC RoCE functions the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 42 on page 114 Note The Enable NIC SR IOV checkbox is unavailable If you selected the checkbox previously and you change one of the ports to NIC RoCE the checkbox will be automatically unchecked and disabled OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managing Adapters and Ports OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration OneCommand Manager file dt Yew Bort Discovery Batch Help DEEA H 8 A IOI LRATS OD20C9E9 88 24 Me 00 00 09 45 85 28 om Porta My 00 00 09 5 88 20 D GE 30 00 00 00 09 9 08 29 c OCI EF ESTE Me 00 00 69 9 80 2 wa Port 2 Me O47 7B 404 28 Port 3 Me 06 70 78 noe Acagher Information Firmware Adsoter Configuration Curent Corfigzaton Near Enabled Next Boot Configurator New Cratied O ONFA 1 OWENA NEC 4ROCE nec 114 Me ODOFA 30t D G 0O OKOFA IANS a Port 2 My 00 40 FA 20 43 48 D RE 00019097 A 3043 49 T comuroview Swe Np 0040 69 romae 4 00 20 lt 940 78 D O pile ao om Port i Mp 0240 09
142. Factory Defaults Restore Apply Figure 7 33 Multi channel UFP View concurrent mode storage The Channel Configuration table shows the channel properties for UFP Additionally the protocol can be configured on the second and third channels UFP switch support provides two modes of QoS determined by the switch on a per port basis e ETS mode uses switch specified bandwidths based on priority groups e Minimum bandwidth mode uses switch specified minimum guaranteed bandwidths for each channel on a port You can configure a variable number of functions per port from one up to the maximum number supported by the port A different number of functions per port can be configured on the same adapter For example you can configure 4 functions per port on one port and 6 functions per port on another If you configure 6 functions per port on both ports of a two port adapter then 12 functions are enumerated on the PCI bus not 16 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 105 When UFP is enabled on an adapter the default is 4 functions per port The maximum number of functions per port is shown in Table 7 3 on page 105 Table 7 3 UFP maximum number of functions per port Default functions Maximum functions Number of Ports Port Speed per port per port 1 10Gbps 4 8 2 10Gbps 4 8 4 10Gbps 4 4 1 40Gbps 4 16 UFP Configuration Rules
143. IC FCoE iSCSI adapter ports Note For adapter ports running only FCoE or only iSCSI refer to Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC FCoE Adapter Ports on page 215 and to Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC iSCSI Adapter Ports on page 210 To view the DCB parameters for NIC FCoE iSCSI adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the NIC FCoE iSCSI adapter port whose DCB properties you want to view 2 Select the DCB tab Figure 10 7 on page 221 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 221 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters 2 OneComwnand Manager oi fie fdt Yiew Pot Discovery Batch belp Sole mi el ESS reson Fe E 2 Figure 10 7 DCB Tab NIC FCoE iSCSI adapter port selected DCB Tab Field Definitions DCBX State The current DCBX state enabled or disabled LLDP Transmit State DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled LLDP Receive State DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled PFC Properties Area State Enabled means that flow control in both di
144. Information ccccecccceeesccccceescccccnssssceeeees 134 Transceiver Data Field Definitions ccc cece cee ec cence cenneeeeneeeennceeenneeeeneeees 135 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Table of Contents 7 An Avago Technologies Company Viewing FC FCoE VPD Information ssssssssssesesesosssssossssesesseossseeosseeeses 136 VPD Table DeTiNitiONS lt icccseisstacdensandsde da swsacinerdedsadareeadcsawaaiedaaeeg semesteaamensines s 136 Viewing FC Maintenance Information iciicscscssuniccsvscswencaicrualioncaventiuiveseusasinecks 137 Maintenance Tab Field Definitions ccc ece cece cece eect eee eeeeeeeeeeee sees eeeeeee eee 137 Viewing FCoE Maintenance Information cceeeeee cece eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 138 Maintenance Tab Field Definitions cc cece eee e eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeee sees eeeeeeeees 139 Viewing FC FCoE Target Informationiccsccsscccccaccccscsncnsscescecvecsscacnctecscacevesses 140 Target Information Field Definitions ccceeeece ence ceeeceeeneeeeeneeeenneeeeneeees 140 Viewing FC FCoE LUN Information ssssssssssesesssosssssossssesessessssseossseeses 141 FC FCoE LUN Information Field Definitions cece ece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 142 Viewing FC FCoE Target Mapping Windows and Solaris sseeeeeeeeeeeeees 142 Target Mapping Field Definitions ccc ccceceeec cence cen neeeeneeeenn
145. LEX An Avago Technologies Company 14 Troubleshooting 258 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Table 14 2 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Continued Situation Under certain conditions of an 1 0 load some targets cannot retire an I O issued by a Linux initiator within the default timeout of 30 seconds given by the SCSI midlayer If the situation is not corrected the initiator to target condition deteriorates into abort recovery storms leading to 1 0 failures in the block layer These types of failures are preceded by a SCSI IO error of hex 6000000 Resolution Emulex provides a script which addresses this issue To access the set_target_timeout sh script go to http www emulex com files downloads linux tools html then click the link to the appropriate driver and click the Linux tools link FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver fails to recognize an adapter and logs unknown IOCB messages in the system log during driver load The adapter is running outdated firmware Update adapter firmware to minimum supported version listed in the driver installation guide or newer rmmod of FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver hangs and module reference count is 0 Due to a small race condition in the kernel it is possible for an rmmod command to hang Issue the rmmod w command If this does not help reboot the computer System panics when booted with a fail
146. Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 68 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters Loop Map Table Definitions e The loop map shows the different ports present in the loop and is present only if the port adapter is operating in loop mode The simplest example would be to connect a JBOD directly to an adapter When this is done the port type is a private loop and the loop map has an entry for the adapter and one entry for each of the disks in the JBOD Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface Port Information Buttons e Enable Disable Port Click to enable or disable the selected FC port OneConnect Adapters This section describes viewing port and adapter information and managing OneConnect Adapters Viewing OneConnect Adapter Information When you select a OneConnect adapter from the discovery tree the Adapter Information tab contains general attributes associated with the selected OneConnect adapter You can also use this tab to change an adapter s personality enable or disable UMC and to view and enable licenses See Configuring UMC Channel Management on page 72 Changing Personalities on OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 82 and Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 80 for more information To view general OneConnect adapter information 1 Select Host view OneCommand Ma
147. NIC Port Information tab Figure 8 1 on page 117 also allows you to enable or disable network boot on the selected port To view general NIC function information 1 Select Host view 2 Select NIC function in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 3 Select the Port Information tab Figure 8 1 on page 117 Socom OO tt hi File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help DARBA H fm w 8 Hosts Port Information PctRegisters veo f APPDEVOS SS MMB OCe 14102 UM Driver Name be2nd62 sys Device ID 0720 st Port 0 Driver Version 10 6 32 0 SubSys Device ID e800 Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 5A MAC Address 00 90 FA 29 46 62 Vendor ID 10df S 00 90 FA 29 46 5B Perm MAC Address 00 90 FA 29 46 62 SubSys Vendor ID 10df li a ign 1991 05 com microsoft py address 10 192 80 114 IP Address Origin DHCP S Subnet Mask 255 255 248 0 PCI Function 1 ue A Gateway Address 10 192 87 254 PCI Bus Number 6 T B iqn 1991 05 com microsofti Link Status Link up Max MTU 9000 i 7 Interface Name Device WTPNP_PCI0029 Current MTU 1500 Maximum Bandwidth 10 Gbit sec Port Speed 10 Gbit sec Minimum Bandwidth 7 Gbit sec IPv6 Address fe80 e036 bfbf a4bc d319 24 IPv6 Gateway Address Not Available Network Boot 7 Enable VEPA SR IOV must be enabled to configure VEPA None PXE Figure 8 1 NIC Port Information Tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 117 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 118 An Avago Techn
148. NIC function in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 Select the Port Information tab Figure 8 3 on page 121 Check or uncheck Enable SR IOV Reboot to change the SR IOV state OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 8 Managing Protocols NIC File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help LPe1150 F4 2 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 67 DC 4 eh win vemiHovmoo2 OCe 11102 S a Port 0 Nic p0 00 C9 AD AC 64 KE 10 00 00 00 C9 AD AC 65 OCe 14102 UM S a Port 0 RSE 00 90 FA 70 08 F0 B a Port 1 RSE 00 90 FA 70 08 F8 m m Figure 8 3 Port Information Tab SR IOV Enabled Enabling and Disabling VEPA on NIC SR IOV Functions OCe14000 series adapters only The VEPA checkbox is displayed on the Port Information tab when SR IOV is currently enabled on the NIC function Check or uncheck the Enable VEPA checkbox to enable or disable VEPA for the virtual functions on the NIC port See Figure 8 1 on page 117 If SR IOV is not enabled on the adapter the VEPA checkbox is not visible Note VEPA is only available on OCe14000 series adapters T meje Sa z Find Host lle E Port 0 4 Port Information PCI Registers veo 00 00 C9 F2 73 D4 nt 00 00 C9 F2 73 D8 Driver Name omd64 sys Device ID 0710 E 10 00 00 00 C9 F2 73 D5 Driver Version 10 6 41 0 S
149. NS address can be added For other adapters only an IPv4 address can be added e On OCe14000 series adapters up to four iSNS servers can be added For other adapters only one iSNS server can be added 4 Click OK The server is pinged and the new server appears in the iSNS Server list OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A ate 8 M ing Protocol gt G EMULEX hin 190 An Avago Technologies Company Note If the server cannot be pinged a popup message appears indicating this and you must choose whether or not to add the address The new iSNS server is also queried for iSCSI targets and any discovered targets are added to the Target s table on the main Target Discovery tab To remove a server Select the server from the iSNS Server list and click Delete iSNS Server Figure 8 49 on page 189 The iSNS server is removed and no longer queried during a target refresh Note The targets discovered using iSNS are not removed by clearing the iSNS server They must be specifically removed in the iSCSI Target Discovery tab However except on ESXi hosts targets that are not logged in to when the system is rebooted are removed To discover iSNS servers using DHCP Click Discover thru DHCP Figure 8 49 on page 189 If an iSNS server can be discovered through a DCHP server it is added to the iSNS Server list After an iSNS is added its discovered targets should appear in the Targets list of the iSCSI Target Discovery tab
150. New Host Group Dialog Box ccccscssccceccsccecnccscncsecscncescneens 62 Host Group Management Warning Dialog BoX c eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 62 FC Adapter Information Tab ssssescsssscsssssosesesosssseossesceosesossseeooo 65 FC Port Information Tab savsdccsvecesscasasceisdevesscavsceuksseaesendasaeersedeaweeeecs 66 Adapter Information Tab s ssesesessessosessssesessosesessesessosessesessssesse 69 Example of the Channel Management Tab UMC management depicted s oaae E a A E E E E E ES 72 UMC Channel Management Tab ciczccecarcicacctcabidacestersadueabearnaged eoraanesans 73 Channel Management Tab for vNIC1 Lenovo System X Only eeeeeee 74 Channel Management Tab for UFP Lenovo System X Only ceeeeeeee 75 ASIC Information TaD 2eces2becxses sass chvens seo swewneivagesudeecadeisadnetdstansienesdenss 77 OneConnect Multi ASIC Adapter Information cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeee 79 OneConnect OCe11102 Adapter Information Tab c cee eee ee eee ence eee 80 Licensed Features Window ccccccccccescccccccesccceccesscsceeessscceseesseaees 81 Install Feature Licenses Dialog BOX cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeesseeeeeenenes 81 OneConnect OCe11102 Adapter Information Tab cececcee ee eee eee eeeee 83 OneConnect Firmware Tab sccac ccecsscccscsscccdcaccsvcccsecesacdscaceesccscseseeteces 84 Physical Port Info Tab OCe11102 Adapter Port Selected ee
151. Note Channel Management must be enabled on the Adapter Information tab for the Channel Management tab to appear 3 Assign an LPVID to all NIC channels LPVID values can be specified between 2 and 4094 and must be unique across all channels on a port However LPVIDs do not need to be unique across the adapter s ports You can assign the same LPVIDs on each port on the adapter 4 Set the Minimum Bandwidth and Maximum Bandwidth values for each channel Setting a channel s minimum and maximum bandwidth values to 0 disables the channel The minimum bandwidth values of a channel can be set between 0 and 100 but the total of all of the minimum bandwidths must add up to 100 percent The one exception is if all channel minimum and maximum bandwidths are set to 0 The maximum bandwidth values of a channel must be greater than or equal to the minimum bandwidth values for that channel 5 Click Apply A reboot is not required UMC Channel Management Field Definitions e Function Number Read only The function number assigned by the system to the channel Channels 2 and 4 are read only on OCe11102 adapters e Type Read only The protocol type in use e MAC address Read only The MAC address assigned to the channel e LPVID Each channel can be assigned a default VLAN ID Each egress untagged packet is tagged with this default value OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managing
152. OGI Retry Timer ms None v Defauk AL_PA hex o OK Cancel Figure 8 38 x86 Boot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog Box x86 Boot Advanced Adapter Settings Definitions e Enable start unit command Issues the SCSI start unit command You must know the specific LUN to issue e Enable EDD 3 0 Enables the EDD option showing the path to the boot device Available on Intel Itanium servers only Note An x86 series system could hang during Windows 2000 Server installation if EDD 3 0 is enabled e Enable spinup delay If at least one boot device has been defined and the spinup delay is enabled the BIOS searches for the first available boot device o Ifa boot device is present the BIOS boots from it immediately o Ifa boot device is not ready the BIOS waits for the spinup delay and for up to three additional minutes continues the boot scanning algorithm to find another multi boot device Note The default topology is auto topology with loop first Change this topology setting if necessary before configuring boot devices o Ifno boot devices have been defined and auto scan is enabled then the BIOS waits for five minutes before scanning for devices o Ina private loop the BIOS attempts to boot from the lowest target AL_PA it finds OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 171 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE o Inanattached fabric the BIOS attempts to boot from the f
153. OS NPar NPIV NVP NVRAM OS OUI PAM PCI PDU PF PFC PG PGID PLL POST PXE QoS QCN OneCommand Manager Application 1 Introduction 18 Abbreviations Java Runtime Environment kernel based virtual machine local area network Lightweight Directory Access Protocol low density parity check link down timeout light emitting diode Loop Initialization Primitive Link Layer Discovery Protocol logical port VLAN ID logical unit number Media Access Control Medium Dependent Interface Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension Mean Squared Error maximum transmission unit Network Communication Services Interface network interface card network operating system NIC partitioning N_Port ID Virtualization normal velocity of propagation non volatile random access memory operating system Organizationally Unique Identifier pluggable authentication modules Peripheral Component Interconnect interface protocol data unit physical function priority flow control priority group priority group ID phase locked loop power on self test Preboot Execution Environment quality of service quantized congestion notification P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company RAID RDMA RHEL RMAPI RoCE RPI SAN SCSI SFP SFS SIMode SLES SMB SNMP SNR SR IOV TCP TCP IP TDR TSIH Tx UEFI UFP ULP UMC VEPA VF VLAN VLAN ID VM vNIC VPD vPort WLAN WWN WWNN WWPN OneCommand Manager Application
154. OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions The iSCSI icon represents an iSCSI PCI function instance iSCSI functions can support up to sixteen logical adapters with each logical adapter appearing in the discovery tree as a separate child node under the respective iSCSI function A green iSCSI icon represents an iSCSI PCI function on line instance A black iSCSI icon represents an iSCSI PCI function port disabled instance A red iSCSI icon represents an iSCSI PCI function link down instance A green FCoE icon represents an FCoE PCI function on line instance A black FCoE icon represents an FCoE PCI function port disabled instance A red FCoE icon represents an FCoE PCI function link down instance The NIC icon represents a NIC Only PCI function instance A green icon indicates this function instance is on line black indicates it is disabled and red indicates a link down instance The RoCE icon represents a NIC RoCE function on the selected port The ASIC node icon only displayed for OneConnect dual ASIC adapters represents each ASIC on the adapter Each ASIC is managed independently The ASIC node format ASIC bus sub adapter represents the PCI bus number and the sub adapter number which is a concatenation of the discovered port numbers for the ASIC For example ASIC 64 12 represents PCI bus number 64 and 12 represents ports 1 and 2 If there were no discovered functions for a port on that ASIC the label would be
155. OneConnect Multi ASIC Adapter Information cceeeeee eee eeee eens 78 OneConnect Multi ASIC Adapter Information Field Definitions ce cess eee enone 79 Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters 80 SHOWING LICENSES scdcciceosresscenscwerdduunsseceniaadde ERTES ETENEE TEENE ETEB ses 80 Installing LICENSES icxcinncAs ofan taindenceiteaind ANAIE EAERI TEENAA REA EINEAN ARARA 81 Changing Personalities on OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters ssssssssssssesesese 82 Viewing OneConnect Firmware Information sssssssssssesssseesseseessssesssseesee 83 Firmware Tab Field Definitions cccccccccennesnsessscsccesneeeneesnsenseeeaeseaeesaeees 84 Viewing OneConnect Physical Port Information ccce cece cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 85 Enabling and Disabling OneConnect Physical Ports c sce esceeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 85 Setting Port Speed and DAC Cable Length OneConnect 0Ce11102 and OCe14000 Series Adapters Only ssssssssesessesssssessesesssesessesosssesesseossosesseseoo 86 Viewing PHY Data OneConnect 10GBASE T series Adapters Only 0e000 87 PHY Data Field Definitions 0 5 sccsecssccewseseccsseas sui vassienssdee svasinnensaie mein s caneannsienl 88 Viewing OneConnect Transceiver Information cece cece cece eneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 88 Transceiver Data Field Definitions ccc cc eee e cece ence ence eeee eee eeseeeeeeeeee
156. System Name Enabled J Traramit System Cagabiites Enabled Mangum Versions o T Receive Enabled Note Configured values are only used when not provided by the switch PEC Priorities Actve Provites 3 7 Enable Configured Prionibes 101 02 0 010 0s z ETS Priceity Groups Active Groups Configured Groups Max Configurable PGs 8 one Priority Membershp Bandnidth s Sap Ponty Pembersho D o Ryn 2b Bel emj Sn 6 7 o 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 olelele aliletilalile 1 3 rl 2 _ 0 2 2 e 3 a 0 4 5 0 5 s e z Tota C Qefeuts Confgyaton Rues Cancel Figure 10 2 Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC Only Adapter Ports Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions DCBX Settings Area e Enabled DCBX can be enabled or disabled With DCBX enabled the configured values are used only if the switch does not provide them With DCBX disabled the configured values are used Changes to the DCBX state require a reboot of the host e Operating Version The operating version of the DCBX protocol The system adjusts as needed to operate at the highest version supported by both link partners This setting cannot be changed OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 209 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Maximum Version The highest DCBX protocol version supported by the system Version numbers start at zero The DCB
157. The authentication driver parameters are only available on local hosts The OneCommand Manager application GUI does not display this driver parameter for any remote hosts After DHCHAP has been activated and configured manually initiate authentication per adapter by clicking Initiate Authentication or by inducing a fabric login FLOGI time per the FC SP standard to the switch A FLOGI can also be caused by bringing the link between the switch and adapter down and then up Not available in read only mode Authentication must be enabled at the driver level Authentication is disabled by default To enable DHCHAP using the Driver Parameters tab enable one of the following parameters enable auth in Windows enable auth Solaris or enable auth in Linux 8 2 Linux Considerations To activate FC SP Authentication between the adapter host port and fabric F_Port using DHCHAP you must modify the DHCHAP associated driver properties in the driver configuration file The Emulex driver for Linux version 8 2 0 x supports MD5 and SHA 1 hash functions and supports the following DH groups Null 1024 1280 1536 and 2048 Note This version of the driver supports N Port to F Port authentication only and does not support N Port to N Port authentication Enabling Authentication Enabling authentication is a two step process To enable authentication e The fcauthd daemon must be running e The lpfc_enable_auth module parameter must be set to en
158. The version of the BIOS in use HW Version The hardware version of the selected adapter NCSI Version The NCSI version IPL File Name The name of the IPL file currently loaded PCI Express Link Speed The speed of the PCI bus in which the adapter running PCI Express Bus Width The number of lanes for the slot in which the adapter is running Adapter Temperature If the adapter s temperature is not available Not Supported is displayed If supported by the adapter this field displays the adapter s temperature and one of the following temperature related status messages o Normal The adapter s temperature is within normal operational range o Exceeded operational range Critical The adapter s temperature is beyond normal operational range If the temperature continues to increase the adapter shuts down You must determine the cause of the temperature issue and fix it immediately Check for system cooling issues Common causes of P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 78 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters system cooling issues include clogged air filters inoperable fans and air conditioning issues that cause high ambient air temperatures o Exceeds operational range The temperature has reached critical limit You must determine the cause of the temperature issue and fix it before resuming operation Check for system cooling issues Common causes of system cooling iss
159. Tx and Rx is enabled Disabled means that priority flow control is currently disabled The priority value if shown is not applicable This may be caused by o The switch port priority flow control being set to On instead of Auto o Switch port using port flow control instead of priority flow control o PFC disabled at adapter or switch Active Priorities Lists the priorities with PFC set to enabled Sync d If yes the PFC priorities have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer or when the compatible method for the capability fails NIC Properties Area State The NIC state It can be enabled or disabled Active Priority The current active priority assigned for NIC Sync d If yes the NIC priority has been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set Error The NIC error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer ETS Priority Group Properties Area Note Not displayed if multi channel is enabled on the adapter with the exception of NPar and UFP if enabled by the switch State The current priority group state It can be enabled or disabled Sync d If yes the priority groups have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set Error The error state This capability indicates whether
160. Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters 11 Configuring HP Flex Adapters The OneCommand Manager application can actively manage HP Flex adapter configurations including UMC channel management Configuring HP Flex adapters is very similar to configuring Emulex adapters However there are some minor differences due the Flex mode capability of the adapter Note Even though the OneCommand Manager application may change the port configuration on the adapter these changes can be overridden on the next boot by the commands used to configure a Flex adapter during the boot process oncom Sor File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help ouj ae Adopter information Femnare Adapter Confgurazon We Flex Current Configuration Flex Detads mds Port 1 lt Ne BES ASSIS D RE 10 008485 F A491 4 Nip B48S 2 0491 44 Nic 8485 F A491 48 Nie B4BS F ASO LAC Srne personality al ports usc Qsim Flex Nip BES ASID Nc 8485 AGL Ee Next Boot Configuration Ne BABS AGO Flex is configured during system boot agi Port 1 Ne BAES F AGGESD D E 10000485S F Ak91 51 Nip B48S 2 8491 52 Mi B4 85 2F A4 91 53 Me 4 85 27 44 91 54 Ne BASS FEAGOLSS Nip BASS AGO S6 Np B4BS F AS 91 57 L Fectory Defauts I I Figure 11 1 HP Flex Adapter Configuration tab Flex enabled When a Flex adapter is selected in the discovery tree the Adapter Configuration tab shows the Current Configuration as Flex C
161. Web Launch Service package requires e An HTTP server configured to handle the JNLP MIME file type The following MIME file type file extension must be added to your server configuration MIME type application x java jnlp fil File Extension jnlp e The HTTP server must be running The client on which you are running the browser requires e Java must be installed The specific requirements are o Sun 32 bit Java 6 0 or later for Intel based systems x86 o 32 bit Java 6 0 or later for x86 64 systems o 32 bit Java 6 0 or later for SLES 10 ppc64 o 32 bit Java 6 0 or later for SLES 11 and 12 Refer to the appropriate vendor documentation for detailed instructions about configuring MIME types configuring and starting the HTTP server and installing the JRE See opt ELXocm README_WEBLAUNCH txt Solaris or usr sbin ocmanager README_WEBLAUNCH txt Linux for more setup information Installation To install the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface e In Windows Click Programs gt Emulex gt OCManager WebLaunch Install Web Launch installation begins e In Solaris and Linux Note Citrix XenServer does not support the Web Launch Interface 1 Log on as root 2 Navigate to the OneCommand Manager directory e Solaris cd opt ELXocm e Linux cd usr sbin ocmanager OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Component
162. X protocol must be backward compatible with all previous versions This setting cannot be changed LLDP Settings Area Transmit Enabled LLDP Transmit can be enabled or disabled Transmit Port Description Enabled Provides a description of the port in an alpha numeric format The value equals the ifDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 2863 Transmit System Name Enabled Provides the system s assigned name in an alpha numeric format The value equals the sysName object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 Receive Enabled LLDP Receive can be enabled or disabled Transmit System Description Enabled Provides a description of the network entity in an alpha numeric format This includes the system s name and versions of hardware operating system and networking software supported by the device The value equals the sysDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 Transmit System Capabilities Enabled Indicates the primary function s of the device and whether or not these functions are enabled on the device The capabilities are indicated by two octets Bits 0 through 7 indicate Other Repeater Bridge WLAN AP Router Telephone DOCSIS cable device and Station respectively Bits 8 through 15 are reserved PFC Priorities Area Active Priorities The priorities that are marked active for PFC Enable If checked PFC is enabled Configured Priorities The priorities that are configured but might not yet be active
163. _133 239 87 121 30 Figure 8 51 Target Login Dialog Box To log into a target 1 From the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 select the target from the Targets table 2 Click Target Login The Target Login dialog box appears Figure 8 51 on page 191 The dialog box displays the Target Name and Target Alias of the target When you log into a target and reboot the system the adapter automatically logs in to that target after the reboot is complete 3 Specify the Target Login Options and Authentication method you want to use For more information see Initiator Login Options Tab Field Definitions on page 198 4 If more than one Target Portal is available to log into the target you can select the target portal you want to use from the Target Portal list To use the default Target Portal check Use default target portal 5 Click OK If the target was successfully logged into the target s status in the Targets table changes to Connected Notes e If youare logging into a target more than once or you are logging into the same target from multiple iSCSI ports you must have multi pathing software installed to properly present the target s LUNs to the operating system e When running the open iSCSI driver only one login session is allowed per target Subsequent login attempts to a target with an existing session results in an error OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev
164. abled lpfc_enable_auth Module Parameter Use the lpfc_enable_auth module parameter to enable or disable authentication support This module parameter can be set when loading the driver to enable or disable authentication on all Emulex adapters in the system or it can be set dynamically after the driver is loaded to enable or disable authentication for each port physical and virtual The default setting for the lpfc enable auth module parameter is disabled fcauthd Daemon The Emulex LPFC driver requires the fcauthd daemon to perform authentication tasks for it To enable authentication you must have this daemon running If you want to load the driver with authentication enabled the fcauthd daemon should be running prior to driver load The driver can start with authentication enabled if the daemon is not running but all ports are placed into an error state When the daemon is started the driver should discover the daemon and reset the adapter to enable the driver to perform authentication To test if this daemon is running start the daemon or stop the OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A FC FCoE gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 175 An Avago Technologies Company daemon you must use the etc init d fcauthd script This script accepts the standard daemon parameters start stop reload status restart and condrestart The script syntax is etc init d fcauthd lt parameter gt Note The 8 2 0 X driver connects
165. adapters that are to be downloaded then press Start Download EEESEESESE EESE EEE A it Goups s S E dngv eng na emdex com EA Oce11102 FM aga 10 00 00 00 C9 08 62 28 M ag 10 00 00 00 09 66 62 59 g Eh mangy eng ma emulex com O E OCe11102 FM aS 10 00 00 09 19 76 02AC aS 19 00 00 00 C9 76 02 40 2 10 38 PM Started transfer of download file to host dingy eng ma emuie 2 10 38 PM Completed transfer of download file to host dngy eng tna emule PANAR PM Ratch operatinn initialization completed 2 10 38 PM Starting dowmload of adapter 10 00 00 00 C9 76 02 A4 on host dingy eng ma emu Ej Figure 9 3 Batch Firmware Download Dialog Box Download Complete When downloading is finished you can click Save Log File to save copy of the activity log OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 206 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters 10 DCB Configuration The following section describes how to configure DCB parameters on OneConnect adapter ports Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC Only Adapter Ports The DCB tab Figure 10 1 on page 206 displays parameters for NIC only adapter ports To view the DCB parameters for NIC only adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree select the NIC only adapter port whose DCB properties you want to view 2 Select the DCB tab oe 10 1 on vee 206 File Edit Yiew Bor
166. agement is not supported on VMware hosts nor is it supported on OneCommand Manager application Web Launch clients Administrators set up user accounts such that users belong to one of the OneCommand Manager application user groups The user groups define the management capabilities for each user OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 43 Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management Table 4 1 on page 43 defines the OneCommand Manager application user groups and each group s management capabilities Table 4 1 Secure Management User Privileges Group Name OneCommand Manager Capability ocmadmin Allows full active management of local and remote adapters ocmlocaladmin Permits full active management of local adapters only ocmuser Permits read only access of local and remote adapters ocmlocaluser Permits read only access of local adapters On Linux or Solaris systems the UNIX getent group utility can be run on the target host system s command shell to verify the correct configuration of the groups The groups and users within the groups appear in the output of this command Note Although users may belong to the administrator group or be root users they do not have full privileges to run the OneCommand Manager application unless they are also members of the ocmadmin group Otherwise if secure management is enabled ro
167. ago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Enter s to select secure management LDAP NIS OCM group configuration required Enter u to run without secure management default Enter the letter s or u If you enter s proceed to step 7 You cannot choose a management mode as described in step 6 6 When prompted enter the type of management you want to use Enter the type of management you want to use 1 Local Mode HBA s on this Platform can be managed by OneCommand clients on this Platform Only 2 Managed Mode HBA s on this Platform can be managed by local or remote OneCommand clients 3 Remote Mode Same as 2 plus OneCommand clients on this Platform can manage local and remote HBA s 4 Management Host Same as 1 plus OneCommand clients on this Platform can manage remote HBA s Note If you enabled Secure Management in step 5 you cannot configure management mode If you select option 2 you are asked if you want to enable TCP IP management from remote hosts If you select option 3 you are asked if you want to enable TCP IP management of remote hosts and enable TCP IP management from remote hosts You are prompted to enter the TCP IP port number to use Leaving the field blank defaults to 23333 If you select options 2 or 3 you are prompted for the management host address Leaving the field blanks means none You can enter an IP address or host n
168. ailable licenses for OCe11102 adapters 1 From the discovery tree select the OCe11102 adapter whose licenses you want to view The Adapter Information tab is displayed Figure 7 10 on page 80 2 On the Adapter Information tab click Show License Features The License Features window appears Figure 7 11 on page 81 An X in the Enabled column indicates that the capability is licensed and enabled for that adapter Note An empty feature list means the adapter has no licensable capabilities OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 81 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters License Features e following features are available for licensing on this adapter Ifa checkbox appears in the Enabled column next to the feature ithas already been licensed iSCSI Personality FCoE Personality Figure 7 11 Licensed Features Window Installing Licenses To install licenses for OCe11102 adapters 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the OCe11102 adapter whose licenses you want to install The Adapter Information tab is displayed Figure 7 10 on page 80 2 From the Adapter Information tab click Install Feature Licenses The Install Feature Licenses dialog box appears displaying the AdapterID Figure 7 12 on page 81 se the AdapteriD to obtain a license key file to enable features on the adapter Refer to your rtitiement code shee
169. alid interval ranges are 10 to 3600 minutes The default is 300 minutes e DH Priority The priority of the five supported DH Groups Null group and groups 1 2 3 and 4 that the FC driver presents during the DHCHAP authentication negotiation with the switch e Hash Priority The priority of the two supported hash algorithms MD5 and SHA1 that the FC driver presents during the DHCHAP authentication negotiation with the switch default is MD5 first then SHA1 2 3 State Area e State Possible states are Not Authenticated Authentication In Progress Authentication Success and Authentication Failed Changing Authentication Configuration To view or change authentication configuration 1 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC function whose configuration you want to view or change Select the DHCHAP tab Figure 8 41 on page 176 Note If the fields on this tab are grayed out authentication has not been enabled at the driver level Change configuration values as you want Note You can only configure DHCHAP on the local host Click Apply You are prompted for the current password local password to validate the configuration change request The verification request only appears if a local password has been defined for this adapter Enter the password and click OK To return settings to the status before you started this procedure click Restore before you click Apply Note If you click Apply
170. alog Box 6 Select the files you want to copy multiple selections are available and click Start Copy The remote dump files are copied to your local dump folder The local dump folder locations are described in step 4 Running Advanced Diagnostic Tests The Advanced Diagnostics capability gives you greater control than the Quick Test over the type of diagnostics tests that run Through Advanced Diagnostics you can specify which tests to run the number of cycles to run and what to do in the event of a test failure Not available in read only mode OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 13 Diagnostics To run advanced diagnostics tests Click Advanced Diagnostic Tests on the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 to view the Diagnostic Test Setup dialog box Figure 13 8 on page 243 You can run four types of tests e PCI Loopback e Internal Loopback e External Loopback e End to End ECHO Note You cannot run the External Loopback test and ECHO test concurrently If you select External Loopback the ECHO test section is disabled and vice versa Test results and the status of running tests are time stamped and appear in the Test Log area Diagnostic Test Setup for 10 00 00 00 C9 S 1 36 51 Loopback Tests F PCT Loopback I Internal Loopback T External Loopback requires loopback plug End to End Echo Test IT Echo Test Target WWPN Test Pattern hex gi i J
171. ambient air temperatures After the system overheating issue is resolved and the adapter has cooled down reboot the system or if the system supports hot swapping cycle the power of the adapter slot Viewing FC Port Information When you select an FC port from the discovery tree the Port Information tab Figure 7 2 on page 66 contains general attributes associated with the selected FC adapter To view FC Port information 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Select a FC port in the discovery tree 3 Select the Port Information tab Figure 7 2 on page 66 OneCommand Manager lolx fle Edt Yew Port Discovery Gatch Help CE eS BE Port Information statistics Maintenance OHCHAP Target Mapping Driver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Data VFO Ni 00 00 C9 SE lt B 00 RE 10 00 00 00 9 88 C8 Eegi Port 1 Mic 00 00 C9 SE lt EB 4 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE E W Oce10102 40m Port WWN t0 00 00 00 9 00 56 36 Driver Version fr2s0 001 Node WWN fh0 00 00 00 9 00 96 36 Driver Name Restor Fatek Nate fio Fabric Rttadimerk Firrevare Versions 1 1045 bart habe four Nic 00 00 C9 A0 D0 9C ERE Discovered Ports FEE 10 00 00 00 9 00 0 Port FC PO p Port Type a SG Port 1 PCI Function Fo Mic 00 00 9 A0 00 30 PCI Bus Number eao RE 10 00 00 00 C9 00 0 E we Oce101024m OS Device Name ih Ses Symbolic Node Name Eda Pe 2002 48 FYE 1005 097 2 5
172. ame If you enter a management host address you are prompted to exclude management of this host from any other host If you select option 4 management of remote hosts is automatically selected and you are prompted to enter the TCP IP port number to use Leaving the field blank defaults to 23333 Note Management hosts cannot be managed by remote hosts 7 If you answered 2 3 or 4 in step 6 you must decide whether you want the OneCommand Manager application to operate in read only mode Read only mode prevents users from performing certain operations such as resetting adapters updating an adapter s firmware and changing adapter driver properties and bindings It only affects the local OneCommand Manager application interface These operations can still be performed using remote management Enter lt y gt for yes to allow users to perform these operations enter lt n gt for no if read only mode is desired 8 You are prompted whether to allow users to change the management mode after installation Enter lt y gt for yes or lt n gt for no OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 29 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface In VMware For VMware hosts you can manage adapters using the OneCommand Manager application on Windows but you must install and use the appropriate Emulex
173. an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Active Groups PG The priority group number It can be 0 to 7 Priorities The priorities that are assigned to each priority group It is represented in comma separated format Bandwidth The percentage of available link bandwidth allocated to a particular priority group Max Configurable PGs This field indicates maximum number of priority groups that can be configured on the selected adapter port OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 208 DCB Tab Buttons e Configure DCB Click to configure DCB parameters See the instructions below To configure DCB for NIC only adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the NIC only adapter port whose DCB properties you want to configure 2 Select the DCB tab Figure 10 1 on page 206 3 Click Configure DCB The Configure DCB dialog box appears Figure 10 2 on page 208 4 Configure the settings you want and click OK Note An error message is displayed if you try to configure more priority groups than the adapter supports The Max Configurable PGs field shows the number of priority groups supported by the adapter Configure DCB Sos ei OCEX Settings UOS Settings J fred F Treramt Enabled DCEX Mode ocs X T Trogi Port Description Enabled T Trereme System Descipson Enabled Operating Version o F Teaggent
174. and Manager application allows you subject to restrictions in the adapter s IPL to configure up to sixteen functions on a single port adapter and up to eight partitions per port on a two port adapter If NPar is enabled the minimum bandwidth for each partition is the same or nearly the same for all partitions For four partition ports the minimum bandwidth for each partition is 25 For eight partition ports the first four partitions are allocated 13 and the last four partitions are allocated12 The maximum bandwidth for all partitions will default to 100 You can change the bandwidths before applying the changes However the minimum bandwidths must add up to 100 Note NParEP must be available to support up to sixteen functions on an adapter OCe14000 series adapters automatically support NParEP However the system s motherboard must support NParEP it must be enabled in the system BIOS and the operating system must support NParEP On Linux and VMware systems BIOS SR IOV must be enabled See the Dell instructions for enabling BIOS SR IOV OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 111 If these conditions are not met although you may configure all sixteen functions only eight functions will be present and discovered by the OneCommand Manager application after a reboot For storage protocols any of the second through fourth partitions can be configured to run storage However if
175. ane LUN assignments persist across reboots OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 149 XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Notes e Masked LUNs cannot be ExpressLane enabled because they are not presented to the host Conversely ExpressLane LUNs cannot be masked e For Linux operating systems if ExpressLane LUNs are created the VPort must be recreated after a system boot because VPorts do not persist across system reboots If the VPort is re created with the same WWPN that the ExpressLane LUN was previously assigned to and the same LUN is then discovered it becomes an ExpressLane LUN again OneCommand Manager 9 File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help oec aja Si Hos a LUN Information jel APPOEV 100 5 WR OneConnect OCe 14000 Vendor Product Information J Port 1 RSE 00 90 FA 24 A9 82 Vendor Name occ Nic 00 30FA 2A A9 83 S A Port 2 Product ID RAID 5 REE 00 90 FA 2A A9 865 Nic 00 90FA 2A A9 87 Revision o20s Sag Port 3 REE 00 30 FA 2A A9 8A Nic 00 90 FA 28 A9 66 Jag Port Mapping Information Pat Tae viata FCP LUN 00 03 00 00 00 09 00 00 WE Pet aX Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 71 78 8A SCSI OS LUN 3 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 71 78 88 EE Pe 1600246 OS Device Name PhyscalOrive3 ags Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 11 33 55 Wt 50 06 01 60 10 20 5C 33 WN 0 fun i LUN Capacity Wun 2 mu mut Enable ExpressLane LUN S120 M8 Block Size 12 Bytes Gu Disa
176. apters on IPv4 and IPv6 TCP IP hosts and on hosts configured to support the CIM interface that have the OneCommand Manager application installed Figure 5 1 on page 48 Remote SAN management over TCP IP sends remote management requests using TCP IP access protocol to remote hosts TCP IP access enables you to access adapters via their host IP address or by the name of the host on which they reside 5 OneCommand TM Manager File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help jeje E al Find Host i amp Hosts ni Discovery information H AMP RHELGUL Hab OneConnect 0Ce1 4000 N F Port 0 Hosts 12 LN 00 90 FA 41 22 F0 x Port 1 Adapters 16 LN 00 90 FA 41 22 F8 Physical Ports 39 T Bx92084 Hap 0cl11102 LoM hi Port 0 LN 90 18 0E 20 F0 20 te Port 1 NIC Functions 50 LM 90 18 0E 20 F0 24 te Port 2 Function Summary 5 FC FCOE eee FC Functions 2 LM 90 1B 0E 20 F0 26 FCoE Functions 10 H E1050lrh5u9BFS FC Targets 12 H 1 90 1B 0E 20 F0 28 k Port 0 cheaper iscsi 00 00 C9 A4 00 7 Besse iSCSI Functions 4 Hap oneConnect OCe14000 iSCSI Targets o Ski Port 0 LN 90 1B 0E 20 F0 23 e Port 1 LN 90 18 0E 20 F0 28 sf iTigershark 1 a 9079334 k Port 0 LN 00 00 c9 FD 68 2 ake Port 1 T Figure 5 1 Discovery Information Note In Windows if yo
177. as 89 0Ce14000 Series Adapter Configuration cccsscccccccssccccssscsccccccsscccessseees 90 OCe14000 series Adapter Configuration Tab Field Definitions ce eee eeee eee ee 91 Configuring Single Personalities vs evasedecs er cdvvnudaurtawernideriawucsansiiuescamadieseas 92 CUSTOM Configurations s ecseri eii ese cats ctiecuvascataenvusdindtes sued caaeadaduanaurawesays 94 Mixed Mode Configuration ccccccccsecscscccccceeneeseceeseesccecceesseeesseeseeccesaeenas 95 Concurrent MOUS swe tasecussesedssncuibee e dus on e eSa E sani edhe sles tees EEE ENSKE ES 96 Configuring ROCE in a Custom VieW sssssssseseessssssssesssessossossossessessessssoseooeo 97 UMC Configuration VieW vii0k acuieecw osu teeveddesumasceuesns itens n nnns e an n a ake 98 Default UMC Settings s icscseiicesscssaeecssvecsece E Ea cet EEEE E N E EE e EE ES 99 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 5 gt G EMULEX Table of Contents 6 An Avago Technologies Company Lenovo System X Multi Channel Configuration View sssssssesssesssssesessesesese 100 VNIC CONPISUFATION sicscnsccacrantseseescutaendccesecmntsiadead ETER ARTEETAN 101 SIMode Configuration ersen perina serren E ENE ENERE EEE ERE EENET 102 UFP COMMSUFATION lt ssccccamieccdecesnetduis vse EEE O EES 104 Link Re Contigura Dit y viasiaadas ees siririna eE E E EREE Ea 106 Adapter Configuration Buttons with Link Re Configurability sssssssssssessssseseess 109
178. as it appears in the Emulex driver download package Firmware Version The version of Emulex firmware currently active on the adapter port Discovered Ports The number of mapped and unmapped ports found during discovery by the Emulex adapter driver The mapped ports are targets and the unmapped ports are non targets such as switches or adapters Port Type The FC type of the selected adapter s port Not available if the port link is down OS Device Name The platform specific name by which the selected adapter is known to the operating system Symbolic Node Name The FC name used to register the driver with the name server Supported Class of Service A frame delivery scheme exhibiting a set of delivery characteristics and attributes Three classes of service include o Class 1 provides a dedicated connection between a pair of ports with confirmed delivery or notification of non delivery o Class 2 provides a frame switched service with confirmed delivery or notification of non delivery o Class 3 provides a frame switched service similar to Class 2 but without notification of frame delivery or non delivery Supported FC4 Types A 256 bit 8 word map of the FC 4 protocol types supported by the port containing the selected adapter Port Status Area Field Definitions Link Status The status of the link on the selected adapter port Port Speed The current port speed of the selected adapter port OneCommand
179. ation i e no way to restore previous next boot configuration Single personality all ports UMC Custom Configure NIC RoCE Func Port Num MAC Address Protocol O 00 90 FA 29 46 5A NIC 4 00 90 FA 29 46 58 iSCSI z o Factory Defaults Figure 7 37 Adapter Configuration Tab After Reboot with Single Port Configuration Adapter Configuration Buttons with Link Re Configurability e Factory Defaults Clicking the Factory Defaults button not only resets the adapter to the factory default port settings but also returns the adapter to its default Link Configuration For example if the current adapter s link configuration was for four ports but the factory default link configuration for the adapter is one port clicking Factory Defaults changes the adapter s link configuration to one port e Restore The Restore button changes the port configuration back to the currently saved configuration Since changing the link configuration immediately updates the adapter s next boot configuration clicking the Restore button does not change the adapter back to the previous link configuration Therefore after selecting a new link configuration the Restore button is disabled e Apply There is no change to how the Apply button operates when Link Re configurability is available on the adapter Since selecting a new link configuration results in an immediate update to the adapter the Apply button is not needed to save
180. attached to the FC port Discovery can take a long time on large SANs o None o EFIBootFCScanLevel NVRAM Targets and EFIBootFCScanLevel Discovered Targets Allows third party software to toggle between Boot Path from NVRAM and Boot Path from Discovered Targets by manipulating an EFI system NVRAM variable Maximum LUNs per Target Sets the maximum number of LUNs that are polled during device discovery The range is 1 to 4096 The default is 256 Reset Delay Timer in seconds Sets a value for delay device discovery The range is 0 to 255 The default is 0 PLOGI Retry Timer Sets the interval for the PLOGI port log in retry timer This option is especially useful for Tachyon based RAID arrays Under very rare occasions a Tachyon based RAID array resets itself and the port goes offline temporarily in the loop When the port comes online again the PLOGI retry interval scans the loop to discover this device o 50ms OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE o 100ms o 200 ms e Default AL_PA number The range is 0x 00 EF The default is 0x00 This option changes the AL_PA Arbitrated Loop Physical Address of the selected adapter Not available for OneConnect adapters OpenBoot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog Box Use the OpenBoot Advanced Adapter Settings dialog box Figure 8 40 on page 173 to configure the advanced adapter settings for the select
181. axOutstandingR2T The maximum number of outstanding request to transmits R2Ts per task within a session each up to MaxBurstLength bytes FirstBurstLength The maximum amount of unsolicited data in bytes the initiator can send to the target during the execution of a single iSCSI command MaxBurstLength The maximum amount of either unsolicited or solicited data the initiator may send in a single burst Any amount of data exceeding this value must be explicitly solicited by the target DefaultTimeToWait The minimum time to wait in seconds before the initiator attempts to reconnect or reassign a connection or task that has been dropped after an unexpected connection termination or reset The initiator and target negotiate to determine this value DefaultTimeToRetain The maximum time in seconds to reassign a connection after the initial wait that is indicated in DefaultTimeToWait has elapsed The initiator and target negotiate to determine this value ErrorRecoveryLevel The operational ErrorRecoveryLevel for the session 0 indicates recovery only by session restart 1 indicates recovery by reissuing commands data or status 2 indicates connection failure recovery DataPDUInOrder The order of PDUs within a sequence DataSequenceInOrder The order between sequences Session Statistics Area Session Direction The direction of iSCSI session Valid values are InboundSession and OutboundSession Cmd PDUs The count of Com
182. ble Configured Priorities 0OM1M2M3M 4Ms5 me 7 RoCE Priority Active Priority 5 Configured Priority 5 X QON Active CNPY 5 J Enable Configured CNPV 5 same as RoCE Priority ETS Priority Groups Active Groups Configured Groups Maximum Configurable PGs 3 Group Group _ Priority Membership Bandwidth Priority Member Bandwidth D ate ae nen BD ges Owens ted sah3 woes 4 miS maie 0 0 1 2 3 4 6 7 100 o ei eolel o e 6 1 o 3 2 o 2 3 o 3 4 0 4 5 _ 0 S 6 31 6 7 0 7 15 5 No imit 4s Defadts Configuration Rules Figure 10 10 Configure DCB Dialog Box for RoCE Adapter Ports DCBX enabled OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 229 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions DCBX Settings Area e Enabled DCBX can be enabled or disabled With DCBX enabled the configured values are not used The switch settings are used With DCBX disabled the configured values are used Changes to the DCBX state require a reboot of the host e Operating Version The operating version of the DCBX protocol The system adjusts as needed to operate at the highest version supported by both link partners This setting cannot be changed e Maximum Version The highest DCBX protocol version supported by the system Version numbers start at zero The DCBX protocol must be backward compatible
183. ble adapter boot checkbox Check this box if you want the FC port to load and execute boot code during system startup Click Configure Boot to configure boot from SAN Not available in read only mode Note Enabling adapter boot only causes the FC port to load the boot code and execute it during system startup It does not mean that the FC port will boot from SAN To boot from SAN the boot type must be enabled Do this in the Boot from SAN configuration window for each boot type WWN Management Area Current e WWPN The World Wide Port Name for the selected FC port e WWNN The World Wide Node Name for the selected FC port Pending Changes e WWPN Works in conjunction with the Change WWN button Displays the WWPN you assigned for the selected FC port but the system must be rebooted for these changes to take effect and appear under the Current listing See Changing FC FCoE WWPN and WWNN on page 151 for more information e WWNN Works in conjunction with the Change WWN button Displays the WWNN you assigned for the selected FC port but the system must be rebooted for these changes to take effect and appear under the Current listing See Changing FC FCoE WWPN and WWNN on page 151 for more information Maintenance Tab Buttons Not available in read only mode e Download Firmware Click to update firmware on the selected port See Updating Adapter Firmware on page 202 for more information e Configure B
184. ble all ExpressLane LUNs on this target Burs Bun 7 Bun s LUN Masking Information Bin 9 4 uen Current Mask Status Unmasked UN 11 Bunz Atm 12 sd Figure 8 25 Enabling an ExpressLane LUN To enable an ExpressLane LUN 1 Select Host Fabric or Virtual Port view 2 From the discovery tree select a LUN under an LPe15000 or LPe16000 series adapter on which you want to enable ExpressLane 3 The LUN Information tab appears Figure 8 25 on page 150 4 Right click the selected LUN in the discovery tree and choose Enable ExpressLane LUN The LUN s icon in the discovery tree changes to the ExpressLane LUN icon To disable an ExpressLane LUN or LUNs 1 Select Host Fabric or Virtual Port view 2 From the discovery tree select a LUN under an LPe15000 or LPe16000 series adapter on which you want to enable ExpressLane The LUN Information tab appears Figure 8 24 on page 148 Right click on the selected LUN in the discovery tree and choose Disable ExpressLane LUN to disable the selected LUN or Disable all ExpressLane LUNs on this target The ExpressLane LUN s icon in the discovery tree changes to the regular LUN icon P OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 150 gt X EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 1541 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Changing FC FCoE WWPN and WWNN The Maintenance tab Figure 8 26 on page 152 enables you to change the WWPN and the WWNN of a selected FC FCoE function
185. cates a vendor specific field An adapter may have none one or more of these fields defined Valid values for this field are VO the letter O not the number zero and Vx where x is a number Note Some adapters may show additional VPD information such as EC EC level MN manufacturer ID and XY data Data in the XY field is a vendor specific hexadecimal dump OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 137 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Viewing FC Maintenance Information Use the Maintenance tab Figure 8 16 on page 137 to view firmware information and update adapter firmware You can also configure boot from SAN and change WWPN and WWNN information for the selected adapter port Not available in read only mode To view FC firmware information 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Select an FC port in the discovery tree 3 Select the Maintenance tab Figure 8 16 on page 137 File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help A A Eo ers RB tw rnc ts i Be Hosts Port Information Statistics Maintenance DHCHAP Target Mapping Driver Parameters Diagnostics c ia WIN 3APR71S7MM9 Firmware LPe 12000 M8 3 Porto 10 00 00 00 C9 71 7A OCe141028 UM m a Port 0 Current Version Operational Name SLI 3 Overlay Nic 00 90 FA 6B BF 1C RE 10 00 00 90 F
186. cation P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 176 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE DHCHAP Tab The DHCHAP Figure 8 41 on page 176 tab enables you to configure authentication OneCommand Manager oix Ga pdt Yew pot Dorey Bh HO DARRAS Er bool fe BIE Et Monts Port Information Statistics Maintenance OHCHAP Target Mapping Oriver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Data VED bel DASHER E wn OCe11102 M BM Pert 0 Source adapter WWN rd Pati This pags provides authentication configuration ro paer ele A 1000 00 00 C9 00 95 35 aia a configuration and status information shown is unique to the authentication defred i Nc 00 00 C9 58 CB 78 by thes adapter port and the switch Se RUSSET Destination Fabric Switch OCe11100 FM MG Port 0 E sais Port Nic 00 00 C9 SE CE O4 Configuration Parameter Description General Help FEE 10 00 00 00 9 98 08 9 E ME OCelo102NM E sas Port 0 Mode osab e3 00 00 C9 A0 00 3C 10 00 00 00 C9 00 00 4 E aG Port Trneot 45 E es OCe10202 4M Eag Port O adi Port 1 E ww OCe10102AM Ea Port 0 Re wtheekicate Josab BG Port I Pe 2002 8 ags Pert 0 10 00 0000 C9 00 Re auth Interval I sate ag Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 00 DH Friorty 2048 1535 1280 1024 MAL TENTEA Figure 8 41 DHCHAP Tab DHCHAP Tab Field Definitions e Source The WWPN of the FC function e Destination The fabric switch Configura
187. ces Select one of the eight boot devices and enter a target and LUN Click Select from List to choose from a list of avaliable targets and LUNs Note A blank field is considered to have a value of 0 Target and LUN G Target wwrtt fo o oo fo fo fo fo fo Clear Entry Creato P Oo Select From List Target Lun fp value 0 255 Figure 8 36 Boot from SAN Configuration Dialog Box The Boot from SAN Configuration dialog box varies for each boot type Figure 8 36 on page 167 depicts the boot from SAN configuration for the x86 type boot 4 Verify that the adapter field contains the WWPN of the FC FCoE function and boot BIOS version to make sure you configure the correct adapter FC FCoE function and that it has the BIOS boot code version you want 5 From the Boot Type menu select x86 EFIBoot or OpenBoot Notes e x86 and OpenBoot share the same configuration memory space You cannot configure an adapter for both x86 and OpenBoot at the same time When you select one of these boot types and the configuration region is configured for the other boot type a message appears warning that making changes overwrites the other boot type configuration e Ifyou modified the settings for the current boot type and then change to a new boot type a message appears telling you to save the current settings before changing to the new boot type 6 Check Enable Boot from SAN and for FC functions set the Topology and Link Speed Note Topolo
188. cmanager The OneCommand Manager application discovery service starts automatically when you launch the application Note If DHCHAP authentication is currently employed on Emulex adapters on this machine you must type etc init d fcauthd start to restart the authentication daemon If the machine has the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface installed the RMI services must be restarted Type start _weblaunch Note For changes to persist after a reboot you must create a new ramdisk image Refer to the Emulex Driver for Linux User Manual for more information Creating a Batch Mode Driver Parameters File You can apply driver parameters for one FC FCoE function to other FC FCoE functions in the system using the Driver Parameters tab When you save the driver parameters for an adapter you create a dpv file The dpv file contains parameters for that adapter After you create the dpv file the OneCommand Manager application enables you to assign the dpv file parameters to multiple adapters in the system Not available in read only mode To create the dpv file 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Select the FC FCoE function whose parameters you want to apply to other FC FCoE functions from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 3 Select the Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 31 on page 158 Set the driver parameters 5 After you define the parameters for the selected adapter click Apply OneCommand
189. col H ag Port O OG Port 1 A FILFESZ6P2BNv EM E I OCel0l0eM A WI OCel0102 Am Ea Port O E d6 Port 1 E WEI Pel 2002 MS us Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 00 M ags Port L 10 00 00 00 C9 00 Figure 8 14 FC Transceiver Data Tab Transceiver Data Field Definitions Module Attributes Area Vendor The name of the vendor Identifier Type The identifier value that specifies the physical device described by the serial information Ext Identifier Additional information about the transceiver Connector The external optical or electrical cable connector provided as the media interface Wavelength The nominal transmitter output wavelength at room temperature OUI The vendor s OUI It is also known as the IEEE Company Identifier for the vendor Date The vendor s date code in the MM DD YY format Serial Number The serial number provided by the vendor Part Number The part number provided by the SFP vendor Revision The vendor revision level OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 135 XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 136 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Diagnostic Data Area e Temperature The internally measured module temperature e Supply Voltage The internally measured supply voltage in the transceiver e TX Bias Current The internally measured transmitted bias current e TX Output Power The measured transmitted output power e RX Input Power The measured received input
190. connand jnlp file DONE Deleting One Connand WebLaunch directory DONE Uninstallation conplete Press any key to continue Figure 2 2 OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Uninstallation Screen 2 The OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface is removed Press any key to continue e In Linux and Solaris 1 Log onas root 2 Execute the uninstallation script e Linux usr sbin ocmanager wsuninstall e Solaris opt ELXocm wsuninstall This script stops the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface service daemons if they are running and removes all Web Launch related files from the host OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 3 Starting and Stopping the OneCommand Manager Application 34 3 Starting and Stopping the OneCommand Manager Application This section describes how to start and stop the OneCommand Manager application In Windows To start the OneCommand Manager application from the Windows desktop select Start gt All Programs gt Emulex gt OCManager If Secure Management is enabled you are prompted for your user name and password See Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management on page 42 for more information To stop the OneCommand Manager application from the OneCommand Manager application menu bar select File gt Exit In Linux and Solaris To start the OneCommand Manager application Use the ocmanager script to start the applicati
191. cseentseddecebesiedsaverersedeveceescuacseceedeeradawess 251 Creating Diagnostic DUMPS oo eee cece sors tst ren iertsss rs Case Cs eskeni a r iee 252 14 Troubleshooting iniseniscdansvacsawassevandaudense sunene cea lineasadenesserediansoaduasees 255 General SIUAHOING sccccviecusdodesercthGoursdccsideuseawcnsonnresqurbedexceusedeusttenstdedeemedaes 255 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations 257 Emulex Driver for Solaris and OneCommand Manager Application Situations 260 VPorts and OneCommand Manager Application Situations cccseccesscceseees 260 Appendix A License Notices csccccsccccccsscccccccsscceccccccccssccscecsssccesees 261 Secure Hash Algorithm SHA 1 NOtice sccccssscsccccssccccccssssccccesscccssessces 261 OpenPegasus Licensing NOtice ccesccccccccccccccccccccsssscsccccccssssessssecsssssseees 262 OpenSSL NOICE i vcisiiaisvenssccesssersteveseenasenrtescessbevsdsvesvecessswses tte saewsseestsieevees 262 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX List of Figures An Avago Technologies Company List of Figures Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 7 9 Figure 7 10 Figure
192. ct the Firmware tab Figure 7 14 on page 84 and click Diagnostic Dump The Diagnostic Dump dialog box appears Figure 13 18 on page 253 For hosts being managed through the CIM interface the Set Dump Directory button enables you to set the dump directory for ESXi host dumps VMware only OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 253 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Diagnostics 3 Specify how many files you want to retain using the Files Retained counter Click Delete Existing Dump Files to remove existing dump files for the selected adapter from your system Diagnostic Dump xi Dump Details Target WWPN 10 00 00 00 C9 51 3E 51 Dump File Directory C Program Files Emulex LRil Dump Dump File Retention Currently up to 14 dump files per adapter may be retained on this host You may change the number of retained dump files but be aware that the individual dump files can be as large as 6 megabytes Take this into account when selecting a retention count Files Retained a v Delete Existing Dump Files Apply Start Dump Get Durnp Fies Exit Figure 13 18 Diagnostic Dump Dialog Box 4 Click Start Dump Dump files are created Where these files are created depends upon your operating system Note For VMware systems you must set a dump directory before initiating a dump The dump directory must be a Storage partition a datastore under the di
193. cted port Bandwidth Limit The QoS bandwidth restriction on the NIC function Non vNIC adapters only IPv6 Address The IPv6 address for the NIC function IPv6 Gateway Address The IPv6 gateway address for the NIC function Network Boot None Select this option to disable network boot on the selected port PXE Select this option to enable PXE boot on the selected NIC function Note PXE boot is only supported on the first function of each physical port on the adapter iBFT If supported by the adapter select this option to enable iBFT on the selected NIC function Checkboxes Enable VEPA Check to enable VEPA Clear to disable VEPA OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols NIC An Avago Technologies Company Note The feature is only available on OCe14000 series adapter NIC functions if SR IOV is enabled on the NIC function If SR IOV is not enabled this checkbox is not visible Viewing NIC VPD Information The VPD tab Figure 8 2 on page 119 displays vital product data if available for the selected NIC function such as the product name part number serial number and so on To view VPD information 1 Select Host view 2 In the discovery tree select the NIC function whose VPD information you want to view 3 Select the VPD tab Figure 8 2 on page 119 File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help Z mjeljes JAAR Find Host
194. cumentation that accompanied your Dell server for more information e NParEP support is available only on Dell 13G or newer systems OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt X EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 115 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration NPar adapters have an NParEP mode setting that changes the total number of partitions displayed and configured between eight and sixteen by the OneCommand Manager application If NParEP Mode is enabled you can view and configure sixteen partitions per adapter taper information Frmmare Adaotar Corgan Curent Configuration NPAR tratied Next foot Config ason T IPAR Erabied T Cable Wal Mi ax na Pet B 8 8 sis bd fad bad s HoE E elelalelele s Ne 00 40FA 2000 00 O Ag 00 40F4 200 81 D Qt 00000A 0082 00904 20 2000 Ne 0 40FA 200 63 Ne 0 404 A I O4 O4OFAIDEL San wires ODDE PM Samo omron My 00 00 09 0 78 40 Me 0000694080 Figure 7 43 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar and NParEP Mode Enabled 2 port configuration If NParEP Mode is enabled on two port adapters up to eight partitions per port can be configured Figure 7 43 on page 115 ZEILE OOLOC9EF48 A Ne 00 00 69 49 68 8 lt i 000c HOt D 00 00 C9 9 68 25 N 009 8 qm COLL 904A 04y 09004A 004a Ne 004071 304344 2 OWADA RI wocmramads ow Pott 00 40F 4 20 4348 RE wor mae Pot
195. d 112 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar and NIC SR IOV Enabled 113 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar Disabled with a Single NIC RoCE POMC EEEE EE EE E E E E 114 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar and NParEP Mode Enabled 2 port configuration caccsnitesucesegiediamastceeyeecivessaeseusbeensenbehbencerans 115 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar and NParEP Mode Enabled 4 port CONFIQUrATION ia ei ee aE OTEELI TEE RG 115 NIC Port Information Tab cccccccaieeocbhecrcevaatcaberenabdsddigecendeneseeendetattes 117 NIC VPD Tab iserscsriccsisresrisiasi ernie ki n E t i 119 Port Information Tab SR IOV Enabled ccccseeececeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeees 121 OneCommand Manager Application Running on the Base Host Operating System after Discovering the Guest HOSt ccceee esse eee eeee 122 VF Selected Showing the Port Information Tab for the Discovered NIC in the Guest Operating SysteEM ccccccesccccceeeesccceeessceseeeseees 122 NIC PCI Registers TAR iscutesanderuncistawss scorers sorot bessi ienei ir ine a 124 FCoE Port Information Tab sicccscaveusscuacevovensecseiccasaesravwecacsuxeesesevus eee 125 Statistics Tabi asen sesiin eorn ereet anean a ARETE EEE TERA EET eueudavienes 127 Discovery Information Tab Displaying Virtual Ports Information 129 Vital Ports Tab ccacatsvckiswetunseanearteawunes deci isi k n a 130 Virtual Port Tab ssi ieee ieie eene O EEEE S ETER EEIT ETER 132
196. d e OneCommand Manager Secure Management mode is not supported for OneCommand Manager application Web Launch clients In addition to the driver and OneCommand Manager application the following prerequisites must be met before you install the Web Launch Interface OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 30 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface Requirements The following section details the requirements for installing the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch interface for the Windows Linux and Solaris operating systems In Windows e Microsoft IIS Server must be installed See the Microsoft website for information on downloads and installation e The Windows Firewall may be enabled by default If it is you must add and enable three exceptions HTTP port java exe and rmiregistry exe Note Allowing programs or ports through the firewall may increase the security risks Use at your own discretion To enable the HTTP port 1 Click Add Port The Add a Port dialog box is displayed 2 On the Add a Port dialog box type HTTP as the Name and 80 as the Port Number 3 Leave TCP enabled and click OK To enable the java exe program 1 Click Add Program The Add a Program dialog box is displayed 2 Click Browse 3 Specify java exe located in the OneCommand Manager JRE
197. d it is added to the hosts file If it has not been discovered over FC already the host and its adapter ports are added to the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 Not available in read only mode Note The OneCommand Manager application must be installed on the remote host To add a single host 1 From the Discovery menu select TCP IP gt Add Host The Add Remote TCP IP Host dialog box appears Figure 5 2 on page 50 Enter a host name an IPv4 Address or an IPY6 Address Host Nome or IP Address enter host name or IP address SS Add using def auk credentials C Add using specific CIM credentiaks Laidre pone Figure 5 2 Add Remote TCP IP Host Dialog Box 2 Enter the name or the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the host to be added Note Entering the IP address to identify the host avoids possible name resolution issues IPv6 address tuples are delimited by colons and can be entered in a shortened form suppressing 0 s as defined by the IPv6 address specification 3 Configure the discovery method e If you want to add the host using default discovery methods check Add using default credentials and click Add Host A message appears indicating whether the new host was successfully added e If you want to add the new host using specific CIM credentials check Add using specific CIM credentials modify any additional CIM settings and click OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 5 Configuring Discovery 51
198. de the current value for the password to validate the set new password request unnecessary if this is the first time the password is set for a given adapter Enter the new password Select alpha numeric or hexadecimal format Click OK Caution Do not forget the password after one has been assigned After a password is assigned to an adapter subsequent DHCHAP configuration settings for that adapter including default configuration or new passwords require you to enter the existing password to validate your request that is no further changes can be made without the password Note Additional help is available by clicking Help on the Set Password dialog box Viewing the Error and Event Log For Solaris and Linux systems a simple shell script checks the var adm messages and var log messages files respectively for recent Emulex driver DHCHAP events and outputs them to a default location To view the error and event log 1 Click Event Log History on the DHCHAP tab Figure 8 41 on page 176 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 179 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI iSCSI This section describes configuring iSCSI functions Viewing iSCSI Port Information When you select an iSCSI function from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the iSCSI Port Information tab Figure 8 42 on page 179 contains general attributes associated with the selected iSCSI function N
199. directly to the fcauthd daemon To unload the driver you must first stop the fcauthd daemon This closes the netlink connection and allows the LPFC driver to unload fcauthd Daemon Parameters The fcauthd daemon supports the following parameters start To start the fcauthd daemon pass the start command to the fcauthd script This command loads the daemon into memory opens a netlink connection to the driver and reads the authentication configuration database into memory for use by the LPFC driver stop To stop the fcauthd daemon pass the stop command to the feauthd script This command takes down the netlink connection between the fcauthd daemon and the LPFC driver and stops the fcauthd daemon reload The reload command reloads the authentication configuration database into memory This is done whenever the database is changed by another application the OneCommand Manager application or by you If the database is changed the new configuration information is not used until the feauthd daemon reloads the database status This command is used to show the current status of the fcauthd daemon The status should be either running or stopped restart The restart command performs a stop and then a start condrestart The conditional restart command checks the status of the feauthd daemon If it is running it issues a stop and then a start command If the fcauthd daemon is not running nothing happens OneCommand Manager Appli
200. disabled meaning the adapter is running as a single NIC or NIC RoCE function on each port or with NPar enabled which is similar to a UMC configuration See Dell NPar Configuration View on page 110 for more information e RoCE configurations are not supported with SR IOV OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 91 OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Q OneCommand Manager E Ee Let View Bort Discovery Batch Help eS 200K FATAFECE mm Port Ny 00 044 0A FE CE CI nitonnwoFactasnr Mh Port Or 2100 0 00 C9 88 83 88 nage Port 3 32 00 00 00 09 8880 99 CAGE dest to wm Doe 24201 704 Me Porto Nc O0 F0 FA 28 0F 24 RT Pein aM Port O 900 0000 C9 047 12 2 Port 1 00O LIANE We CeO a Porto Mc 00 50 FA 20 IO AB A 00 40 4289 D gy 1990 07 comemaienn00 90 fa Xd oe Port 3 Me 00 90 FA 20 30 60 Mee oora 000 TD ion 1990 07 com enden Ia I gt Sass fm re t2002 68 aB Port O 32 00200 00 09 7220 9 WM Port 2 22 00 0000 09 7220 29 d00 95 En eiw a Port O 920000 00 0R AF TA D ag Port 1 20200200 00 00 A0 0 28 ass monu D weds Port O 21009000C JA 7C E ag Port 3 95000200 00209 40 34 70 wm cssosre om Port i Asaoher informaten Frmware Adapter Configuration Current Corfigraton MC Next Boot Configurator Bases 8 H es uju Snge personality al ports Personaity MC
201. driver for VMware To configure boot from SAN 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 click the FC or FCoE adapter function on which you want to enable boot from SAN 3 Select the Maintenance tab Figure 8 16 on page 137 or Figure 8 17 on page 139 check enable adapter boot if available and click Configure Boot The Boot from SAN Configuration dialog box appears Figure 8 36 on page 167 Notes e The Configure Boot button is disabled if the Enable Adapter Boot checkbox is not checked If boot code is not present on the adapter the Enable Adapter Boot checkbox and Configure Boot button are not displayed on the Maintenance tab e For OneConnect adapters boot is always enabled and cannot be disabled OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 167 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 4 OneCommand Manager Boot from SAN Configuration x Select a boot type and modify the boot from SAN adapter settings and boot devices Cick OK to save changes for the boot type and dose this window window Chek Cikk Apply to save changes For the boot type without dosing the to dose the window any changes that have not been saved wil be discarded Adopter 10 00 00 00 C9 51 3E 51 BIOS Version 5 0201 Boot Type 36 Adapter Settings I Enable Boot from SAN Dears Topology Auto Loop First LinkSpeed 4 Gbps Addranced Settings Boxk Devi
202. during configuration Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application To uninstall the OneCommand Manager application and OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface e In Windows 1 Select Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Uninstall a Program 2 Select Emulex OCManager Enterprise version and click Remove or Uninstall e In Linux 1 Log on as root 2 Change to the elxocm lt platform gt lt version gt installation directory 3 Type OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 33 An Avago Technologies Company Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface Only uninstall e In Solaris 1 Log on as root 2 Run the OneCommand Manager application uninstall script opt ELXocm scripts uninstall Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface Only To uninstall the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch but leave the OneCommand Manager application installed e In Windows 1 Select Start gt Programs gt Emulex gt OCManager WebLaunch Uninstall The OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Uninstallation Screen appears Figure 2 2 on page 33 EE OneCommand Manager PK E DAE DAE DA DAE pat Matpa pat tpat Mt DR Dnt DME D DRE DE DE DE D DE DAE DE A E DE E DE EMULEX ONECOMMAND WEBLAUNCH UNINSTALLATION Uninstalling WebLaunchSrv service Deleting one
203. e Edit menu or pressing F3 enables you to continue searching for more instances of the name you specified OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 65 An Avago Technologies Company Adaptors 7 Managing Adapters and Ports This section describes the various adapter and port management functions you can perform using the OneCommand Manager application FC Adapters This section pertains to viewing FC adapter and port information Viewing FC Adapter Information When you select an FC adapter from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the Adapter Information tab Figure 7 1 on page 65 contains general attributes associated with the selected FC adapter To view FC adapter information 1 Select Host Fabric or Virtual Ports view 2 Select an FC adapter in the discovery tree The Adapter Information tab appears Figure 7 1 on page 65 OneCommand Manager Local Only File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help DERE Adapter Information Firmware af Port 0 10 00 00 90 FA 20 8F 3E Model 7101684 Oracle Sun Storage 16Gb Fibre Channel LP Universal HBA a Port 1 10 00 00 90 FA 20 8F 8F Serial Number 4925382 1252000002 Hardware Version 00000008 Device ID e200 IPL File Name HL2RS2 Adapter Temperature Normal Figure 7 1 FC Adapter Information Tab FC Adapter Information Field Definitions Model The complete model name of the adapter Se
204. e browser and restart it The OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface starts successfully e Uninstall all non essential versions of the Java Runtime The OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface requires that only a single version of the Java Runtime be installed on the browser client This single version must be Java 6 0 or later for all platforms P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company Table 14 1 General Situations Continued 14 Troubleshooting 256 General Situations Situation In the OneCommand Manager application discovery tree multiple CNA FCoE or iSCSI functions are grouped under a single physical port Resolution Ensure the Emulex NIC driver is loaded and that the operating system sees ALL NIC ports They do not need to be plumbed or configured just visible to the operating system An operating error occurs when attempting to run the OneCommand Manager application When you attempt to run the utility an operating system error may occur The computer may freeze Reboot the system Unwanted remote servers appear in the OneCommand Manager application To prevent remote servers from appearing in the OneCommand Manager application do one of the following on the remote systems e In Windows disable the OneCommand Manager application service e In Linux stop the elxhbamgr daemon by running the usr sbin ocmanager stop ocmanager script e In Solaris
205. e known for the TDR test to accurately calculate the cable length or distance to defect Note The TDR test requires that the cable be down and quiet It is best if the cable is not terminated If it is terminated the link partner must not be active during the test You can run TDR tests from the Diagnostics Tab when you select a 10GBASE T adapter in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 To run a TDR test 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the 10GBASE T adapter on which you want to run the test 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 14 on page 248 3 Assign the NVP and click Apply Click Start TDR Test Saving the Log File You can save the test log to a log file for later viewing or printing When new data is written to a saved file the data is appended to the end of the file Each entry has a two line header that contains the identifier of the adapter being tested and the date and time of the test Over time the data accumulates to form a chronological history of the diagnostics performed on the adapter Not available in read only mode The default location is e In Windows the OneCommand Manager application install directory on your local drive e In Solaris opt ocmanager Dump e In Linux var opt emulex ocmanager logs e In VMware Server A default directory does not exist for VMware After writing an entry into the log you are prompted to clear the display The default name of t
206. e of characters and numbers The minimum length of the secret is 12 characters and maximum length is 16 characters e Initiator Authentication Name The name that is received from the target so the initiator can authenticate the target This parameter is only required for Mutual CHAP authentication It can be any sequence of characters and numbers The minimum length of the name is 1 character and the maximum length is 256 characters e Initiator Authentication Secret The secret that is received from the target so the initiator can authenticate the target This parameter is only required for Mutual CHAP authentication It can be any sequence of characters and numbers The minimum length of the secret is 12 characters and the maximum length is 16 characters Target Information Tab Buttons e View Default Login Options Click this button to see the default login settings e Apply Changes Click this button to save and apply your changes To configure iSCSI port initiator login 1 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the iSCSI initiator node you want to configure 2 Select the iSCSI Initiator Login Options tab Figure 8 55 on page 198 and make your changes 3 Click Apply Changes Notes e Any changes to the iSCSI initiator name and alias apply to all ports on the adapter that is all iSCSI ports share the iSCSI initiator name and alias OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An A
207. e port speed with the switch port Note If the adapter s port speed setting and the switch s port speed setting conflict the link will not come up If you set the Mode to Force and the Speed to 10 GB SFP or QSFP you must set the DAC cable length in the range of 0 10 meters For 10GB SFP the length is the actual DAC cable length and 0 indicates an optical cable OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 87 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters For the QSFP module type a length of 0 indicates an optical cable and any non zero length indicates a DAC cable that is the length does need to be the actual DAC cable length 5 Click OK Note For an embedded mezzanine adapter linked to an embedded switch on the internal port the DAC Cable Length value is ignored Viewing PHY Data OneConnect 10GBASE T series Adapters Only The PHY Data Tab Figure 7 17 on page 87 displays port level operational parameters error rates and counters that are protocol and personality independent for OneConnect 10GBASE T adapter ports Note PHY data is not supported through the CIM interface To view OneConnect 10GBASE T adapter port PHY information 1 Select Host or Fabric view Note iSCSI and NIC Only adapters do not appear in Fabric view 2 In the discovery tree select the OneConnect 10GBASE T adapter port whose PHY information you want to view
208. e specified after the IPv4 address by appending a colon and port number to the address such as 10 192 80 24 23333 e An IP port number can be specified after an IPv6 address by putting the IPv6 address in brackets and following it with a colon and the port number For example fe80 50f1 832 3ce4 8d30 23333 e Each line in the file can be up to 1023 characters although this is longer than is typically needed for a host IP address and host name A line longer than 1023 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 5 Configuring Discovery 49 gt G EMULEX 5 Configuring Discovery 50 characters is truncated possibly causing discovery to not discover some of the hosts e Blank lines are ignored 3 Save the file Copying the File A hosts file on one host can be copied and used on another host This is useful when there are multiple hosts on the same network running the OneCommand Manager application For example after the remote hosts are added to the hosts file on one host you can copy it to other hosts so you do not need to create another hosts file Note Due to the line terminator differences between Windows Solaris and Linux hosts host files cannot be shared between Windows Solaris or Linux hosts Adding a Single Host The OneCommand Manager application enables you to specify a single TCP IP host to manage You can add a RMAPI host or CIM host using the host name or IP address If the host is successfully discovere
209. e they do not contain PHYs External Loopback Test A diagnostic test in which a random data pattern is sent down to an adapter link port The data goes out the port and immediately returns via a loopback connector The returned data is subsequently validated for integrity Not available on 10GBASE T adapters MAC Loopback MAC loopback connects the transmit output of the MAC controller to the receive input of the MAC controller bypassing the PHY P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 249 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Diagnostics FCoE End to End Echo Test The end to end test enables you send an ECHO command response sequence between an adapter port and a target port Not available on ESXi systems Note Not all remote devices respond to an ECHO command You cannot run the ECHO test and the External Loopback test concurrently If you select the ECHO Test the External Loopback test is disabled Error Action Error Action enables you to define what is to be done in the event of a test failure Two error action option exists e Stop Test Do not log the error and abort the test No further tests are run e Ignore Log the error and proceed with the next test cycle Test Cycles Test Cycles enables you to specify test cycles three ways e Select an established cycle count by clicking on the corresponding radio button e Enter a custom cycle count in the blank field in the Test Cycles area e Set the test
210. e11102 and OCe14000 Series Adapters Only on page 86 for more information The Physical Port Info tab Figure 7 15 on page 85 also allows you to enable or disable the physical port See Configuring iSCSI Initiator Login Options on page 198 for more information To view physical port information 1 Select Host view 2 Select a OneConnect adapter port in the discovery tree 3 Select the Physical Port Info tab Figure 7 15 on page 85 Ee Edt View Bort Decovery Batch Help DEBA me uja trea Hosts fal aooe 00 00 9 AD AD AC AGE 20 00 00 00 09 80 4028D E g Port t Nie 00 00 9 2D ADAE AGE 10 00 00 00 09 0A AF Prrpecal Port Info OCB Oxsanostcs Tranccewer Date PEI Function Summary NC xs o FOE t OneCommand Manager Application Prryscal Port Status Status Operstonal Desable Port Interface Type NG SPe Configred Speed 1G Force Set Specs DAC Cable Leng Smeters Figure 7 15 Physical Port Info Tab 0Ce11102 Adapter Port Selected Enabling and Disabling OneConnect Physical Ports Using the Physical Port Info tab Figure 7 15 on page 85 you can enable or disable the physical port If you disable a physical port you disable all functions such as iSCSI and NIC for the port Disabled ports appear in the discovery tree as a black port icon P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 86 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters Note You cannot
211. ead only mode e Advanced Click to display the TCP IP Configuration dialog box See Advanced TCP IP Configuration on page 182 for more information e Apply Click to make and save your changes Modifying Network Settings Notes e Checking DHCP Enabled disables the IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address fields e If you enable both VLAN and DHCP you must have a VLAN enabled DHCP server to receive a valid IP address If not the request to the DHCP server for an IP address will fail OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 182 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI To modify TCP IP configurations for iSCSI ports 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the iSCSI function whose configuration you want to modify 2 Select the Network Information tab Figure 8 43 on page 180 3 Make your selections Click Apply Advanced TCP IP Configuration The Advanced TCP IP Configuration dialog box Figure 8 44 on page 182 enables you to add and remove Route and ARP table entries applicable to IPv4 only for the selected iSCSI function deed Fra VEP Cope Figure 8 44 Advanced TCP IP Configuration Dialog Box To add table entries 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the iSCSI function whose configuration you want to modify 2 Select the Network Information tab Figure 8 43 on page 180 3 Click Advanced The Advanced
212. echnologies Company CSV DAC D_ID DCB DCBX DH DHCHAP DHCP DID DMA EDD EFI EMI ETO F_BSY FC FC SP FCoE FIP FLOGI GFC GUI HBA HTTP I O iBFT IEEE IIS IP IPL iSCSI ISID iSNS ION JBOD JEDEC JNLP OneCommand Manager Application 1 Introduction 17 Abbreviations comma separated values direct attach copper destination identifier Data Center Bridging Data Center Bridging Capabilities Exchange Diffie Hellman Diffie Hellman Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol Dynamic Host Control Protocol device ID direct memory access Enhanced Disk Drive Extensible Firmware Interface electro magnetic interference extended timeout FC port busy Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Security Protocol Fibre Channel over Ethernet FCoE Initialization Protocol Fabric login gigabit Fibre Channel Graphical User Interface host bus adapter Hypertext Transfer Protocol input output iSCSI boot firmware table Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Internet Information Services Internet Protocol initial program load internet Small Computer System Interface initiator session identifier Internet Storage Name Service iSCSI Qualified Name just a bunch of disks Joint Electron Device Engineering Council Java Network Launching Protocol P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company JRE KVM LAN LDAP LDPC LDTO LED LIP LLDP LPVID LUN MAC MDI MIME MSE MTU NCSI NIC N
213. echnologies Company Figure 8 54 Figure 8 55 Figure 8 56 Figure 9 1 Figure 9 2 Figure 9 3 Figure 10 1 Figure 10 2 Figure 10 3 Figure 10 4 Figure 10 5 Figure 10 6 Figure 10 7 Figure 10 8 Figure 10 9 Figure 10 10 Figure 11 1 Figure 11 2 Figure 13 1 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 3 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 5 Figure 13 6 Figure 13 7 Figure 13 8 Figure 13 9 Figure 13 10 Figure 13 11 Figure 13 12 Figure 13 13 Figure 13 14 Figure 13 15 Figure 13 16 Figure 13 17 Figure 13 18 Figure 13 19 OneCommand Manager Application iSCSI LUN Information Ta Dizds2ecocscccssneemacernaasdndwewndannetns wieeaaeeendeeseres iSCSI Initiator Login Options Tab sesssssssssesseseosssssosssscsesssesssseess Initiator Default Login Options Window ssssssssssesesssssssesesressssssese Firmware Download Dialog BOX sesssnssesesssssesssseessessesseseeesseesseseee Batch Firmware Download Dialog Box Selecting Adapters to Update Batch Firmware Download Dialog Box Download Complete 065 DCB Tab for NIC Only Adapter Ports NIC Only adapter port selected jeri bingewdnd possesses bow aanay euiesdseea veg EESE overseers EEE Ea Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC Only Adapter Ports eeeeeeee eens DCB Tab for NIC iSCSI Adapter Ports NIC iSCSI adapter port SELECTE acceesicdenteacdomessds E ces E E ad dedaesis sine EEE EEE Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC iSCSI Adapter Ports DCBX enabled
214. econd column of the Targets Table Persistently bound targets have entries in the second and third columns In this case the third column contains the SCSI Bus and target numbers you specified in the Add Persistent Binding dialog box This binding takes effect only after the local machine is rebooted Binding a Target that Does Not Appear in the Persistent Binding Table Note It is possible to specify a SCSI bus and target that have already been used on behalf of a different FC target Attempting to bind a target already in the Persistent Binding table on the Target Mapping tab results in an error message Target already in target list Use the Add Binding button To bind a target that does not appear in the Persistent Binding table on the Target Mapping tab 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Inthe discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC FCoE function you want to set up with persistent binding 3 Select the Target Mapping tab Figure 8 20 on page 143 All targets are displayed 4 Click Bind New Target The Bind New Target dialog box is displayed Figure 8 23 on page 147 r Bind Type Selection ce i a a a a Cowo SE S S i i i in cow a Bus ID fo z Irgo Figure 8 23 Bind New Target Dialog Box OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 148 An AvagoTechnologiesCompany oS OE 5 Click the type of binding you want to use and type the WWPN WWNN or
215. ed adapter installed Remove the failed adapter and reboot rmmod fails to unload the driver because the device or resource is busy This message occurs when you attempt to remove the driver without first stopping the OneCommand Manager application when the OneCommand Manager application is installed and running or when FC disks connected to a LightPulse adapter are mounted Stop the OneCommand Manager application before attempting to unload the driver The script is located in the usr sbin ocmanager directory Type stop ocmanager Unmount any disks connected to the adapter Unload the driver Type rmmod lpfc Driver install fails The lpfc install script fails to install the driver The install script may fail for the following reasons e A previous version of the driver is installed Run the usr src pfc lpfc install uninstall script and then try to install the driver e The current driver is already installed e The kernel source does not match the standard kernel name or you are running a custom kernel e No module lpfc found for kernel error message When updating the kernel the rpm file generates the following error No module lpfc found for kernel KERNELVERSION e A recently updated kernel cannot find the ramdisk After updating the kernel the kernel cannot find the ramdisk which halts or panics the system e The driver is not loaded after a system reboot after updating the kerne
216. ed OpenBoot adapter OpenBoot Advanced Adapter Settings x Make your configuration selections then click OK to return to the Boot BIOS configuration window These settings will not be saved until you click OK in that window PLOGI Retry Timer ms D Default AL_PA hex lo Enable SAN Foundation Suite SFS OK Cancel Figure 8 40 OpenBoot Advanced Settings Dialog Box OpenBoot Advanced Adapter Field Definitions e PLOGI Retry Timer Sets the PLOGI Retry timer value Range is 0 to OxFF e Default AL_PA hex Sets the default AL_PA The range is 0 to OxEF The default is 0 Not available for OneConnect adapters e Enable the Software Foundation Suite SFS Check to enable the Software Foundation Suite SFS driver the emlxs driver The default is the FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver Using FC SP DHCHAP Authentication Windows Linux 8 2 and Solaris Use the DHCHAP tab to view and configure FC SP DHCHAP You can authenticate an adapter to a switch Notes e DHCHAP is available only for FC functions not FCoE functions e DHCHAP is not available on LPe15000 and LPe16000 series adapters e DHCHAP is available only for physical FC functions not for virtual ports e DHCHAP is not supported on RHEL6 and SLES11 SP1 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 173 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 174 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE e DHCHAP is not supported on OneConnect adapters e
217. ee eee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 208 Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC iSCSI Adapter Ports ccceeseeeeeeeee 210 DCB Tab Field Definitions 2s sciis cdssececes ccdasescveeee edeeseurees das see VIN rE deseo 211 Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions cece ce cece eee eee ee ee ence eeeeeeeeees 213 Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC FCoE Adapter Ports cceeeeeeee eens 215 DCB Tab Field Definitions ci2 ccie edescceves cedeees dus cecedse scutes daeeee thes ctedees S 216 Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions cece eee eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 218 Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC FCoE iSCSI Adapter Ports 4 220 DCB Tab Field DefinitiOMSscsccces vere siceetetcevetcee vet E EEEE ues wand estdevecedeveecetiawes 221 Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions 0 cece eee ceee eect eee eeeeeeeeeeeeenes 223 Configuring DCB Parameters for RoCE Adapter Ports c ccecccceeeeseeeeeees 225 DCB Tab Field DefinitiONSs scccccserveicevetecerstecevebseveduenvebiers sede ssicenssegevsedevbuves 226 Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions ccccee ccc ceecceeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeneaes 229 11 Configuring HP Flex Adapters sx sacs cacaces danse cad avekdocanticeqandasascscancasasescas 232 12 Exporting SAN Information ssssssssoosssssosssseesssessoossesesssesseoossssooee 234 Creating a SAN R pOrtsssscscssssssisssssssscosn r
218. eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees Diagnostic Test SECU cc concxactesgsenes na n cope ewe aiasetieee bled Run Diagnostic Tests Warning ccccccecccesteeseeneeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees Advanced Diagnostic Tests Warning Window for External Loopback Select Echo Test Target Window iss cscdswnwesenasn vcdoaduuda voesedvewwsdavedudiesents Advanced Diagnostic Tests Warning Window cceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeesaeees Example of a DiagTest log WiINdOW eeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees Diagnostics Tab 10GBASE T adapter selected cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees Run Diagnostic Tests Warning cccccce cece cece eeee cece ee eeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeees Advanced Diagnostic Tests Warning Window for External Loopback Example of a Diag Test log WindoW ssssssssssesssssessessesssseeesseesssssee Diagnostic Dump Dialog BOX cccccccce cece eee eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneees Diagnostic Dump File Transfer Dialog BOX seeeeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeees List of Figures P011373 01A Rev A 14 SG EMULEX Listof Tables 15 An Avago Technologies Company List of Tables Table 4 1 Secure Management User Privileges cccccccssccceeeesscceeessscceeeeesees 43 Table 4 2 Active Commands machines on same domain seeecceeseeceeeeeeeeeeees 43 Table 4 3 Active Commands machines on different domain ceeceeeeeeeeeeees 43 Table 4 4 Passive Commands machines on any do
219. eeeees 96 Concurrent Storage Configuration Choices for the Third Function 96 Custom NICHROCE Configuration sssesssesssssossssesesssoossssossesesesseeess 97 UMC View Adapter Configuration Tab UMC 2 ports 8 functions port concurrent storage sssssesssesssesessesesesesesseseessese 98 Multi channel View showing multi channel type drop down 0 100 Multi channel vNIC View mix mode storage cece eeeec eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 101 Multi channel SIMode VIEW cocccocecewartentescaecucsevessadarnddtautieceneoeaeenasan 102 2 Port Lenovo System X Adapter Configured for SIMODE with 8 TUNCEIONS per DONE scwuacs wasn teds si renina nie EErEE e a E EEEE EER 103 Multi channel UFP View concurrent mode storage seeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 Adapter Configuration Tab Before Changing Link Configuration 106 Adapter Configuration Tab After Selecting a New Link Configuration 107 Adapter Configuration Tab After Changing Port Configuration for New Link Configuration 4 co cxspucvantatinmirucwes ceetuserouiretereseaudaen cee dectedes 108 Adapter Configuration Tab After Reboot with Single Port Configuration 109 Active Adapter Configuration Window Showing Active Link Configuration uicchsx ceed de i e anaa E Ea EEEE RERE E E ERE 110 Adapter Configuration Tab for NPar Adapters NPar disabled 111 Adapter Configuration Tab with NPar Enabled NParEP mode disable
220. eeeenneeeeneeees 143 Viewing FC FCoE Target Mapping Linux and VMware ESXi seeeeeeeeeeeees 144 Target Mapping Field Definitions ccc cece eee ec cence ceeneeeeneeeeeneeeenneeeeneeees 144 Using Automapping and Persistent Binding WiNdOWS cceeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeees 145 Changing Automapping Settings ssssssssessssssessessessessessessessesescessoesoesosseo 145 Adding a Persistent Binding sce sinies ot cece eee ESEE E ET EEE EE O EIS 146 Binding a Target that Does Not Appear in the Persistent Binding Table 147 Masking and Unmasking LUNs WiNdOWS ccceeeeee eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 148 Managing FC FCoE ExpressLane LUNS LPe15000 and LPe16000 HBAs 149 Changing FC FCoE WWPN and WWNN ccicsssccccsscccsccsesccccsecccacecsacveaccescaceeaces 151 Changing FO PCOE NAMES lt csidcesisassinaviaxaciaseiancesavtiwandcunivarsadweaanexienwuaaneuas 154 Resetting FC FCOE FUNCIONS w cseccdecetavetiawcevesaseveved E EENE E EEE EEE 154 Configuring FC FCoE Driver Parameters cscccccesscccceesesccceeescsccesssees 155 Activation REQUIFEMENS 5 cccccescescescscesessecsessedecsesteedetasssouteseedeedeuaceseaees 156 The Host Driver Parameters Tab sssssesoosoosssssososssossossosssossosssessssssssssese 156 Setting Driver ParaMeters vccccsenscemwccsevinsderensse snare eewasedenss eewesseeeidereess oenese s 157 Setting Driver Parameters for a Si
221. eing run it may take some time before they stop Running End to End ECHO Tests Run echo tests using the End to End ECHO Test section of the Diagnostics tab The end to end test enables you send an ECHO command response sequence between an adapter port and a target port Not available in read only mode Note Not all remote devices respond to an echo command You cannot run the ECHO test and the External Loopback test concurrently If you select the ECHO Test the External Loopback test is disabled To run end to end echo tests 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the adapter port from which to initiate the End to End ECHO Test Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 and click Advanced Diagnostic Tests Figure 13 8 on page 243 Check Echo Test Enter the WWPN for the target OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 246 4 Click Select From List if you do not know the actual WWPN of the test target The Select Echo Test Target dialog box appears Figure 13 11 on page 246 Select the port to test from the tree view and click Select All relevant information for the selected port is automatically added to the Target Identifier section of the Diagnostics dialog box Adopters Targets Kron Targets J Selected Echo Target Fa cs 01 68 sareo ce Fe Select Cael Figure 13 11 Select Echo Test Target Window 5 Define the other parameters you
222. elect the FC FCoE function on which you would like to create a virtual port 4 The Virtual Ports tab should contain a list of unsatisfied conditions if any that are preventing a virtual port from being created If there are no unsatisfied conditions yet vPort creation still fails contact Emulex technical support Port not ready The controls in the New Virtual Port box of the Virtual Port window are replaced by a list of reasons why VPorts cannot be created The reasons can be one or more of the following e The driver NPIV parameter is disabled e SLI 3 is not being used by a port e The adapter port is out of resources for additional virtual ports e The port is not connected to a fabric e The fabric switch does not support virtual ports e The fabric switch is out of resources for additional virtual ports e The port link state is down OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Appendix A License Notices 261 An Avago Technologies Company Secure Hash Algorithm SHA 1 Notice Appendix A License Notices Secure Hash Algorithm SHA 1 Notice Written by Aaron D Gifford lt me aarongifford com gt Copyright 1998 2000 Aaron D Gifford All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
223. ense Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com All rights reserved OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Appendix A License Notices An Avago Technologies Company OpenSSL Notice This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA Ihash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaim
224. ent air temperatures o Exceeds operational range The temperature has reached critical limit You must determine the cause of the temperature issue and fix it before resuming operation Check for system cooling issues Common causes of system cooling issues include clogged air filters inoperable fans and air conditioning issues that cause high ambient air temperatures After the system overheating issue is resolved and the adapter has cooled down reboot the system or if the system supports hot swapping cycle the power of the adapter slot Personality Area Note Use the Adapter Configuration tab to manage personalities on OCe14000 series adapters Current The current personality in use by the adapter After Reboot The type of management that is used after a reboot Note Not available on OneConnect OCe11101 EM EX or OCe11102 EM EX adapters o FCoE Check to choose the FCoE personality o iSCSI Check to choose the iSCSI personality o NIC Only Check to choose the NIC only personality Note Some of the personalities may be disabled if the personality is not available on the adapter Apply button Click to apply the personality you choose The system must be rebooted for your selection to take effect License Features Area Note Not available on OneConnect OCe11101 EM EX OCe11102 EM EX or OCe14000 series adapters Show License Features button Click to show available licenses See Showing and Installin
225. enu select Modify Settings The Discovery Settings dialog box appears Figure 5 5 on page 54 2 Define the discovery properties you want 3 The CIM credentials area can be used to set the default CIM credentials which are used to connect to all the ESXi hosts that are managed through the CIM interface e Protocol The HTTP or HTTPS protocol can be used to connect to the ESXi hosts The default port numbers used for http and https are 5988 and 5989 respectively The port number changes automatically according to the protocol selected You can also manually change the port number Since by default the HTTP is disabled on sfcb in ESXi host you should use HTTPS to communicate to the ESXi host e User name The user name field contains the username with which to connect to the ESXi hosts By default this is root e Password This password field contains the password of the user name that is used to connect to the ESXi host e Namespace Namespace is the namespace of the Emulex provider The default namespace is root emulex Note If the Emulex CIM Provider present in ESXi is an inbox provider then the namespace should be elxhbacmpi cimv2 If the out of box CIM Provider is installed then the namespace should be root emulex To check whether the CIM Provider is inbox or out of box enter the following command on the ESXi host esxcli software vib list grep cim OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev
226. er 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps directory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OneCommand Mana
227. er Eje Edt yew Bort Discovery Batch Help DERA Se S p38 Be Port Information Statistics Maintenance Target Mapping Driver Parameters YPO PCi Registers FIP wn OCe11102 4 EG Porto Mie 00 00 C9 5E CB 74 DCB FIP Settings Active re er er rr Tre Tre Toe er re Tee ee oe De Tee oe Te Porti Primary Fabric Name Nip 00 00 C9 58 CB 78 Se RUSSET ad 0C011202 F i aM Port 0 Ei tas Port Nic 00 00 C9 SE CB O4 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 08 E W OCe10102amM E a Port O Nig 00 00 C9 A0 00 3C RE D00000 CATA lB Port ws 0Ce10102 4M Eag Port O IT Arry WLAN ID is void MG Port t Ss OCe10202 4M1 Bag Port Nic 00 00 C9 A0 DC AS E 00 00 C9 A0 DC AA LD ign 1990 07 com En EG Port Mie 00 00 C9 A0 DC A9 a AR 00 00 C9 A0 DC AB E MEd Pet 2002 3 2G Port O 10 00 00 00 C9 00 9 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 00 9 wj Figure 8 35 FIP Tab for FCoE Adapters FIP Dialog Box Field Descriptions Primary Fabric Name Indicates the FC Fabric s WWN to which to connect If the Primary Fabric Name is wild that is all OxFFs then connection to any fabric name is allowed Primary Switch Name Indicates the FC Switch s WWN to which to connect If the Primary Switch Name is wild that is all OxFFs then connection to any switch name is allowed VLAN ID Determines the VLAN where the adapter FCoE services are available It can have a value from 0 4095 and supports wild card values
228. ers that are to be downloaded then press Start Download cS Xi E nrgy eng na erex com 4 A OCe11102 FM 2 aB 19 00 00 00 09 76 02 84 RC mgs 10 00 09 00 09 76 02 86 o MB Pet 1002 4 0 aga 19 00 09 00 C9 S0 0 85 5 Wl iPe12000 ms Lg age 10 00 00 00 09 73 69 68 GS FB narcer ena rna erm ex com o ARB Pel 1002 m4 aga 10 00 00 00 C9 68 62 25 aga 19 09 00 00 C9 68 62 59 OG Ry mangy eng ma emulex com 5 6 E Oce11102 FM a03 10 00 00 00 C9 76 D2 AC V aga 10 60 60 00 C9 76 02 80 Status 4 gt Figure 9 2 Batch Firmware Download Dialog Box Selecting Adapters to Update 3 The Firmware File Selection dialog box appears Select the file you want to use and click OK A dialog box appears notifying you that the OneCommand Manager application is searching for compatible adapters After compatible adapters are found the Firmware File text area of the main Batch Download dialog displays the selected image file s path The Supported Models text field displays a list of all adapter models that are compatible with the selected image file The set of compatible adapters appears in the dialog box s discovery tree Using the Display Options settings you can choose how adapters are displayed in the discovery tree Clicking Group by Host displays adapters in a host centric view Clicking Group by Fabric shows hosts in a fabric centric view with their OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01
229. ery Tab To display the iSCSI Target Discovery tab 1 From the discovery tree select the iSCSI initiator node whose discovery settings you want to configure 2 Select the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 5 6 on page 53 Target Discovery Field Definitions e Target Portals The Target Portals table contains all target portals that are queried for targets Depending on the SAN setup the contents of this table may be a subset of the available target portals or it could contain the full set of target portals for all iSCSI targets e Targets The Targets table contains all currently discovered targets Targets in this table come from one of three possible sources o The target was manually added o The target was discovered via a target portal o The target was found through an iSNS server query Target Discovery Buttons e Add Portal Click to add a target portal See Adding Target Portals on page 188 for more information e Remove Portal Click to remove a portal See Removing a Target Portal on page 188 for more information OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 188 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI e Target Login Click to log into a selected target See Logging into Targets on page 190 for more information e Target Sessions Click to view active sessions for the selected target See Viewing Target Sessions on page 192 for more informatio
230. es The WWPN and host name for each available FC FCoE function is displayed under its respective fabric You can also display host groups by checking Show Host Groups To display a particular host group choose that group from the Host Group selection box Checkboxes next to the host adapter and FC FCoE functions entries are used to select or clear an entry Checking an adapter selects or removes all FC FCoE functions on that adapter checking a host removes or selects all eligible adapters for that host 4 Make your selections and click Start Updates The OneCommand Manager application Batch Driver Parameter Update dialog box Figure 8 34 on page 162 shows the current status of the update When the update completes a final summary shows the number of FC FCoE functions that were successfully processed and the number of FC FCoE functions for which one or more parameter updates failed 5 You can click Save Log File to save a report of the update Configuring FCoE Initialization Protocol FIP The FIP tab enables you to configure FIP for FCoE functions To configure FIP 1 From the discovery tree select the FCoE function whose FIP properties you want to configure 2 Select the FIP tab Figure 8 35 on page 164 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 8 Managing Protocols FC FCoE 164 3 Set the parameters you want and click Apply Changes Z OneConmmand Manag
231. esend onua soane ciececeesnsecesseveastwesecees 234 13 DiaAgNOStiCS ssssisinidetuascsuadinacemeeaiadaneosnendetedsseieeessddasanedeasnawbedaensaues 235 LightPulse FC Diagmostics cccscccccccccccccccccccesccccccccccccccesceceecccccsssccseees 235 Viewing Flash Contents PCI Registers and Wakeup Information 666 236 Viewing Flash COntentS vss cisss lt chivis cesses then EE E ETNE EENES ERE ERE ETS 236 Viewing Overlay Details icccsesessesscvnnsenececes vn ssinesanees csienaeiinnsinnsiees eau eaesieiiensers 237 Viewing the PCI REgisters ccccscccecscccessceesnceeeeneeeesseeessseeesseeesssseesegeees 237 RUNNING A QUICK TESt cece cece cece e eee eeeeeeesssnseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesseeseaeaeeeeees 237 Running a Power On Self Test POST cecsecccccceccccccessscceceesscscoesesees 238 USING BEACONING visvis ccen cs vee i enrio cta sen deve a veeen RENNET cons terna eee es 238 Running D Port Lests is coos eiets cotasen cedecds sad cccceabesseossveved sou dedessuneteonenes eas 238 D_Port Window Descriptions cece ecee eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee esas eeeeeneseaeeeees 240 Creating Diagnostic DUMPS sssessssssosssussossesessosessssosecsesossesesoosesessoseeo 241 Running Advanced Diagnostic TeSts cccceeeessccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecceaeeeeeeeens 242 Running Loopback Tests sicccsisessccacecuteesiwerscsarencreeiveccsestaeiccuadiaidessiadouetas 243 Loopback Test Combinations
232. et Mapping Oriver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Osta VED et OCetL102 FM 3J Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 S8 C8 74 EH WE OCet 1102 FM BG Port 0 mgs Port 1 Mp 00 00 C9 58 08 94 FE 10 00 00 00 C9 56 CB 9 E W OCe10102 44 H ee Port 0 E G Pot 1 en OCELO eas Port 0 E G Pot 1 E W OCeL0102 NH eas Port 0 E aG Port 1 E wes Pe 12002 Ma sas Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 D0 5 Si Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 00 9 Figure 8 26 Maintenance Tab 4 Click Change WWN The warning in Figure 8 27 on page 152 appears Changing World Wide Name WWN in some cases may require several minutes LE to complete because the new WWN needs to be validated against other existing WWNs in the SAN for uniqueness Adapters Targets Fabric names and WPorts After a successful W WN change the adapter is not automatically reset As a result operations that require adapter reset will be disabled until the new WIN is activated Do you want to continue Figure 8 27 Warning About Changing WWN OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 5 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A Click Yes The Change World Wide Name Configuration dialog box appears Figure 8 28 on page 153 7 OneCommand Manager Change WWN Configuration Update the world wide port name WWPN and the world wide node name WINN below and click OK to save changes To use the Factory default WWNs or to use n
233. et SESSIONS ccesccecceecceneeeeceneseecceenceeaeeseeeeseesacesaeenses 193 Viewing iSCSI Target Information scciadcsvesduiwserceewraadvedenens ies eaxeduseusedavieveres 196 Target Information Field Definitions cc cece ecce eee ee eee ee eee ence eeee eee eeeeeeeeees 196 Viewing iSCSI LUN INfOrMatiOn cic cccccccesccacccavccesconcescedeccesscscacnerecscadevesees 197 iSCSI LUN Information Field Definitions ccc cce cece cece eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 197 Configuring iSCSI Initiator Login Options cece ee eeee cece eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 198 Initiator Login Options Tab Field Definitions cece cece cece eee ee essen eee eeeeees 198 9 Updating Adapter Firmware siisndssecnsicnssasnadoansvacees accenccanvans cecaececvedeans 202 Updating Firmware for a Single Adapter cccsscccccccccccccssccccccccscccecessees 202 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Table of Contents Q An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters cccccceccccccccccccccccccccccsscccceses 203 10 DEB ConfiguratiOn sisssinawsdcauawlundinesaadadaueatonsunwrawansasdudanawaesawiudanantunite 206 Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC Only Adapter Ports cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 206 DCB Tab Field Definitions cccccccescccecsccceescecesceeeeseeeesseeeesseeeeseeeeseees 206 Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions cc cceceeeece
234. et a dump directory before initiating a dump The dump directory must be a Storage partition a datastore under the directory vmfs volumes 4 Click OK Dump files are created Where these files are created depends upon your operating system e Windows In the Dump directory under the OneCommand Manager Installation Directory Util Dump e Solaris opt ELXocm Dump e Linux var log emulex ocmanager Dump e VMware a dump directory you created under vmfs volumes Two files are created e lt Hostname_WWPN_Date Time gt dmp e lt Hostname_WWPN_Date Time gt txt 5 To obtain remote host dump files and copy them to your local system click Get Dump Files The Diagnostic Dump File Transfer dialog box appears Figure 13 7 on page 242 Note The Get Dump Files button is disabled if a local adapter port is selected Select The Dump Files To Copy ICUPID_10000000c9513eS _20100615 165048626 txt CUPID_10000000c9513e51 _20100616 1621S6797 dmp CUPID_10000000c9513e51 _20100616 162156797 txt CUPID_10000000c9513e51_20100617 110108797 txt CUPID_10000000c9513eS1_20100618 1510S4402 dmp CUPID_10000000c9S13e51_20100618 151054402 txt CUPID_10000000 9513eS1_20100622 111648441 txt ICUPID_10000000 9513eS1 _20100625 1411S50706 txt CUPID_10000000 95 13eS1 _20100625 14160005S txt CUPID_10000000 9513eS1 _20100625 152930131 txt x CopyTo C Program Files Emulex Util Dump Start Copy Figure 13 7 Diagnostic Dump File Transfer Di
235. f you choose to exclude management from all hosts except the management host the managed host only responds to requests from the management host All requests from other hosts are rejected This TCP IP management security solution only allows the management host to manage the remote host To change management read only mode Note After making changes you must restart the OneCommand Manager application to see the new management mode settings e In Windows 1 From the File menu select Management Mode The Management Mode dialog box appears Figure 4 4 on page 46 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 46 An Avago Technologies Company Sing CIM Windows Ony OneCommand Manager Management Mode F aajan weincijsmians oF tris most fede aill siar igata Figure 4 4 Management Mode Dialog Box 2 Choose the management type and read only mode you want 3 Click OK e InSolaris 1 Run the following script opt ELXocm set_operating mode 2 Choose the management type and read only mode you want e In Linux 1 Stop the OneCommand Manager application 2 Run the following script usr sbin ocmanager set operating mode 3 Choose the management type and read only mode you want Using CIM Windows Only VMware on the Visor based ESXi platforms uses CIM as the only standard mechanism for device management The OneCommand Manager application uses the standard
236. f you choose to run an External Loopback test the following window appears Figure 13 16 on page 250 2 The test sequence you are about to run will result in taking the selected adapter off line Ensure that all IO activity on this port has stopped before proceeding The loopback tests you have chosen require that a loopback plug be inserted into the back of the adapter to be tested Failure to do so can result in the board not returning to an on line state Ensure the loopback plug is inserted before clicking the OK button Click OK to run the test or Cancel to skip it Figure 13 16 Advanced Diagnostic Tests Warning Window for External Loopback 5 Click OK The progress bar indicates that the test is running Periodic test feedback consisting of the current loopback test cycle plus the completion status of each type of test is displayed in the Test Status section of the dialog box Click Show Test Log to view and save the log file After starting the tests you can click Stop Tests to stop the tests before they complete Depending upon the tests being run it may take some time before they stop Using Beaconing The beaconing capability enables you to force a specific adapter s LEDs to blink ina particular sequence The blinking pattern acts as a beacon making it easier to locate a specific adapter among racks of other adapters Not available in read only mode When you enable beaconing for LightPulse adapters the tw
237. fied in the binding request must match the currently active bind type shown in the Current Settings area of the Target Mapping tab If they do not match then the binding cannot be made active Changing Automapping Settings To change automapping settings 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 In the discovery tree select the FC FCoE function you want to set up with persistent binding OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A axe EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 146 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 3 Select the Target Mapping tab Figure 8 21 on page 146 All targets are displayed OneCommand Manager Ele Eck wew Port Discovery Batch Help Ses b a Be wy OCet 1 102 FM a Port information Statistics Maintenance OHCHAP Target Fanen Oriver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Osta VFO 3 36 Port 0 00 00 C9 58 C8 90 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 56 CE at Port 1 00 00 C9 58 CB 4 AGE 10 00 00 00 C9 S6 CE ed OCeLO102 4H ags Port 0 Mie 00 00 C9 A0 20 3 ARE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 01 UG Pot Me 00 00 C9 A0 D0 30 ARE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 01 E W OCe 10102 1064 St Pot 0 Mio 00 00 C9 AD 00 2C AGE 10 00 00 00 9 A0 04 SG Pot 1 00 00 C9 A0 00 20 FE 10 00 00 00 9 40 04 E W OCeLo102 net mas Port 0 Nip 00 00 9 A0 0C A8 E 4B 0000 C9 A0 0c AA SB ign 1990 07 coer 20 28 00 A0 63 2F 75 27 50 05 01 65 3A 60 0 FB 10000 0 0 20 28 00 A0 53 2F 75 27 50 05 01 68 3A 60 0E FB
238. g CIM Windows ONIY scccccdcccinccccdcctee aeccnien ccceaneraacdansieaacticcieanareataiaaen 46 5 Configuring DISCOVETY isiscsseseressciedeascaecsascrnesedudsonendeteneasedosneesesdonsasonns 48 Discovery Using the TCP IP Access Protocol ccsssscccccssccccccsscccccccssccccessseees 48 Hosts FIGS wa wicsakicunstuiedivaerdannilhdacunsduaweataunaieesaiuyeddanauidideiedenuwndunaiaatadaes 48 Manually Editing the Hosts File ccccce cece cence een neeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseeeaes 49 COPYING ThE FIle iiswsctcueccewedoieser aewacshoomatedecitenbarie cosened tates rddiammeasermeremashemes 50 Adding a Single HOSE wsoechois caess widadvaceuclonersececiesusneseinmasgeawherieaneiedbenawcewae 50 Adding a Range of Hosts IPV4 Only sssssssssssossssesesesssssssossssesesesessessessese 51 REMOVING HOSES 5 002 ccccertencsevecscecedicscaencetevebeeccdeceddeecadecededcedssceteecedsees 53 Configuring Discovery and Default CIM Credentials ccccsssscccccsscccccesseees 53 Viewing Discovery Information cccssssccccccsccccccsscccccccsscccccessssessecssssseees 55 Discovery Information Field Definitions cee ece eee e eee eee cece eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 56 Gs Managing HOSES iiss sicicssnssasancecssseensndnacaccneasaiaasnenadeccnsasssassadeacancesaaanneeas 57 Viewing Host Information ccccccccccccccccccccccccsccccccecccccsssccssssssccccceeeeeees 57 Host Information Field Definitions c cece
239. g Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 80 for more information Install License Features button Click to install licenses See Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 80 for more information OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 71 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters Channel Management Area Note Not available on OneConnect OCe11101 EM EX or OCe11102 EM EX adapters Note Channel management for OCe14000 series adapters is done using the Adapter Configuration tab e Type The type of channel management in use e Management Type After Reboot A dropdown box to select a channel management type or to disable channel management Note A reboot is required for the change to take effect Viewing Channel Management Information 0Ce11102 Adapters Only The Channel Management tab is displayed when an adapter port is selected in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 and Channel Management is enabled on the Adapter Information tab The Channel Management tab shows the channel management type and the properties for the particular channel management type Note If Channel Management was enabled on the Adapter Information tab without rebooting the Channel Management tab is not displayed To view general channel management information 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the adapter por
240. g discovery e Number of Adapters The number of adapters discovered by this host on the selected fabric lumber of Physical Ports The number of discovered physical ports on this host that can be managed by this host Z Viewing FC Port Transceiver Information Note To view transceiver data for a OneConnect adapter see Viewing OneConnect Transceiver Information on page 88 When you select an FC port from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the Transceiver Data tab Figure 8 14 on page 135 enables you to view transceiver information such as vendor name serial number part number and so on If the adapter transceiver does not support some or all of the transceiver data the fields display N A To view FC transceiver information 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC port whose transceiver information you want to view OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 3 Select the Transceiver Data tab Figure 8 14 on page 135 7 OneCommand Manager Jor Ele Edt Yew Port Qiscovery atch Help pS eS BI Port Information Stakishics Maintenance DHCHAP Target Macping Driver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Data veo wn OCe11102FM FB Port 0 i ss Port t 4 nusser we OCe11102 M 00 9065 Hd Port 0 E eg Port 1 02 14 10 W O
241. ger Application P011373 01A Rev A 264 gt G EMULEX Appendix A License Notices 265 An Avago Technologies Company OpenSSL Notice OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A
242. gy and link speed are not available for OneConnect adapters e Topology options are o Auto Loop First default o Auto Point to Point First o Loop OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 168 An AvagoTechnologiesCompany SSS OE o Point to Point Link speed options are o Auto default o 1 Gbps if available o 2 Gbps if available o 4Gbps if available o 8 Gbps if available o 16 Gbps if available 7 If you want click Advanced Settings to configure autoscan spinup delay and so on See Configuring Advanced Settings Boot from SAN on page 169 for more information 8 For x86 and EFIBoot select one or more boot devices For OpenBoot select only one boot device 9 Do one of the following on the Boot from SAN Configuration dialog box Figure 8 36 on page 167 Select Target WorldWide Port Names type the numbers and click OK Select Target D_ID type the numbers and click OK Select Target LUN type the number and click OK o For EFIBoot and OpenBoot type in an 8 byte LUN hex and a target ID for the LUN Also you must enter the LUN value in big endian most significant byte or big end first order and enter all 16 characters including leading zeroes Click Select from List select the target from a list of discovered LUNs if available and click OK on the Select Boot Device window Figure 8 37 on page 169 While you can man
243. he fabric may be attached to ports and hosts in one host group and other ports on the same fabric may be attached ports and hosts in a different host group You can also perform batch operations such as firmware download and driver parameter updates on a selected set of groups See Updating Firmware for Multiple OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 6 Managing Hosts 60 An Avago Technologies Company Grouping Hosts Adapters on page 203 for more information Note Grouping hosts is not supported on VMware To display all hosts without grouping do one of the following e From the View menu uncheck Show Groups e From the toolbar unclick Show Host Groups To display all hosts groups 1 Do one of the following e From the View menu check Show Groups e From the toolbar click Show Host Groups 2 From the Available Host Group list choose All To display all hosts assigned to a particular group 1 Do one of the following e From the View menu check Show Groups e From the toolbar click Show Host Groups 2 From the Available Host Group list choose the group whose hosts you want to view Managing Host Groups Use the Host Group Management dialog box Figure 6 3 on page 61 to create and delete host groups add and remove hosts and restore host groups Note Managing host groups is not supported on VMware OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 6 Managing Hosts 61 An A
244. he remote optics loopback from the remote port to the local optics and a full device loopback test with data integrity checks It also provides an estimate of cable length to validate that a proper buffering scheme is in place The various loopback tests allow some level of fault isolation so you can distinguish faults due to marginal cable optics modules and connector or optics seating OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 239 An Avago Technologies Company LightPulse FC Diagnostics Notes e Basic connectivity diagnostics are already supported by Emulex HBAs The OneCommand Manager application has diagnostic modes that support validation of connection to the switch The functionality that Brocade offers provides the ability to diagnose marginal cable conditions for example dust in the optics that result in higher error rates e D_Port should not be enabled on the switch port e D_Port tests run with the physical connection in an offline diagnostic state so normal I O cannot be sent through the physical port while the test is in progress While the port is in D_Port mode the link will appear down on that port similar to an unplugged cable e When using D_Port in a boot from SAN configuration the configuration must have redundant paths to the boot LUN and only one of the redundant adapter ports should be set to D_Port e For more information about D_Port refer to the Brocade website at www br
245. he saved file is DiagTest log An example of a saved log file appears below OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 252 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Diagnostics Figure 13 17 on page 252 Mi diagtest Notepad OT x Ble Edt Format View Help Test Sequence Started 1000 cycles stop on error test pattern default OMA Loopback Started OMA Loopback 1000 cycles completed with O errors 10171 ms External Loopback started External Loopback General error Test Sequence Completed Figure 13 17 Example of a DiagTest log Window To save the log file 1 After running a test from the Diagnostic tab Figure 13 14 on page 248 click Save Test Log The Diagnostic Test Log dialog box appears Figure 13 17 on page 252 The default name of a saved file is DiagTest log 2 Browse to the desired directory change the log file name if you want and click Save to file Creating Diagnostic Dumps The diagnostic dump capability enables you to create an EFD dump file for a selected adapter Dump files contain various information such as firmware version driver version and so on that is particularly useful when troubleshooting an adapter You can also retrieve dump files from remote hosts Not available in read only mode To start a diagnostic dump 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select an adapter whose diagnostic information you want to dump 2 Sele
246. hecked the New WWPN and New WWNN settings are saved as Non Volatile WWNs Note If the adapter or firmware does not support Volatile WWNs the Write changes to volatile memory for temporary use checkbox is disabled Click OK After checking for a duplicate WWPN the new WWPN and new WWNN values are saved for Volatile or Non Volatile use The new WWPN and WWNN appear in the Pending Changes section in the WWN Management area of the Maintenance tab until the system is rebooted 153 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 154 An AvagoTechnologiesCompany CIO 9 Reboot the system for the changes to take effect After rebooting the changes are applied and appear in the Current section of the Maintenance dialog box Changing FC FCoE Names The OneCommand Manager application allows you to change FC FCoE adapter port names in the discovery tree Not available in read only mode For example you may want to identify a particular FC FCoE function with the role it supports such as a tape drive scanner or some other device Use any characters you want for names and names can be up to 255 characters in length You can also revert to the adapter s default name Note Although you can change the FC FCoE function s displayed name from the default WWPN the change occurs in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 only The functions s WWPN is still active it is simply replaced for display purposes with the name you enter For example
247. host has booted from a direct attached drive With the OneCommand Manager application you can configure a direct boot host to boot from a SAN You can modify an existing boot from SAN configuration or configure boot from SAN on an adapter for installation in another host so it can boot from SAN e You must know the boot code type that the adapter has the OneCommand Manager application cannot detect this Without knowing this you could OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 166 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE configure a boot type but not be able to boot from it since the adapter lacks the correct boot code e You must know what boot code type the system supports the OneCommand Manager application cannot detect this You can configure any boot type but if the system does not support that type it cannot boot from SAN e If you manage adapters on a remote host that is running a version of the OneCommand Manager application that does not support boot from SAN the Configure Boot button does not appear Note You can configure boot from SAN before boot by using the Emulex Boot BIOS setup command line interface that runs during system startup See the Emulex Boot BIOS setup program documentation for details e One of the following FC or FCoE adapter drivers must be installed o Storport Miniport or CNA driver for Windows o Emulex driver for Linux o Solaris emlxs FCA Driver o Emulex
248. i Hosts Port Information Statistics Maintenance Target Mapping Driver Parameters VPD PCI Registers FIP rig AMP RHELGUL Port Attributes Han OneConnect OCe1 4000 Le Port 0 Port WWN 10 00 00 90 FA 41 22 F1 Driver Version 8 3 5 86 HBAAPI I v2 3 b 07 12 1 00 90 FA 41 22 FO Node WWN 20 00 00 90 FA 41 22 F1 Driver Name Ipfc 10 00 00 90 FA 41 22 F1 Fabric Name No Fabric Attachment Firmware Version 10 0 654 14 00 90 FA 41 22 F2 Boot Version See Adapter Firmware Tab Port FC ID 0 00 90 FA 41 22 F3 PCI Function 2 Discovered Ports 0 Port 1 PCI Bus Number 6 Port Type nia 00 90 FA 41 22 F8 10 00 00 90 FA 41 22 F9 OS Device Name ysys class scsi_host host9 00 90 FA 41 22 FA Symbolic Node Name Not Available 00 90 FA 41 22 FB a f Bx92054 Supported Class of Service Class 3 4a OCI11102 LOM Supported FC4 Types 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 riz Port 0 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Lte 90 18 06 20 F0 20 re Foret Port Status LN 90 18 0E 20 F0 24 Ha Port 2 Link Status Link down Port Speed Not Available Lte 90 18 0 20 F0 22 e ea Nmn Lex Port 3 andwi imit No Lirit LN 90 1B 0E 20 F0 26 H E105olrhSuSBFS Han 1 i Port 0 00 00 C9 A4 00 78 00 00 C9 A4 00 7C rr E52964 Han OCIL1102 LOM his Port 0 LN 90 18 0 20 F0 23 hus Port 1 r Figure 8 7 FCoE Port Information Tab FCoE Port Information Field Definitions Port Attributes Area Field Definitions OneCommand Manager A
249. ialog box Figure 2 1 on page 22 enables you to select Secure Management to assign the desired user privileges or you can choose one of the other management modes See Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management on page 42 or Changing Management and Read Only Mode on page 44 for more information Choose the management type you want and click OK 6 Check or uncheck the Enable TCP IP Management checkbox to enable or disable remote management over TCP IP You can also change the TCP IP port used 23333 is the IANA registered port for Emulex 7 The Installation Completed window appears when the installation is finished Click Finish A shortcut is added to the Start menu You do not need to reboot the system Unattended Installation in Windows To install the OneCommand Manager application in Windows 1 From the Emulex website download the x64 or x86 OneCommand Manager Enterprise Kit installation file to your system 2 Activate the kit with switch q or q2 e The q switch displays progress reports e The q2 switch does not display progress reports 3 You can enable Secure Management Mode by adding the sec 1 argument or disable it by sec 0 If the sec argument is not entered Secure Management is disabled by default See Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management on page 42 for more information To enable Secure Management at the command prompt type elxocm windows x86 lt version gt exe sec 1 q2 OneCommand Ma
250. idth The percentage of available link bandwidth allocated to a particular priority group DCB Tab Buttons e Configure DCB Click to configure DCB parameters See the instructions below To configure DCB for NIC FCoE adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the NIC FCoE adapter port whose DCB properties you want to configure 2 Select the DCB tab Figure 10 5 on page 216 3 Click Configure DCB The Configure DCB dialog box appears Figure 10 6 on page 218 4 Configure the settings you want and click OK Note An error message is displayed if you try to configure more priority groups than the adapter supports The Max Configurable PGs field in the ETS priority groups area shows the number of priority groups supported by the adapter OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 218 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Conga Os E q w oam senings LDP senres udis Taram Enabied J Trag for Drab ren wm ton Crate Oper sing verson I Trapa yaen Nene Erstad J Uren Siryen lt agades Enatent musna Verner OEN ae Configured vehas are erty uand when ot provided by the Active ror Crate A ter A tgs at Groupe tee Goa Pj Pi Ags a Ga a ender aan Pii Members won 4 7 s gt x Orfouts Chay ethan Baden une Figure 10 6 Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC FCo
251. idth that is speed at which the iSCSI function is guaranteed to run e Max Bandwidth The maximum bandwidth that is speed at which the iSCSI function is guaranteed to run TCP IP Configuration Area IPV4 Address e DHCP Enabled Check the box to use DHCP to assign the IPv4 network settings on the selected iSCSI function e IP Address The iSCSI initiator IP address e Subnet Mask The iSCSI initiator subnet mask e Gateway Address The iSCSI initiator gateway address e VLAN Enabled Check the box to allow VLAN for the iSCSI interface e VLAN ID The VLAN identifier to use 0 4094 only valid if VLAN is enabled 0 indicates the VLAN is disabled e VLAN Priority The VLAN priority for the iSCSI interface IPV6 Address OCe14000 series adapters only e Automatic assignment If enabled unique routable addresses are assigned in conjunction with the router similar for DHCP assignment e Link Local Address The unique address assigned to the iSCSI function which is available for use inside the local network but not outside of the local network e Routable Address 1 A routable address assigned to the iSCSI function e Routable Address 2 A second routable address assigned to the iSCSI function e Gateway Address The iSCSI initiator gateway address General area e Enable iSCSI Boot checkbox Check or uncheck this box to enable or disable iSCSI boot on the iSCSI function Network Information Buttons Not available in r
252. if Any is checked Any VLAN ID is valid check box If checked the VLAN ID field of the FCoE forwarder can be any valid value Configuring Boot from an FC FCoE SAN You can use the OneCommand Manager application to configure a system to boot from an attached FC FCoE LUN Boot from SAN allows servers on a storage network to boot their operating systems directly from a SAN storage device typically identified by its WWPN anda LUN located on the device By extending the server system BIOS boot from SAN functionality is provided by the BootBIOS contained on an Emulex adapter in the server When properly configured the adapter then permanently directs the server to boot from a LUN on the SAN as if it were a local disk OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 165 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Note Boot from SAN is not supported through the CIM interface Boot Types Using the Maintenance tab you can enable disable or configure boot from SAN for x86 BootBIOS EFIBoot and OpenBoot also know as FCode e x86 BootBIOS works with the existing BIOS on x64 and x86 systems e OpenBoot FCode works with the existing system BIOS on Solaris SPARC systems using the SFS driver and on Linux PowerPC systems OpenBoot is also called FCode e EFIBoot works with x64 based systems and provides 64 bit system boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell Emulex provides Universal
253. iguration exchange with the peer Error is also set to YES when the Compatible method for the capability fails P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 217 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters FCoE Properties Area FCoE Ports Only e State The FCoE state It can be enabled or disabled e Active Priority The current active priority assigned for FCoE e Synce d If yes the FCoE priority has been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set e Error The FCoE error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Error is also set to YES when the Compatible method for the capability fails ETS Priority Group Properties Area Note Not displayed if multi channel is enabled on the adapter with the exception of NPar and UFP if enabled by the switch e State The priority group state It can be enabled or disabled e Sync d If yes the priority groups have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set e Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Error is also set to YES when the Compatible method for the capability fails Active Groups e PG The priority group number It can be 0 to 7 e Priorities The priorities that are assigned to each priority group It is represented in comma separated format e Bandw
254. igurations on page 94 for instructions on custom configurations OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 12 Exporting SAN Information 234 12 Exporting SAN Information Creating a SAN Report The OneCommand Manager application enables you to create reports about discovered SAN elements Reports are generated in xml and csv format and include all the SAN information that is displayed through the various OneCommand Manager application tabs Note Creating a SAN report can take several minutes for a large SAN To create a SAN report 1 From the File menu select Export SAN Info 2 Browse to a folder and enter a filename with the xml or csv extension 3 Click Save to start the export process During the export process progress is displayed in the lower right hand side of the progress bar On Windows you cannot change views reset or download firmware during the export process OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 235 13 Diagnostics This section describes the diagnostic tests that can be run on LightPulse and OneConnect adapters LightPulse FC Diagnostics This section describes the diagnostics Figure 13 1 on page 236 available for LightPulse FC adapters For OneConnect adapter diagnostics see OneConnect Diagnostics on page 247 Use the Diagnostics tab to do the following e View flash load list PCI registers and wakeup parameter informati
255. igure 7 20 SR IOV Warning Message e The display in the lower area of the tab depends upon the selected view of the next boot configuration You can configure the adapter for a single personality for example FCoE multi channel or a custom configuration for mix and concurrent modes OCe14000 series Adapter Configuration Tab Buttons e Apply Saves the changes to the next boot configuration to the adapter e Restore Resets any changes to the next boot configuration back to the currently saved settings on the adapter e Factory Defaults Returns the adapter s ports to their factory default profile and settings for that adapter A reboot is required e Details Displays a pop up window with more information about the current configuration running on the adapter 7 Active Adapter Configuration x Current Configuration UMC Min Max BW BW LPVID 00 00 C9 AD AD CO 00 00 C9 AD AD C1 00 00 C9 AD AD C2 00 00 C9 AD AD CS Figure 7 21 Current Configuration Details example Configuring Single Personalities The Single personality view allows you to select the same protocol to run on all ports of the adapter You can also enable SR IOV on all ports of the adapter except when NIC ROCE is selected OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 93 When the Single personality radio button is selected the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 22 on page
256. ils e Strictly Local Management This setting allows management of adapters on this host Management of adapters on this host from other hosts is not allowed e Local Management Plus This setting only allows management of adapters on this host but management of adapters on this host from another host is possible e Full Management This setting enables you to manage adapters on this host and other hosts that allow it e Management Host This setting allows this host to manage other hosts but prevents it from being managed by other hosts e Enable TCP IP Management of from remote host This setting enables you to manage remote hosts or to manage this host remotely If enabled you must supply the port number between 1024 and 65535 The default port number is 23333 If the port number or the Enable TCP IP Management checkbox is OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e x 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 45 EMULE Changing Management and Read Only Mode An Avago Technologies Company changed a set of warning messages may appear before changes are made Click Yes to continue with the change If the IP port number is changed the utility restarts the OneCommand Manager application discovery server and management agent to use the new settings If the servers cannot be stopped and restarted you are prompted to reboot the host for the new TCP IP management settings to take effect Caution The IP port number m
257. in the system o Host to DDR DMA Loopback o PHY Loopback o MAC Loopback o End to End ECHO FCoE only o External Loopback e Perform a diagnostic dump and retrieve dump files from remote hosts e Control adapter beaconing OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company All functions are supported locally and remotely on hosts managed with TCP IP access Test results and the status of running tests are time stamped and appear in the Test Status area File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help aA lo es E v Find Host v P Ungrouped ig WIN 3APR7157MM9 W 7101684 5 36 Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 44 44 44 ARE 10 00 00 00 C9 44 44 46 S 36 Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 44 44 45 10 00 00 00 C9 44 44 47 E localhost localdoOCM RHEL6 4x64 a OCe14401 UX 2 Port 2 Nig 00 90 FA 28 73 D2 iam LP 1050 5 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C2 3 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C3 jam LP9000 2 10 00 00 00 C9 32 20 66 WIN 2sDTOBFER42 fal OneConnect OCe14000 Physical Port Info DCB Diagnostics Transceiver Data Channel Management Diagnostic Tests Loopback Tests Z Host to DDR DMA adapter test PHY MAC Loopback Ext requires loopback plug FCoE End to End Echo Test _ Echo Test FCoE Only Target WWPN OneConnect Diagnostics Minas Start Tests
258. ing any changes to the NIC driver instance or properties P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 14 Troubleshooting 257 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Table 14 2 on page 257 lists possible Emulex Driver for Linux situations and their resolution Table 14 2 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Situation NIC Link fails to come up Resolution For Emulex CNAs in NIC mode you may need to properly configure the network interface using system administration utilities The OneCommand Manager application software package does install An error message states that inserv Service Elxlpfc has to be enabled for service ElxDiscSrvinserv exiting now sbin inserv failed exit code 1 Reinstall the driver with the lpfc install script If a SAN configuration has 256 targets mapped by the FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver any additional added targets do not get a target ID mapping by the driver and cause target discovery to fail Removing targets or reinitializing the link does not solve the issue Unload and reload the driver to reset available target IDs Ensure that the SAN configuration is correct prior to reloading the driver This clears the driver s consistent binding table and free target IDs for new target nodes In some cases after loading
259. installation path For example C Program Files Emulex util JRE bin java exe 4 Click OK To enable the rmiregistry exe program 1 Click Add Program The Add a Program dialog box is displayed 2 Click Browse and specify the rmiregistry exe located in the OneCommand Manager JRE installation path For example C Program Files Emulex util JRE bin rmiregistry exe 3 Click OK 4 Click OK to apply the new firewall settings To add the MIME type 1 Launch Server Manager 2 Expand Roles 3 Under Roles expand Web Server IIS 4 Under Web Server IIS click Internet Information Services IIS Manager 5 In the right pane find your server name under Start Page and click on it 6 Double click MIME Types listed under IS group 7 A MIME Types page appears Under Actions click Add A popup dialog box appears OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 31 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface 8 Add jnlp without quotes to the File name extension field 9 Add application x java jnlp file without quotes to the MIME type field 10 Click OK In Linux and Solaris Note Apache Web server must be installed and running on the server that is hosting the Web Launch Service software The server on which you are installing the
260. ion but the system must be rebooted for these changes to take effect and appear under the Current listing See Changing FC FCoE WWPN and WWNN on page 151 for more information Maintenance Tab Buttons Note Not available in read only mode e Configure Boot Click Configure Boot to configure boot from SAN Not available on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e Change WWN Click to change the selected FCoE function s WWNN or WWPN Viewing FC FCoE Target Information When you select a target associated with an FC FCoE adapter from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the Target Information tab Figure 8 18 on page 140 displays information associated with that target To view FC FCoE target information 1 Select Host Fabric or Virtual Port view 2 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC FCoE target whose information you want to view The Target Information tab appears Figure 8 18 on page 140 7 OneCommand TM Manager Ge Yew Bort Discovery Batch Help Be Sees fees AC ae Et Hosts Target information LUN Masking EE East Const Hosts i baby eng ma emudex com Ml OneConnect 0Ce10100 FCID D0100 amp ms Port 0 SCSI Bus Number 0 E 10 00 00 AA C9 58 4 SCSI Target Number o E ih mangy eng ma emex com Node WWN 20 0A 00 A0 B8 2F 75 27 W OneConnect OCe10100 Port WWN 20 2A 00 40 B8 2F 75 27 Sa Port 0 r roisk E E 10 00 00 00 C9 58
261. ion P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 228 e Priorities The priorities that are assigned to each priority group It is represented in comma separated format e Bandwidth The percentage of available link bandwidth allocated to a particular priority group Note PG15 is only available for NIC RoCE and has no bandwidth limitation DCB Tab Buttons e Configure DCB Click to configure DCB parameters See the instructions below To configure DCB for RoCE adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the RoCE adapter port whose DCB properties you want to configure 2 Select the DCB tab Figure 10 9 on page 226 3 Click Configure DCB The Configure DCB dialog box appears Figure 10 10 on page 228 4 Configure the settings you want and click OK Note An error message is displayed if you try to configure more priority groups than the adapter supports The Max Configurable PGs field shows the number of priority groups supported by the adapter Configure DCB i LAL DOBY Settings LLDP Settings 7 Enabled V Transmit Enabled Trangnit Port Description Enabled J Transmit System Description Enabled Operating Version o Transmit System Name Enabled v Transmit System Capad ites Enabled Maximum Version 0 V Receive Enabled Note Configured values are only used when not provided by the switch PFC Priorities Active Priorities 5 J Ena
262. ion table Target Mapping Buttons e Refresh Click to refresh the Target Mapping tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 144 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE e Change Settings Click to enable or disable automapping choose a bind type and enable or disable LUN mapping and unmasking Not available on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e Add Binding Click to add a persistent binding e Bind New Target Click to add a target that does not appear in the Persistent Binding table e Remove Click to remove the selected binding e Remove All Bindings Click to remove all persistent bindings that are displayed Viewing FC FCoE Target Mapping Linux and VMware ESXi Use the Target Mapping tab to view target mapping The Target Mapping tab is read only Note Persistent binding is not supported by the Linux 2 6 kernel the Emulex 8 2 version of the driver for Linux or by VMware ESXi Server To view target mapping 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Select the FC FCoE function in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 whose target mapping information you want to view 3 Select the Target Mapping tab Figure 8 20 on page 143 Target Mapping Field Definitions Current Settings Area e Active Bind Type N A e Automapping N A Current Mappings Area e This table lists current mapping information for the selected FC FCoE function
263. ior written permission For written permission please contact openssl core openssl org 5 Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Original SSLeay Lic
264. iorities You must observe the following rules when configuring priority groups for iSCSI adapter ports 1 Only one priority can be configured as the iSCSI priority 2 A maximum of two PFC priorities can be selected and one of them must match the iSCSI priority Note Not all adapters support two PFC priorities Adapters that do not support two PFC priorities display an error message if you try to configure more than one PFC priority 3 The priority group to which the iSCSI priority is assigned must contain no other priorities 4 The additional PFC priority must be assigned to a priority group that has no other priorities 5 Bandwidths of all the priority groups must add up to 100 e OK Click to apply and save your changes e Cancel Click to discard any changes you made Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC FCoE Adapter Ports Note For ports running both iSCSI and FCoE see Configuring DCB Parameters for NIC FCoE iSCSI Adapter Ports on page 220 The DCB tab displays parameters for NIC FCoE adapter ports To view the DCB parameters for NIC FCoE adapter ports 1 From the discovery tree select the NIC FCoE adapter port whose DCB properties you want to view 2 Select the DCB tab Figure 10 5 on page 216 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 10 DCB Configuration 216 EMULEX Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters An Avago Technologies Company Q OreCommans Manager P m 0
265. irst target found in the NameServer data e Enable environment variable Sets the boot controller order if the system supports the environment variable e Enable auto boot sector Automatically defines the boot sector of the target disk for the migration boot process which applies only to HP MSA1000 arrays If there is no partition on the target the default boot sector format is 63 sectors e Set Auto Scan With auto scan enabled the first device issues a Name Server Inquiry The boot device is the first DID LUN 0 or not LUN 0 device returned depending on the option you select Only this device is the boot device and it is the only device exported to the Multi boot menu Auto Scan is available only if none of the eight boot entries is configured to boot through DID or WWPN Emulex strongly recommends that you use the Configure Boot Devices menu to configure eight boot entries for fabric point to point public loop or private loop configurations Set to one of the following o Disabled default o Any First Device o First LUN 0 Device o First non LUN 0 Device e Set the PLOGI Retry Timer Sets the interval for the PLOGI port log in retry timer This option is especially useful for Tachyon based RAID arrays Under very rare occasions a Tachyon based RAID array resets itself and the port goes offline temporarily in the loop When the port comes to life the PLOGI retry interval scans the loop to discover this device This default set
266. is available only for dynamic parameters 7 If you are making changes to multiple parameters and you want all the changes to be temporary check the Make all changes temporary box This setting overrides the setting of the Make change temporary box Only dynamic parameters can be made temporary 8 Click Apply OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 159 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Restoring All Parameters to Their Earlier Values If you changed parameters but did not click Apply in the Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 31 on page 158 and you want to restore the parameters to their last saved values click Restore Resetting All Default Values To reset all parameter values to their default factory values click Defaults in the Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 31 on page 158 Setting an Adapter Parameter Value to the Host Adapter Parameter Value To set an adapter parameter value to the corresponding host parameter value 1 Select Host or Fabric view In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the adapter port Select the Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 31 on page 158 Click Globals All parameter values are now the same as the global or host values g e ON To apply the global values click Apply Saving Adapter Driver Parameters to a File To save a desired adapter parameter configuration for using with the Batch Driver Parameter Update feature c
267. iscovery tree Figure 8 4 on page 122 Eile Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help Damm uja Adapter Information Firmware a OCe11102 FM MG Port 0 Model Emulex OneConnect OCe11102 FM 2 port PCle 10GbE CNA a TERA Serial Number BT0S148512 a6 Port 1 Active Firmware Version 4 2 189 0 Nc 00 00 9 58 07 68 Firmware State Working amp wor Pierie Oe oS BIOS Version 4 2 189 0 wm ceiti02 FM HW Version E3 E a Port 0 NCSI Version Not Avadable Nic 00 15 50 4C 8A 02 Nic 00 15 SD 4C 8A 03 IPL Fie Nome CxFELD PCI Express Link Speed 5 0 GHz PCI Express Bus Width x4 Adapter Temperature Normal Figure 8 4 OneCommand Manager Application Running on the Base Host Operating System after Discovering the Guest Host The NIC function for the discovered guest operating system matches one of the VFs in the base host operating system as seen in Figure 8 5 on page 122 Select the VF in under the base operating system host in the discovery tree to display the Port Information tab Figure 8 5 on page 122 Some of the information displayed in the tab is obtained from the OneCommand Manager remote management agent running on the guest operating system Eile Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help pecok fag Port Information Find Host X 4 BAe Hosts ie WIN HUKQOOOIPHS OCe1 1102 FM F aX Port 0 Mp 00 00 C9
268. ister If this switch is not specified the default value of 0 is used and the capability is disabled If the switch is specified the value can be a host name or an IP address that is validated by the installer An error message appears if mmode is set as Local Only or Management Host e excl This optional switch allows the non management host user to select whether the OneCommand Manager application processes requests exclusively from the Management Host specified by the MHost switch This option is only accepted if accompanied by a valid MHost value otherwise an error message appears If this switch is not specified the default value of 0 is used If the switch is specified the valid values are 0 Remotely managed by other hosts 1 Remotely managed by Management Host ONLY OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 24 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application e Mtcp This optional switch allows you to enable or disable remote management and to specify the TCP IP port number over which management occurs If this switch is not specified the default TCP IP port number 2333 is used If the management host option is selected you must either select the default port number or enter a valid TCP IP port number on the command line A value of 0 is not accepted If one of the non management host options is selected
269. ists of the following o Temporarily suspending loop operations o Determining whether loop capable ports are connected to the loop o Assigning AL_PA IDs o Providing notification of configuration changes and loop failures o Placing loop ports in the monitoring state Error Frames The number of frames received with CRC errors Link Failures The number of times the link has failed A link failure is a possible cause of a timeout Loss of Signal The number of times the signal was lost Invalid Tx Words The total number of invalid words transmitted by this FC FCoE function OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 128 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE e Ex Count Orig The number of FC exchanges originating on this FC FCoE function Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e Active XRIs The number of active exchange resource indicators Not supported on VMware based ESXi platforms using the CIM interface e Received P_BSY The number of FC port busy link response frames received e Link Transitions The number of times the SLI port sent a link attention condition e Elastic Buf Overruns The number of times the link interface has had its elastic buffer overrun e Rx Frames The number of FC frames received by this FC FCoE function e Rx Words The number of FC words received by this FC FCoE function e Rx KB Count The
270. it must be enabled in the system BIOS and the operating system must support ARI If these conditions are not met although you can configure all sixteen functions only eight functions will be present and discovered by the OneCommand Manager application after a reboot e SR IOV is not supported with UMC UMC channel protocol assignments are subject to the following rules e The first channel is always the NIC protocol e NIC RoCE cannot be configured with UMC e The second and third channels can be assigned the following o NIC o None channel disabled o Storage protocol OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 99 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Note On the third channel only if concurrent mode storage is available e If storage protocols are assigned to the second and third channels they must be different storage protocols e The fourth and higher channels on a port if available can only be assigned NIC or None Bandwidth and LPVID assignments are subject to the following rules e A channel s logical link can be set to down by setting both the minimum and maximum bandwidths to 0 e The total of the minimum bandwidths for all enabled non NIC RoCE channels on a port must add up to 100 percent except in the case where all the maximum bandwidths are also 0 that is setting logical link down on all channels e The maximum band
271. it s R2T s per task within a session each up to MaxBurstLength bytes FirstBurstLength The maximum amount of unsolicited data in bytes the initiator can send to the target during the execution of a single iSCSI command MaxBurstLength The maximum amount of either unsolicited or solicited data the initiator may send in a single burst Any amount of data exceeding this value must be explicitly solicited by the target DefaultTime2Wait The minimum time to wait in seconds before the initiator attempts to reconnect or reassign a connection or task that has been dropped after an unexpected connection termination or reset The initiator and target negotiate to determine this value DefaultTime2Retain The maximum time in seconds to reassign a connection after the initial wait that is indicated in DefaultTime2Wait has elapsed The initiator and target negotiate to determine this value DataPDUInOrder The order of data PDUs within a sequence DataSequenceInOrder The order between sequences OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 8 Managing Protocols 200 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 201 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI e HeaderDigest The valid values for this property are CRC32C or None If set to CRC32C and the initiator is configured accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s header segments is protected by a CRC32C checksum e DataDigest The valid values for this property are
272. l OneCommand Manager Application These three situations may be resolved by updating the kernel Two ways to install the driver into an updated kernel are available The method you use depends on whether or not you are updating the driver e Update the kernel using the same version of the driver e Update the kernel using a new version of the driver See the Installation section of the driver manual for these procedures P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 14 Troubleshooting 259 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Table 14 2 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations Continued Situation Driver uninstall fails The lpfc install uninstall script fails with an error Resolution Try the following solutions e Uninstall the OneCommand Manager application by running the uninstall script from the OneCommand Manager application installation directory e Unmount all FC disk drives e Unload the FC FCoE or FC FCoE driver pfc install script exit code The Ipfc install script contains exit codes that can be useful in diagnosing installation issue See the lpfc install script for a complete listing of codes and definitions The OneCommand Manager application software package does not install An error message states that inserv Service Elxlpfc has to be enabled for service ElxDiscSrvinserv exiting now sbin
273. lect the DCB tab Figure 10 3 on page 211 Click Configure DCB The Configure DCB dialog box appears Figure 10 4 on page 213 Configure the settings you want and click OK Note An error message is displayed if you try to configure more priority groups than the adapter supports The Max Configurable PGs field shows the number of priority groups supported by the adapter OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 213 J Trant System Oescpton fnabied Z Treat Septem Caganbtes Enatent Figure 10 4 Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC iSCSI Adapter Ports DCBX enabled Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions DCBX Settings Area Enabled DCBX can be enabled or disabled With DCBX enabled the configured values are used only if the switch does not provide them With DCBX disabled the configured values are used Changes to the DCBX state require a reboot of the host Operating Version The operating version of the DCBX protocol The system adjusts as needed to operate at the highest version supported by both link partners This setting cannot be changed Maximum Version The highest DCBX protocol version supported by the system Version numbers start at zero The DCBX protocol must be backward compatible with all previous versions This setting cannot be changed LLDP Settings Area Transmit Enabled LLDP Transmit can be enabled or disabled Transmit Port Description
274. lication P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 127 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE 3 Select the Statistics tab Figure 8 8 on page 127 7 OneCommand Manager oix Efe Edt Yew Bert Discovery Batch Help BESeEe am Et Meets Port Information Statistics Maintenance Target Mappi Driver Parameters YPO PCI Registers FIP E we OCe11102 M FBG Port O Nig 00 00 9 58 CB 74 E sas Port Nic 00 00 C9 SE lt E 78 RUSSET E we OCEM Nig 00 00 C9 58 CB 94 FRE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE E wn OCe10102AM Nic 00 00 C9 40 D0 3C RE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 0 FBG Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 40 00 30 RE 10 00 00 00 c9 A0 0 E I OC 10102AM Ba Port 0 Nip 00 00 9 40 00 2 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 0 MG Port 1 Nig 00 00 9 80 00 20 RE 10 00 00 00 09 80 0 S an OCe10102 4M Loss of Signal Innvabd Tx Words Ex Count Orig SP Oo oo oo o ooqdoods 6 Figure 8 8 Statistics Tab Port Statistics Field Definitions Tx Frames FC frames transmitted by this FC FCoE function Tx Words FC words transmitted by this FC FCoE function Tx KB Count FC kilobytes transmitted by this FC FCoE function Tx Sequences FC sequences transmitted by this FC FCoE function LIP count The number of loop initialization primitive LIP events that have occurred for the FC FCoE function This field is not supported if the topology is not arbitrated loop Loop initialization cons
275. lick Save in the Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 31 on page 158 To apply your configuration changes click Apply Note OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface driver parameters files are saved on the host that the browser was launched from not the host IP specified in browser Each definition is saved in a comma delimited file with the following format lt parameter name gt lt parameter value gt The file is saved in the Emulex Repository directory e In Windows Program Files Emulex Util Emulex Repository e In Linux usr sbin ocmanager RMRepository e In VMware ESXi tmp RMRepository e InSolaris opt ELXocm RMRepository The OneCommand Manager application can then use the Batch Driver Parameter Update function to apply these saved settings to any or all compatible adapters on the SAN Note Host driver parameters and persistent binding settings cannot be saved OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 160 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Setting Driver Parameters for All FC FCoE Functions in a Host To change the driver parameters for all FC FCoE functions installed in a host 1 Do one of the following e From the View menu click Group Adapters by Host Name e From the toolbar click u Group Adapters by Host Name 2 In the discovery tree click the host whose adapter driver parameters you want to change 3 Select the Host Driver Parameters tab Figure
276. licking Details displays the Next Boot Configuration options as depicted in Figure 11 1 on page 232 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 11 Configuring HP Flex Adapters 233 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Adopter informaton Femware Adapser Cenfoueaten Current Configuration Fiex Ne 8485 49148 Reboot Requred AE s0 00848S 2F A49 1 49 Np B485 2 A401 48 Nic B4 85 2F A4 91 48 Ne BA BS 2F AG9 1 40 Sre personality al ports UMC Custom Flex Mc BES ASSLD Mp 8485 0491 Battal Personality SCSI Ne 8485 F A491 50 D RE 20 00 84 05 2F 04 91 51 Np B485 F A4 91 52 Nc 4 85 2F A4 41 53 Nic B4 85 F A4 91 54 Ne BASS FAGOLSS Ne 48S FANGS Nc O485 F A491 57 Next Boot Configuration Note Itis possible to change the configuration back to a Flex configuration during the next reboot I I I I Figure 11 2 Flex Adapter After Applying an iSCSI Single Personality Change You can change the adapter s configuration by selecting Single Personality UMC if available or Custom and then clicking Apply Note If you click the Apply button to save the new configuration it cannot be returned to a Flex configuration Checking Single Personality enables the Personality menu so you can choose the personality type you want to assign See UMC Configuration View on page 98 for UMC configuration instructions See Custom Conf
277. lied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose Emulex may make improvements and changes to the product described in this manual at any time and without any notice Emulex assumes no responsibility for its use nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result Periodic changes are made to information contained herein although these changes will be incorporated into new editions of this manual Emulex disclaims any undertaking to give notice of such changes Emulex 3333 Susan Street Costa Mesa CA 92626 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt E EMULEX Table of Contents An Avago Technologies Company Table of Contents List of Figures scsuticiacandeskcaaencaseetandotssiaundeiancialeciasaentasia E E E 11 Listof Tables sicsiississrinosuivisssscssscisiesnmosddseds ironiari oieri esinesid edidi 15 Ty INGFOMUCEION is crwecccscucustaussawasdutancevasis caeevianiaeivavecwawesdusduabsrwesmasebauadseds 16 ADDI EVIATIONG secerescsnccateasesonsin cescvm tem nsewensay EE EE EE 16 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application COMPONGNUS ss cesisivavecissececusaaseeadacnawancitascadaudeapaeds TE EEEE EEEE 21 Installing the OneCommand Manager Application scccccssccccccccscccccessceees 21 I WWIMGOW S eerren a E E REE ns taau did E RE E REE 21 Attended Installation in Windows s ssssssesessesesssesecsesosose
278. main ceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 43 Table 7 1 vNIC Maximum number of functions per Port cceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeenaeees 102 Table 7 2 SIMode Maximum number of functions per port ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 103 Table 7 3 UFP maximum number of functions per port cece cess eee eeeeee teens 105 Table 14 1 General Situations eseessessosssesosssecosssccsssesosesesossescsssesososeeoso 255 Table 14 2 Emulex Driver for Linux and OneCommand Manager Application Situations eserse EEE E EEEE O EEEE EEE SS 257 Table 14 3 Emulex Driver for Solaris and OneCommand Manager Application SICUALIONS os sppe siens E CEEE ETEEN DEEA EEES 260 Table 14 4 VPorts and OneCommand Manager Application Situations eeeee 260 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A axe EMULEX 1 Introduction 16 An Avago Technologies Company Abbreviations 1 Introduction The Emulex OneCommand Manager application is a comprehensive management utility for Emulex adapters that provides a powerful centralized adapter management suite Adapter management includes discovery reporting and management of local and remote adapters from a single console anywhere in the network and across operating system platforms Remote configuration capability is provided by Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP access from IP addresses of remote machines The OneCommand Manager application contains a graphical user
279. maintaining all discovery data remote and local for OneCommand Manager application clients running on the local machine elxhbamgrd starts at system boot time elxdiscoveryd starts whenever the OneCommand Manager application GUI process first runs on the host machine Additionally if the Web Launch component of OneCommand Manager application is installed the daemon process rmiserver starts at system boot time The start_weblaunch script starts this daemon while the stop_weblaunch stops it Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface After the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface software is installed and the Web Launch server is initialized you can launch the OneCommand Manager application directly with your web browser Notes e Only the OneCommand Manager application GUI is exported to the requesting client All adapter discovery and remote management operations are performed by resources running on the remote host that served the GUI component Therefore the SAN view displayed by the GUI is not from the client running the GUI but rather from the host from which this GUI was retrieved e Client operating systems do not support Web Launch it is only supported on server systems To launch the OneCommand Manager application with your web browser 1 Open your web browser Linux and Solaris users must log on as root 2 If Secure Management is enabled you are prompted for your user name
280. mand PDUs transferred on this session Response PDUs The count of Response PDUs transferred on this session OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 195 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI Xmt Data Octets The count of data octets that were transmitted by the local iSCSI node on this session Recv Data Octets The count of data octets that were received by the local iSCSI node on this session Digest Errors The count of PDUs that were received on the session and contained header or data digest errors Connection Timeouts The count of connections within this session that have been terminated due to a timeout Session Target Alias The target alias for the session Connection Information Area iSCSI Connection ID The iSCSI Connection ID assigned to the connection Status The status of the connection Valid values are connected and unknown Source IP Address The source IP address for the connection Source Port The source TCP port number for the connection Destination IP Address The destination IP address for the connection Destination Port The destination TCP port number for the connection Redirected Destination The redirected IP address for the target Redirected Destination Port The redirected port number for the target Connection Negotiated Login Options Authentication Method The authentication method used for connection Valid values are None Mu
281. me by which the selected FCoE function is known to the operating system e Symbolic Node Name The FC name used to register the driver with the name server e Supported Class of Service A frame delivery scheme exhibiting a set of delivery characteristics and attributes Three classes of service include o Class 1 provides a dedicated connection between a pair of ports with confirmed delivery or notification of non delivery o Class 2 provides a frame switched service with confirmed delivery or notification of non delivery o Class 3 provides a frame switched service similar to Class 2 but without notification of frame delivery or non delivery e Supported FC4 Types A 256 bit 8 word map of the FC 4 protocol types supported by the FCoE function containing the selected adapter Port Status Area Field Definitions e Link Status The status of the link on the selected FCoE function e Port Speed The current speed of the selected FCoE function e Bandwidth Limit The QoS bandwidth restriction on the FCoE function Viewing FC FCoE Statistics When you select an FC port or FCoE function from the discovery tree the Statistics tab Figure 8 8 on page 127 provides cumulative totals for various error events and statistics on the port Some statistics are cleared when the adapter is reset To view FC FCoE statistics 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Select an FC FCoE function in the discovery tree OneCommand Manager App
282. med out Large counts could indicate a malfunction somewhere in the loop or heavy usage of the loop Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt X EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 129 Viewing FC FCoE Virtual Port Information The Discovery Information tab Figure 8 9 on page 129 can display information about FC FCoE virtual ports and their associated targets and LUNs To view virtual port information 1 Do one of the following e From the View menu select Group Adapters by Virtual Port e From the toolbar click Group Adapters by Virtual Port The Discovery Information tab appears displaying virtual port information Figure 8 9 on page 129 OneCommand Manager Bie Edt Yew Bert Discovery Batch Help uja RA Discovery Information a patus ie RUSSET Swe OCe11202 FM hee Port 0 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 08 91 Saw Porti KE 10 00 00 00 9 80 08 94 E MI OCe10102AM E am Port o RE 10 00 00 00 09 A0 00 EJ ai Por t RE 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 00 3 E wer OCe10102AM Eag Port 0 RE 19 00 00 00 9 80 00 21 i Port 1 FE 10 00 00 00 9 40 00 21 Wet LPet2002 m3 2 Port O 10 00 00 00 C9 00 aD Port L 10 00 00 00 09 00 Figure 8 9 Discovery Information Tab Displaying Virtual Ports Information Discovery Information for Virtual Ports Field Definitions e Number of Hosts The total number of hosts discovered in
283. mmand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 39 An Avago Technologies Company The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions Note You cannot change host names using the OneCommand Manager application names must be changed locally on that system e Displays the installed adapters within each host system e Displays adapter ports and the port numbers if available e Displays adapters by the WWNN if multiple adapters have the same model number e Displays the WWPN if targets are present Multiple adapters can refer to the same target e Displays the LUN number if LUNs are present Fabric View button e Displays the FC FCoE fabrics in the SAN with their fabric IDs e Displays the ports under each switch e If targets are present displays each WWPN Multiple adapters can refer to the same target e If LUNs are present displays each LUN number e If the fabric ID is all zeros no fabric is attached Note iSCSI and NIC ports are not displayed in Fabric View Virtual Ports View button e Displays virtual ports in the SAN Note SCSI and NIC ports are not displayed in Virtual Ports View Local HBAs Only button e Displays only local adapters Show Host Groups button and menu e Displays hosts by their associated groups e Displays available host groups Find Host button and search field e Enables you to search by host name for a particular host in the discovery
284. mpted to clear the display The default name of the saved file is DiagTest log An example of a saved log file appears below E diogtest Notepad x Fle Edt Format View Help 143 2 Test Sequences stop on error test pattern de 343225 PM PCI Loopback Started 143 30 PM PCI Loopback 1000 cycles completed with O errors 5601 ms 143 33 PM Interna Loopback Started 1 43 44 PM Internal Loopback 1000 y cles bi bersase0 43 48 PM Echo started Target 5 ost pr 268 34 60 0E F 2 43 53 PM Echo 1000 cycles complete with errors cape m 43 53 PM Test Sequence Completed 1000 cycles Pr Figure 13 13 Example of a DiagTest log Window To save the log file 1 After running a test from the Diagnostic Test Setup dialog box Figure 13 8 on page 243 click Save to File The Select Diagnostic Log file Name dialog box appears The default name of a saved file is DiagTest log 2 Browse to the desired directory change the log file name if you want and click Save See Figure 13 8 OneConnect Diagnostics This section describes the diagnostics for OneConnect adapters For FC adapter diagnostics see LightPulse FC Diagnostics on page 235 Note Diagnostics are not available in read only mode See Changing Management and Read Only Mode on page 44 for more information Use the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 14 on page 248 to do the following e Run the following tests on OneConnect adapters installed
285. must be in a state in which this type of maintenance can be performed o I O activity on the bus has been stopped o Cluster software or any other software that relies on the adapter to be available is stopped or paused Notes e For vendor branded adapters see the vendor s website or contact the vendor s technical support for the firmware files e You cannot update firmware with the OneCommand Manager application on a Sun branded adapter To update firmware for a single adapter adapter port or ASIC Note For some older FC adapter models you update the firmware on each FC port function For OneConnect CNAs and 16Gb HBAs you update the firmware for the entire adapter For OneConnect dual ASIC adapters you update the firmware on each ASIC For example dual ASIC 4 port adapters require a firmware download on each ASIC 1 Select Host or Fabric view In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the adapter FC port or ASIC whose firmware you want to update 3 Select the Maintenance tab for older FC adapters Figure 8 26 on page 152 or the Firmware tab Figure 7 14 on page 84 and click Download Firmware The OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 9 Updating Adapter Firmware 203 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters Firmware Download dialog box appears Figure 9 1 on page 203 Current Firmware Host Name Adapter Model Current Version Firmware
286. n e Manually Add Target Click to manually add an iSCSI target See Manually Adding an iSCSI Target on page 192 for more information e Remove Target Click to manually remove an iSCSI target See Removing Targets on page 192 for more information e Refresh Targets Click to manually force a complete rediscovery of the targets querying all configured iSNS servers and target portals Adding Target Portals To add a target portal 1 From the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 click Add Portal The Add Target Portal dialog box appears 2 Enter the server IP address and TCP port number and click OK After successfully adding a target portal that target portal s targets are discovered and appear in the target list 3 Specify the Portal Login Options and Authentication type you want to use For more information see Initiator Login Options Tab Field Definitions on page 198 4 Click OK Note When running the open iSCSI driver the default open iSCSI configuration is for automatic target login at boot time for all targets discovered through the target portal Removing a Target Portal To remove a target portal 1 From the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 select the target portal you want to remove in the Target Portals table 2 Click Remove Portal Note The discovered targets are not removed by clearing the target portal They must be specifically removed using the
287. n on the Virtual Port tab is disabled if the link is down 4 Check Itis OK to delete the virtual port and click OK You are notified that the virtual port is no longer available and that it was removed from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 5 Click OK Viewing FC FCoE Fabric Information The Discovery Information tab Figure 8 13 on page 134 contains information about the selected fabric To view fabric discovery information do one of the following e From the View menu select Group Adapters by Fabric Address e From the toolbar click Group Adapters by Fabric Address OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 133 ae 8 M ing Protocol gt G EMULEX nee 134 An Avago Technologies Company The Discovery Information tab shows information about the fabric Figure 8 13 on page 134 0ncCommand manager Ele Edt yew pot Discovery Batch Heb BS Ses FS eR BE lolx E F No Fabri Attachasent i 10 00 00 00 C9 56 CB 91 RUSS 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CB 95 RUSS 10 00 00 00 CS AD D0 2E RUSE 10 00 00 00 CP AD O0 2F RUSS 10 00 00 00 C9 A0 00 3 RUSS 10 00 00 00 09 A0 00 3 RUSS a36 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 00 96 35 236 Port 1 10 00 00 00 09 00 96 37 Figure 8 13 Fabric Discovery Information Discovery Information Field Definitions e Number of Hosts The number of hosts discovered or seen by this host on the selected fabric e Number of Fabrics The number fabrics identified durin
288. n to remove previously discovered adapters that are no longer being discovered You can also define default CIM credentials such as the protocol user name port number password and name space Note Management of CIM hosts is only supported on Windows systems A host can have more than one IP address assigned to it If multiple IP addresses for a host are discovered during the search the host is added to the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 only once If the same host name appears for more than one host the adapters of all these hosts are displayed by the OneCommand Manager application as a single host entry OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 5 Configuring Discovery 54 An Avago Technologies Company Configuring Discovery and Default CIM Credentials Discovery Server Startup Refresh Rate Select when to start the discovery server Select when to start a new discovery cycle after a previous cycle completes At system boot Vhen this utility starts slower TCPsIP wered er Expiration Manual refresh requires clicking the discovery refresh bution Refresh every 45 seconds Select when to remove a previously discovered adapter that is no longer being discovered Never remove Remove afer 1600 seconds O immediately CIM Credentials Protocol Port Number User name Password Namespace Figure 5 5 Discovery Settings Dialog Box To configure discovery settings 1 From the Discovery m
289. nager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 23 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application To disable Secure Management at the command prompt type elxocm windows x86 lt version gt exe sec 0 q2 Note The Management Mode defaults for unattended installation are mmode 2 Local Plus Management Mode achange 1 4 You can select a management mode by adding the mmode argument and the ability to change that management mode by adding the achange argument with selected values as in the example below See Changing Management and Read Only Mode on page 44 for more information Note If you enabled Secure Management in step 3 you cannot enter an mmode value Doing so results in a conflicting parameters error For example at the command prompt type elxocm windows x86 lt version gt exe mmode 3 achange 1 q2 The following are the possible mmode values 1 Local Only Management Mode 2 Local Plus Management Mode 3 Full Management Mode 4 Local Plus Management Mode and Read Only 5 Full Management Mode and Read Only 6 Management host The following are the possible achange values 0 Do not allow Management Mode to change 1 Allow Management Mode to change You can also set the following optional parameters e MdHost This optional switch allows a non management host user to select a Management Host with which to reg
290. nager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 69 An Avago Technologies Company On eConnect Adapters Select a OneConnect adapter in the discovery tree The Adapter Information tab appears Figure 7 3 on page 69 OneCommand Manager Ele Edt yew Port Discovery Batch Help Ses eS BE x OneConnect OCel 1 102 FM 2 port PCIe L0GbE CNA 620623710 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 ED 00 00 C9 EA 64 E Active Firmware Version 442391 Nig 00 00 C9 EA 64 F Firmware State Working oh Fart BIOS Version 44 2391 Nic 00 00 C9 EA 64 FO 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 F1 HW Version ESAL 00 00 C9 EA 64 F2 NCSI Version NIA 00 00 C9 EA 64 F3 53m Fr Sec WU Flo Newer CSFD 2 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 71 78 BA PCI Express Link Speed 2 5 GHz G Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 71 78 68 PCI Express Bus Width ot Seb AMP RHELGUL yen OCe11102 FM Adapter Temperature Normal sus Port 0 Mic 9F 02 00 00 00 00 Personalty License Features 10 00 00 00 C9 05 68 38 Curent RCE lt 00 00 C9 DS 64 3C Nic 00 00 C9 05 6A 30 After Rebook dG Port 1 G FCoE Nig 00 00 C9 05 68 3E a Channel Management 10 00 00 00 C9 D5 6A 3F ae 00 00 C9 D5 64 40 NIC orty Currert Management Type Uuc Mig 00 00 C9 D5 68 41 c Management Type After Reboot fume Fea Apply Note Changing channel management type requires a reboot to activate Figure 7 3 Adapter Information Tab OneConnect Adapter Information Field Definitions e Model The model
291. naging Adapters and Ports 89 An Avago Technologies Company Connect Adapters 2 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the OneConnect adapter port whose transceiver information you want to view 3 Select the Transceiver Data tab Figure 7 18 on page 89 OneCommand Manager Op x Ble Edt Yew Bort Qecovery Batch tiep zio 3 Hosts Phisical Port Info 0C Oisynosts Transceiver Data 5 he oaser E W Ocet L102 FM a pG Poxt 0 eds Port 1 Sy RUSSET E WD OCet 1102 FM Dade Port 0 H ags Port 1 E WI OCetoLo2 ret aB Port 0 2M Port 1 E W OCetoL02 nM a Pot 0 42M Port 1 E WEI OCeto102 et amp sas Port 0 42M Port 1 E wel LPe 120023 236 Port O 10 00 00 00 C9 00 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 00 Figure 7 18 OneConnect Transceiver Data Tab Transceiver Data Field Definitions Module Attributes Area e Vendor The name of the vendor e Identifier Type The identifier value that specifies the physical device described by the serial information e Ext Identifier Additional information about the transceiver e Connector The external optical or electrical cable connector provided as the media interface e Wavelength The nominal transmitter output wavelength at room temperature e OUI The vendor s OUI It is also known as the IEEE Company Identifier for the vendor e Date The vendor s date code in the MM DD YY format e Serial Number The serial number provided by the
292. neral OneConnect multi ASIC adapter information 1 Select Host view 2 Select a OneConnect multi ASIC adapter in the discovery tree OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 79 OneConnect Adapters An Avago Technologies Company The Adapter Information tab is displayed Figure 7 9 on page 79 Ete Ede View Port Drscovery Batch Heip an Fa TY a worn Dees Haj pmm A BIL asaotr a Modet fmx 00m 31104412 10D Chemet Adapter P abri Merz Senai Number TAN SVS HA verson EJA ASICs Figure 7 9 OneConnect Multi ASIC Adapter Information OneConnect Multi ASIC Adapter Information Field Definitions e Model The model of the selected adapter e Serial Number The serial number of the selected adapter e HW Version The hardware version of the selected adapter e ASICs The number of ASICs on the selected adapter OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 80 An Avago Technologies Company Connect Adapters Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters The OneCommand Manager application allows you to view available licenses and install licenses to enable capabilities such as FCoE or iSCSI personalities on OCe11102 adapters without having to re wire the adapter Using the Adapter Information tab Figure 7 10 on page 80 you can view what licenses are available and install licenses f
293. ng Adapters and Ports essescesceccecceesecseesecsecsecseesecsecsecsecsecseo 65 FC Adapters ciitinsincwnvarccamsaadenainxsasareenkeadeduaacesdaxanalansdeddcalaxsauassanswdasdeaaeenaas 65 Viewing FC Adapter Information ss sessessssesessesesssreseseesesssresessesesessesee 65 FC Adapter Information Field Definitions sesssssssssessesssesscssceeceeceseceeeseseees 65 Viewing FC Port Information ssc lt cdswss vec ciasan shaseiadecteiceaduunsedeesd sec ieseusd ene 66 FC Port Information Field Definitions ccc eee eee nsec cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 67 O neConnect Adapters Sisssccccciicccidesveecasddesevsecs sacesisaessnateecetetenstscesecevecssssveds 68 Viewing OneConnect Adapter Information cece ee eee ences eee ee eeeeeeeeeeees 68 OneConnect Adapter Information Field Definitions cece cee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 69 Viewing Channel Management Information OCe11102 Adapters Only 71 Configuring UMC Channel Management cceesee eee eeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 72 Viewing the Channel Management Tab for vNIC1 Lenovo System X Only 005 74 Viewing the Channel Management Tab for UFP Lenovo System X Only e000 75 Viewing ASIC Information isin ccess doenwseriiswduedousbcennsvudasderiveeeniberinevcceiwaswnaad 76 ASIC Information Field Definitions cc ceecce ccc e cece eee eeeeeee eee eneeeeseeeseeeeeeees 77 Viewing
294. ng system and networking software supported by the device The value equals the sysDescr object if the LAN device supports RFC 3418 e Transmit System Capabilities Enabled Indicates the primary function s of the device and whether or not these functions are enabled on the device The capabilities are indicated by two octets Bits 0 through 7 indicate Other Repeater Bridge WLAN AP Router Telephone DOCSIS cable device and Station respectively Bits 8 through 15 are reserved e Receive Enabled LLDP Receive can be enabled or disabled PFC Priorities Area e Active Priorities The priorities that are marked active for PFC e Enable If checked PFC is enabled e Configured Priorities The priorities that are configured but might not yet be active FCoE Priority Area FCoE Ports Only e Active Priority The active FCoE priority e Configured Priority The configured FCoE priority ETS Priority Groups Area Note Not displayed if any type of multi channel is enabled on the adapter e Active Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The different priorities that are assigned to the various priority groups This is the currently active configuration o Bandwidth The bandwidths that are assigned to different priority groups This is the currently active configuration e Configured Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The configured priority membership grouping o
295. ngle FC FCOE Function ceeseeseeeeeeeee eens 158 Restoring All Parameters to Their Earlier Values ccccceeccee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 159 Resetting All Default Values cceccccesccceenecceeseeeeeeceeseaeeeeseeseseeeessaseeseaes 159 Setting an Adapter Parameter Value to the Host Adapter Parameter Value 159 Saving Adapter Driver Parameters to a File cc cce eee e cece eee eee ence ence eeeeeeeeees 159 Setting Driver Parameters for All FC FCoE Functions in a Host eceeeee eee eees 160 Changing Non dynamic Parameter Values Linux 8 2 cececceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeneees 161 Creating a Batch Mode Driver Parameters File ceceec eee eeeeceeeeeteeeeeeees 161 Assigning Batch Mode Parameters cceeceeece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 162 Configuring FCoE Initialization Protocol FIP cece eeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 163 FIP Dialog Box Field Descriptions cccecceesceece eee e ence eee eee eeeeeeeeenseeeaeeeees 164 Configuring Boot from an FC FCoE SAN iis caicwesnacensades ease telawdaveseonecis ewleseekad 164 Boot TYPOS iss scciessereis saecsretvinaresdelena tee ee necate EEEE EEEE EE Ma bre ste bers ele ae EENAA 165 Boot DEVICE ParaMetErs 2 c ccsccdencervnece inienn E oinceousecssnmadesuneceiunde saree 165 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Table of Contents amp An Avago Technologies Company
296. ngs for each boot type From the Boot from SAN Configuration dialog box Figure 8 36 on page 167 click Advanced Settings A boot type specific dialog box allows you to enable options such as spinup delay and autoscan If you do not use advanced settings the default values are used If you make changes you must click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box You can click Cancel and close the dialog box without saving the changes Note If you do not enter the advanced settings and the configuration for the boot type is new default values are used The default settings are given with descriptions of the Advanced Adapter Settings dialog boxes in the following sections OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 170 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE x86 Boot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog Box Use the x86 Boot Advanced Adapter Settings dialog box Figure 8 38 on page 170 to configure advanced settings for the selected x86 adapter All checkboxes are cleared off by default All changes require a reboot to activate 86 Boot Advanced Adapter Settings Make your configuration selections then click OK to return to the Boot BIOS configuration window These settings wil not be saved until you click OK in that window I Enable start unit command I Enable EDD 3 0 J Enable spinup delay I Enable environment variable I Enable auto boot sector Auto Scan Disabled bd PL
297. nt oa DHCHAP Target Mapping Oriver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Data FO E El OneConnect OCe10100 G a Pot 0 Nic 00 00 C9 90 A4 644 E 00 00 69 90 44 68 aD ign 1990 07 com ate Port 1 Nic 00 00 9 90 8 66 E AR 00 00 9 40 A4 0 aD ign 1990 07 com a ae 20 20 00 AO 88 2F 7S 27 Ea 0 2 Auto s 50 06 01 60 3A 1 4l Moooncosoana Epa otes a0 eB me fer iae E EE 10 00 00 00 9 90 a Eat Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 90 A4 9C E EE 10 00 00 00 9 90 a 5 iid 20 20 00 A0 00 21 Muy 3 E RI LPet LoCo 8 a 10 00 00 00 C9 51 3651 E at 20 28 00 A0 63 2F 75 E aa 50 06 01 66 34 60 0 deny we OCe10102 M E me Port 0 ERE 10 00 00 00209 90 A E iat 20 2A 00 A0 83 21 Pun 31 Figure 8 20 Target Mapping Tab Target Mapping Field Definitions Current Settings Area e Active Bind Type WWPN WWNN or a destination identifier D_ID e Automapping The current state of SCSI device automapping enabled default or disabled Current Mappings Area e This table lists current mapping information for the selected FC FCoE function Persistent Binding Configuration Area e This table lists persistent binding information for the selected FC FCoE function Not available on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface Display Mode Radio Buttons e Show WWPN Show WWNN or Show D_ID options enable you to choose how to display information in the Persistent Binding Configurat
298. nt to run the D_Port test OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 240 An Avago Technologies Company LightPulse FC Diagnostics 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 and click D_Port Tests The D_Port Tests window appears Figure 13 5 on page 240 3 Click Start Tests xl Note The D_Port tests can take an extended period of time to complete Test Results Overall Test Result PASSED Frame Size 2112 Buffers Required 1 Roundtrip Link Latency 1898 nanoseconds Estimated Cable Length 172 meters Test Execution Start Tests StartTime Tue 03 25 13 37 09 2014 End Time Tue 03 25 13 38 03 2014 Test Phase Results Optical Loopback Passed 1898 everse Optical Loopback Skipped 0 ink Traffic Passed o0 Save Results to File Close Figure 13 5 D_Port Tests Window D_Port Window Descriptions This section provides details on D Port window field definitions test phase results and D_Port window buttons D_Port Window Field Definitions Overall Test Result Displays PASSED or FAILED depending upon the outcome of all the test phases Frame Size The size of the frames used in each test phase Frame Count The number of frames generated during each test phase Roundtrip Link Latency Estimated roundtrip link latency calculated by switch during the execution of all tests Estimated Cable Length Estimated cable length calculated by
299. nu for each port to select NIC or NIC RoCE If NIC RoCE is chosen you must also select a NIC RoCE configuration e Choose the RoCE 2 profile for Windows SMB Direct or Linux iSER NFS or VM Migration support e For RoCE 1 check the Implementer s Lab on the Emulex website for any updated information on additional use OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managing Adapters and Ports OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Note RoCE configurations are not supported with SR IOV Dell NPar Enabled Notes e On Linux and VMware systems SR IOV must be enabled on the system BIOS if NParEP is used See the documentation that accompanied your Dell server for more information e NParEP support is available only on Dell 13G or newer systems SR IOV is available when NPar is enabled If NPar is enabled the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 40 on page 112 File Edt View Port Discovery Batch Help 8 oroma Marge DS Heem lene fm A BCI Osco fasa Wr Ce 14202400 ms Port 0 00 30 30 81 D GE 10 00 00 902A 90 20 82 Mp 00 90 FA 30 20 83 Ne 00 90A 2000 84 Adapter Informaton Freeware Adapter Configu ston Current Configuration NPAR Enabled Enable NPartP Mode MAC Address 00 40 FA 20 2D AS 00 40 FA 20 30 A9 4 OFA 00 40 FA 20 30 A8 00 40 FA 30 20 80 00 40 FA 30 30 81 00 90 F A 30 30 6
300. o LEDs blink rapidly in unison for 24 seconds after which the LEDs report the adapter health status for 8 seconds When the 8 seconds are up the adapter returns to beaconing mode This cycle repeats indefinitely until you disable beaconing or you reset the adapter When you enable beaconing for OneConnect adapters the two LEDs blink rapidly in unison until you disable beaconing Note The beaconing buttons are disabled if the selected adapter does not support beaconing To enable or disable beaconing 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the adapter port whose LEDs you want to set OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 251 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Diagnostics 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 14 on page 253 and click Beacon On or Beacon Off Note On OCe11100 series adapters beaconing can only be done on one port at a time If you enable beaconing on a port you cannot enable beaconing on another port until you disable beaconing on the previous port Running TDR Tests 10GBASE T Adapters Only Note The TDR test is not supported by the CIM interface The TDR test is a cable diagnostic that can tell you the length of the cable whether or not the cable has any defects open short and the distance to the defect if one exists It works by sending a signal down the cable and measuring its reflection NVP is a property of the cable that must b
301. ocade com e D Port is also referred to as ClearLink The D_Port Tests button on the Diagnostics tab enables you to run D_Ports tests on LPe16000 series adapters Figure 13 4 on page 239 OneCommand Manager Local Only a ra le Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help A mee A S a Fars I Ae Port Information Statistics Maintenance Target Mapping Driver Parameters Diagnostics Transceiver Data VPD p Diagnostic Tests Beacon EW LPe16002 M6 e Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 12 34 56 Standard Tests C Beacon On 9M Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 12 34 AF Quick Test Beacon Off Advanced Diagnostic Tests PCI Registers Flash Contents Field l Value TF show wakeup Image only Vendor ID 100F A Ovar Description Device ID E200 Command 0406 Status 0010 Revision ID 00 Prog If 00 Sub Class 04 Base Class oc Cache Line Size 10 Latency Timer 00 Header Type 80 BIST 00 Base Address 0 D000800C Base Address 1 00000000 Base Address 2 00000000 Base Address 3 00000000 Base Address 4 D001000C Base Address 5 00000000 cis 00000000 Subvendor ID 100F Subsystem ID E200 a ee Flash contents not supported T Figure 13 4 Diagnostics Tab for LPe16000 Series Adapters D_Port Tests button depicted To run a D_Port test 1 From the discovery tree select the LPe16000 series FC port on which you wa
302. of the selected adapter e Serial Number The serial number of the selected adapter e Active Firmware Version The version of the firmware running on the selected adapter e Firmware State The condition of the firmware e BIOS Version The version of the BIOS in use e HW Version The hardware version of the selected adapter e NCSI Version The NCSI version e IPL File Name The name of the IPL file currently loaded e PCI Express Link Speed The speed of the PCI bus in which the adapter running e PCI Express Bus Width The number of lanes for the slot in which the adapter is running e Adapter Temperature If the adapter s temperature is not available Not Supported is displayed If supported by the adapter this field displays the adapter s temperature and one of the following temperature related status messages o Normal The adapter s temperature is within normal operational range OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 70 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters o Warning The adapter s temperature is beyond normal operational range If the temperature continues to increase the adapter shuts down You must determine the cause of the temperature issue and fix it immediately Check for system cooling issues Common causes of system cooling issues include clogged air filters inoperable fans and air conditioning issues that cause high ambi
303. olkit stays under a dual license i e both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit below for the actual license texts Actually both licenses are BSD style Open Source licenses In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact openssl core openssl org OpenSSL License Copyright c 1998 2011 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX Appendix A License Notices 263 An Avago Technologies Company OpenSSL Notice 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssLorg 4 The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without pr
304. ologies Company NIC NIC Port Information Field Definitions Driver Name The NIC driver file name Driver Version The NIC driver version MAC Address The NIC MAC address currently assigned to the NIC function Perm MAC Address The original factory assigned NIC MAC address IPv4 Address The IPv4 address for the NIC function Subnet Mask The subnet mask for the NIC function Gateway Address The NIC initiator gateway address Link Status The status of the link on the selected NIC function Interface Name The interface assigned to this NIC function by the host operating system Maximum Bandwidth The maximum bandwidth that is speed at which the NIC function is guaranteed to run Minimum Bandwidth The minimum bandwidth that is speed at which the NIC function is guaranteed to run Device ID The PCI device ID assigned to the NIC function Subsys Device ID The PCI subsystem ID assigned to the NIC function Vendor ID The PCI vendor ID assigned to the NIC function Subsys Vendor ID The PCI subsystem vendor ID assigned to the NIC function IP Address Origin The origin of the IP address DHCP or Static PCI Function The PCI function number assigned to the NIC function PCI Bus Number The PCI BUS number assigned to the NIC function Max MTU The maximum transmission unit for iSCSI traffic Current MTU The current transmission unit for iSCSI traffic Port Speed The current port speed of the sele
305. om the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 select the target you want to remove and click Remove Target Viewing Target Sessions The Target Sessions dialog box Figure 8 52 on page 193 enables you to view sessions for a target Note Making a target session a boot session for open iSCSI implementation in the OneCommand Manager application is not supported Therefore when running the Emulex open iSCSI driver the OneCommand Manager application does not display the open iSCSI boot checkbox on the target session data screen To view sessions for a target 1 From the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 select the target whose sessions you want to view and click Target Sessions The Target Sessions dialog box appears Figure 8 52 on page 193 2 Use the Session pull down menu to select the session whose information you want to view 3 Click Close to close the dialog box OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company Logging out of Target Sessions 8 Managing Protocols 193 iSCSI The Target Sessions dialog box enables you to log out of active sessions for a currently connected target To log out of active sessions for a connected target 1 From the iSCSI Target Discovery tab Figure 8 48 on page 187 select the target whose sessions you want to log out of and click Target Sessions The Target Sessions dialog box appears Figure 8 52 on page
306. on e Run the following tests on Emulex adapters installed in the system Not available in read only mode o PCI Loopback o Internal Loopback o External Loopback o Power on self test POST o Echo End to End o Quick Test e Perform a diagnostic dump and retrieve dump files from remote hosts Not available in read only mode For 16GFC HBAs refer to Creating Diagnostic Dumps on page 252 in the OneConnect Diagnostics section e Control adapter beaconing Not available in read only mode OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 13 Diagnostics 236 LightPulse FC Diagnostics Viewing Flash Contents PCI Registers and Wakeup Information The Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 shows PCI register dump information and flash memory contents The information is read only and is depicted below 0necommand manager Ele Edt Yew pot Discovery Batch tep lolx me pe aA E 0Ce11102 FH 9G Port O Nip 00 00 9 SB CB 50 AGE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE ats Port 1 Nic 00 00 9 S8 C0 4 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE E wm OceLo102 n Sm Peet 0 Ni 00 00 9 A0 D0 9C AEE 10 00 00 00 9 00 0 SG Poet 1 Nie 00 00 C9 A0 D0 30 FEE 10 00 00 00 9 00 0 WEI OCe10102 nM E Sm Pot O Mie 00 00 C9 AD D0 2C FRE 10 00 00 00 C9 00 04 2G Port 1 Nip 00 00 C9 A0 00 20 RE 10 00 00 00 09 A0 04 we OCeL0102 4M mG Port 0 Nip 00 00 9 A0 DC a8 E 4B 00 00 C9 AD C
307. on Creating Diagnostic Dumps on page 252 Caution Disruption of service can occur if a diagnostic dump is run during I O activity To start a diagnostic dump 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select an FC port whose diagnostic information you want to dump 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 and click Diagnostic Dump The Diagnostic Dump dialog box appears Figure 13 6 on page 241 You can specify how many files you want to retain using the Files Retained counter Click Delete Existing Dump Files to remove existing dump files for the selected FC port from your system Diagnostic Dump x Dump Details Target WWPN 10 00 00 00 C9 51 3E 51 Dump File Directory C Program Files Emulex U amp il Dump fal Dump File Retention Currently up to 14 dump files per adapter may be retained on this host You may change the number of retained dump files but be aware that the individual dump files can be as large as 6 megabytes Take this into account when selecting a retention count Files Retained i x Delete Existing Dump Files Apply Start Dump Get Durnp Files Exit Figure 13 6 Diagnostic Dump Dialog Box 3 Click Start Dump A warning message appears about taking the adapter offline OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 242 An Avago Technologies Company LightPulse FC Diagnostics Note For VMware systems you must s
308. on The script is located in the following OneCommand Manager installation directory e Linux usr sbin ocmanager e Solaris opt ELXocm Example usage on Linux usr sbin ocmanager ocmanager Example usage on Solaris opt ELXocm ocmanager To stop the OneCommand Manager application Use one of the following methods to stop the application e From the menu bar select File then Exit e From the shell use the stop_ocmanager script located in the OneCommand Manager installation directory Example usage on Linux usr sbin ocmanager stop ocmanager n Example usage on Solaris opt ELXocm stop ocmanager n Note The n option stops only the OneCommand Manager application and associated elxdiscoveryd daemon When the stop_ocmanager script is run without options the script stops the OneCommand Manager application and all associated daemons OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 3 Starting and Stopping the OneCommand Manager Application 35 Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface An Avago Technologies Company Note OneCommand Manager application Linux and Solaris installations include two basic daemon processes that are affected by the start and stop scripts They are e elxhbamgrd Remote management daemon that services requests from OneCommand Manager application clients running on remote host machines e elxdiscoveryd Discovery daemon responsible for
309. on Web Launch Interface 35 Managing Files When Running the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch WMUSIACes cnc cnsccsimesnisecctenenteideacedeastene nayaconuaneieagcotecssa teaesonaveness 36 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application ccccsesccccsscccccessccoees 37 The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions 37 Menu Bal ivisaivien dices reiteran T e E E E TEE NEEE EREA 38 Toolbar ecse eip e S EE RA EEEE ON EERTE 38 Toolbar BUON S 260 arirert arannana renean NEEN ENES EAEE ERASIDAN 38 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 3 gt G EMULEX Table of Contents 4 An Avago Technologies Company Discovery THES sic siccccd rcscaeaeewetien sosGa wee sais E EEEE T EEA a 40 DisGovery Thee ICONS scccdesoicsesds secubinacice seba beneenidensoaess aostehuinth saccades OEREN ERRA 40 Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery Tree View cce eee eeee eee ceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 42 Property PAD Scars siei riis iinr rieres tre EEEE E EEEE EEE EEEE EEEE EETA 42 SUACUS Bal eras ea Eri rR EEE OEE shee an N E EEEE E E 42 Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management ssesssssesscsecesceesecosescoseee 42 OneCommand Manager Secure Management Configuration Requirements 44 Changing Management and Read Only Mode csssscccccsccccccsscsccccccsccccessscees 44 ManaSement HOSE w crocseietiad dss ceowsee sae vatedon EEEE AE EEA TEESE REESE deren es vese 45 Usin
310. on volatile WiWNs click the appropriate Get button NOTE 1 If the current WWNs are of type volatile a successful non volatile change wil destroy the volatile settings 2 Depending on the adapter type and the firmware version volatie change option may not be available 3 Depending on the type of the WWAN change and the current state of the firmware applying more changes without activating the pending changes may result in errors 4 Volatile WWNs are preserved across reboots until system power down or adapter power cycle ewww Tf ff ff ewww TT TTT Write changes to volatle memory for temporary use Get Factory Default WWNs Get Non volatile WWNs OK Cancel Figure 8 28 Change World Wide Name Configuration Dialog Box Do one of the following e Enter a new WWPN and WWNN e Click Get Factory Default WWNs to load the settings that were assigned to the FC FCoE function when the adapter was manufactured to the New WWPN and WWNN settings These values can then be modified if desired and saved as Volatile or Non Volatile WWNs e Click Get Non Volatile WWNs to load the current Non Volatile WWN settings to the New WWPN and WWNN settings These values can then be modified if desired and saved to volatile or non volatile memory You can edit the data returned from the button Check Write changes to volatile memory for temporary use to save the New WWPN and New WWNN settings as Volatile WWNs If unc
311. oot WN Management Current WWPN 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE 95 OG Port 1 E a Wetz002 m3 D6 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 00 MG Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 00 WWAN 20 00 00 00 C9 SB CB9S Figure 8 17 FCoE Maintenance Tab Maintenance Tab Field Definitions Firmware Area e Firmware Version on Flash The firmware version stored on the adapter s non volatile storage When the system restarts this version becomes the active firmware version e Service Processor FW Version The firmware version that is currently operational on the adapter e Active Firmware Version The version of firmware running on the adapter e ULP FW Name The firmware version running on the ULP processors within the ASIC WWN Management Area Current WWPN The World Wide Port Name for the selected FCoE function WWNN The World Wide Node Name for the selected FCoE function Pending Changes OneCommand Manager Application WWPN Works in conjunction with the Change WWN button Displays the WWPN you assigned for the selected FCoE function but the system must be rebooted for these changes to take effect and appear under the Current listing See Changing FC FCoE WWPN and WWNN on page 151 for more information P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 140 An AvagoTechnologies Company oS OE e WWNN Works in conjunction with the Change WWN button Displays the WWNN you assigned for the selected FCoE funct
312. oot Check Enable adapter boot and click Configure Boot to configure boot from SAN See Exporting SAN Information on page 234 for more information Not available on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e Change WWN Click to change the selected adapter port s WWNN or WWPN Viewing FCoE Maintenance Information Use the Maintenance tab Figure 8 17 on page 139 to view firmware information You can also configure boot from SAN and change WWPN and WWNN information for the selected FCoE function Not available in read only mode To view FCoE firmware information 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 Select an FCoE function in the discovery tree OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 8 Managing Protocols FC FCoE SG EMULEX 139 An Avago Technologies Company 3 Select the Maintenance tab Figure 8 17 on page 139 7 OneCommand Manager Eje Edt Yew Bert Discovery Batch Help fel I eae SIL Port Information Statistics Maintenance Target Mapping Oriver Parameters VPO PCI Registers FIP Bg Port 3 Np 00 00 C9 58 CE 73 Se RUSSET MS OC 1102 9 EG Port O Esa Pert Nip 00 00 9 58 CB 94 CE OOOO s E WI OC 10102 A Eat Port O BMG Port 1 wat OCe10102 4M Eam Port O MG Port 1 E wm OCE 10102A Eat Port 0 Active Finmare Version 4 0 163 9 UUP FW Name 4 0 163 9 Firrware Version on Fash 4 0 163 9 Service Processor FW Name 4 0 163 9 Configure B
313. or the selected adapter Note If licenses or licensable features are not available for the adapter license information is not displayed OneCommand Manager oE Efe Edt yew Port Discovery Batch Help eS 8 2 tit Hosts Adapter Information Firmware a APPDEVOL wm OCe11102 FM JG Port 0 Model x OneConnect OCel 1 102 FM 2 port PCle 10GbE CNA Nic 9 02 00 00 00 00 Serial Number 6420623710 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 ED 00 00 C9 EA 64 EE Active Firmware Version 4 4 2391 Nic 00 00 C9 EA 64 EF Farmare State Working oe fart 4 B105 Version 44 299 1 Nig 00 00 9 A 64 FO 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 F1 HW Version ESAI 00 00 C9 EA 64 F2 NCSI Version nja Nig 00 00 C9 EA 64 F3 3 wan LPe12002 M8 idinn CSTD 2 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 71 7B BA PCI Express Link Speed 2 5 Gr M Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 71 78 68 PCI Express Bus Width x Seb AMP RHEL6UL NERE yan OCe11102 FM Adapter Temperature Normal su Port 0 Mic 9F 02 00 00 00 00 Personality License Features 10 00 00 00 C9 05 6A 38 A 00 00 C9 05 6A 3C Nic 00 00 9 05 68 30 After Reboot I 96 Port 1 G FCE Nig 00 00 C9 D5 6A 3 a Channel Management 10 00 00 00 C9 05 6A 3F Pace 00 00 C9 DS 64 40 C NiIC orly Current Management Type UMC 00 00 C9 05 6A 41 Management Type After Reboot E Fony Note Changing channel management type requires a reboot to activate Figure 7 10 OneConnect OCe11102 Adapter Information Tab Showing Licenses To view the av
314. ore than one IP address assigned to it If multiple IP addresses for a host are discovered during the search the host is added to the discovery tree only once You can save the IP address ranges Click Save Ranges to File to save the specified ranges to a file so that these address ranges appear the next time you use the Add Range of TCP IP Hosts dialog box Figure 5 4 on page 52 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 5 Configuring Discovery 53 An Avago Technologies Company Configuring Discovery and Default CIM Credentials Removing Hosts Removing hosts that are no longer discovered improves the operation of the discovery server For example you may want to remove a host when it is removed from the network Not available in read only mode To remove hosts 1 From the Discovery menu select TCP IP gt Remove Host s The Remove Hosts dialog box shows a list of discovered hosts Any host that is not currently discovered appears in red Click Show Undiscovered Hosts Only to display only currently undiscovered hosts 2 From the Remove Hosts dialog box select the hosts you want to remove You can select all the displayed hosts by clicking Select All 3 Click Remove to remove the selected hosts Configuring Discovery and Default CIM Credentials Use the OneCommand Manager application Discovery Settings dialog box Figure 5 5 on page 54 to configure several discovery server parameters You can define whe
315. ot images Open Boot x86 and EFI 2 0 e FCoE x86 BIOS The single flash image containing x86 Boot for FCoE only e FCoE EFI The single flash image containing EFI for FCoE only e FCoE FCODE The single flash image containing Open Boot FCode for FCoE only e UEFI NIC The single flash image containing UEFI for NIC and PXE Boot e UEFI FCODE The single flash image containing Fcode for NIC only e UEFI iSCSI The single flash image containing UEFI for iSCSI only OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 85 OneConnect Adapters Firmware Tab Buttons Not available in read only mode e Download Firmware Click to update firmware on the selected adapter See Updating Adapter Firmware on page 202 for more information e Diagnostic Dump Click to create a diagnostic dump for the selected adapter See Creating Diagnostic Dumps on page 252 for more information Viewing OneConnect Physical Port Information The Physical Port Info tab Figure 7 15 on page 85 contains a general summarization of the PCI functions under that physical port and the current physical port status OneConnect OCe11100 series adapters also display additional Physical Port Status information including interface type configured speed and DAC cable length You can set the port speed and DAC cable length See Setting Port Speed and DAC Cable Length OneConnect OC
316. ot users or administrators can only manage local adapters similar to the ocmlocaladmin users Remote management operations between two machines is allowed or denied depending on the OneCommand Manager secure management status of the machines and the domains to which the machines belong The following tables list the behavior assuming appropriate user credentials are used Table 4 2 Active Commands machines on same domain Remote Server Remote Server Secure Not Secure Client Secure Allowed Denied Client Not Secure Denied Allowed Table 4 3 Active Com mands machines on different domain Remote Server Remote Server Secure Not Secure Client Secure Denied Denied Client Not Secure Denied Allowed Table 4 4 Passive Commands machines on any domain Remote Server Remote Server Secure Not Secure Client Secure Allowed Allowed Client Not Secure Allowed Allowed To inform you of an unsecured server that you may want to secure Allowed if the username and password are the same on both domains OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e x 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 44 EMULE Changing Management and Read Only Mode An Avago Technologies Company OneCommand Manager Secure Management Configuration Requirements For systems to run OneCommand Manager Secure Management they must be configured to provide the following two capabilities
317. ote iSCSI functions are not discovered in the OneCommand Manager application if the adapter is managed by the CIM interface To view iSCSI function information 1 Select Host view 2 Select an iSCSI function in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 3 Select the iSCSI Port Information tab Figure 8 42 on page 179 B owcnmec uoe Z Fie psr yew pot Qucovery etch Help a A ml OS See s wA SIC it rests Port Informaton Aeteork Information PCI Ragstars re wo if BAUR e nane ves 0 00 09 0D wd aes ME 0 00 00 00 00 D wutestamends acade OOOOON orn macase 0000 CIAD a0 te oi De Figure 8 42 iSCSI Port Information Tab iSCSI Port Information Field Definitions Driver Name The iSCSI driver file name Driver Version The iSCSI driver version MAC Address The iSCSI MAC address currently assigned to the function Perm MAC Address The original factory assigned iSCSI MAC address Device ID The PCI device ID assigned to the iSCSI function Vendor ID The PCI vendor ID assigned to the iSCSI function PCI Function The PCI function number assigned to the iSCSI function LDTO The amount of time in seconds that the iSCSI driver delays reporting a link down error to the operating system OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 180 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI e Max MTU Maximum transmission unit for iSCSI
318. p TOG under one or more contributor license agreements Refer to the OpenPegasusNOTICE txt file distributed with this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership Each contributor licenses this file to you under the OpenPegasus Open Source License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE OpenSSL Notice This is a copy of the current LICENSE file inside the CVS repository LICENSE ISSUES The OpenSSL to
319. plication P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 8 Managing Protocols Configuring iSCSI Initiator Login Options The iSCSI Initiator Login Options dialog box Figure 8 55 on page 198 enables you to configure the set of login options used by the iSCSI initiator when logging into a target portal or by the target portal when it is discovering targets The discovered targets inherit the login options used during this discovery Target portals discovered using iSNS also use these login options The dialog box contains the initiator IQN and fields for manually entering the IQN and an optional initiator alias Initiator login options are controlled using several drop down boxes You can also configure the initiator authentication method and view the factory default login options iSCSI ARE 10 00 00 00 C9 44 44 47 E localhost localdoOCM RHEL6 4x64 OCe14401 UX a Port 2 Nip 00 90 FA 28 79 D2 LP 1050 236 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C2 2 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C3 LP9000 2 10 00 00 00 C9 32 2D 66 WIN 2SDTOBF6R42 OneConnect OCe 14000 a Port 1 Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 00 S 36 Port 2 Nig 00 90 FA 41 23 08 a 90Y3556 36 Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 56 A 00 00 C9 12 34 57 D ign 1991 05 com microsoft uscm ujh Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 58 Nic 00 00 C9 12 34 59 2 Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 12 34 5A 4 00 00 C9 12 34 58 ign 19
320. power Viewing FC FCoE VPD Information The VPD tab Figure 8 15 on page 136 displays vital product data if available for the selected FC adapter port such as the product name part number serial number and so on To view VPD information 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 In the discovery tree select the FC FCoE function whose VPD information you want to view 3 Select the VPD tab Figure 8 15 on page 136 Z OneCommand Manager lolx Ele Edt yew pot Discovery gach Help B Se Port Information Statistics Maintenance CHCHAP Target Mapping Oriver Parameters Olagnostics Transceiver Data VFO E E OCel L102 Vital Product Data 2 Port O G mabe Poet 1 E eb RUSSET prod d S WE OCet1102 FH PN Pert Number 1PE12002 M8 2 Port 0 SN Serial Number BT02461915 _ 4 edie Poet 1 0 5102461915 E wm ocetoraz n 1 Emex LPe1 2002 13 86b 2 port PCle Five Channel Adapter mis Peet O 1Pei2002 M8 26 Port 1 12 78 T3 79 74 78 70 76 78 17 73 18 73 1PF 70 WRI OCeL0102 nM i E s Poet O D JG Poet 1 WEI OCeL0102 NM ag Poet 0 2 OM Port 3 WR P01 2002 M3 Pot 0 10 00 00 00 C9 D0 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 00 Figure 8 15 FC FCoE VPD Tab VPD Table Definitions e Product Name Product information about the selected FC FCoE function e PN Part Number The adapter s part number e SN Serial Number The adapter s serial number e VO Vendor unique data V indi
321. pplication Port WWN The WWPN of the FCoE function Node WWN The WWNN of the FCoE function Fabric Name or Host Name The Fabric Name field is displayed in Host view This is a 64 bit worldwide unique identifier assigned to the fabric The Host Name is displayed in Fabric view The host name is the name of the host containing the FCoE function Boot Version The version of boot code installed on the selected FCoE function If the boot code is disabled the field displays Disabled Port FC ID The FCoE ID for the selected FCoE function PCI Function The PCI function number assigned by the system to the FCoE function PCI Bus number The PCI BUS number assigned by the system to the FCoE function Driver Version The version of the driver installed for the FCoE function Driver Name The executable file image name for the driver as it appears in the Emulex driver download package Firmware Version The version of Emulex firmware currently active on the FCoE function P011373 01A Rev A 125 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 126 An AvagoTechnologiesCompany SSS OE e Discovered Ports The number of mapped and unmapped FC FCoE ports found during discovery by the Emulex adapter driver The mapped ports are targets and the unmapped ports are non targets such as switches or adapters e Port Type The current operational mode of the selected adapter s port e OS Device Name The platform specific na
322. pter and reboot the host the adapter starts running the new personality or protocol The personalities that OCe11102 adapters currently run are NIC Only NIC FCoE and NIC iSCSI In some cases the adapters are pre configured to support multiple personalities In other cases you must install a license key before the adapter can support multiple personalities See Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 80 for more information Note The three different personalities may not always be available on an adapter For example a NIC FCoE adapter can change to a NIC Only or NIC iSCSI adapter but an iSCSI adapter may not be able to change to a NIC FCoE adapter Use the Adapter Information tab Figure 7 13 on page 83 to make personality changes OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company OneCommand Manager 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 83 OneConnect Adapters Ele Edt yew Port Discovery Batch Help S ee BE th Hosts fad arpoevor wm OCeI 1102 6 5 3G Port 0 Nie 9 02 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 ED 00 00 C9 EA 64 EE Nig 00 00 C9 EA 64 EF 2 Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 EA 64 F0 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 F1 00 00 9 A 64 F2 Nig 00 00 C9 EA 64 F3 WEN LPe12002 M8 2 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 71 78 BA XG Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 71 78 68 i AMP RHEL6UL war OCe11102 FM Port 0 Nic 9F 02 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 C9 05 68 38
323. pters do not appear in Fabric view 2 Select a OneConnect adapter in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A e EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 84 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters 3 Select the Firmware tab Figure 7 14 on page 84 Ce Yow Bt Dove DA 1O BESes s pe a8 8 E we OC 1302 6 BdG Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 58 CB 74 E eas Port t Ega Port 1 Start up Boot Code 2 0 20 768 e3 00 00 C9 5ELE H 10 00 00 00 C9 58 08 5 wn oce1o102 400 FCoE Universal 7 0tal E eg Port 0 FCoE x86 BIOS 40289 E aG Port FCoE EFI Solan P a oce101024M FCoE FCODE 4 01al E ags Port 0 E a Port E wp OCe10102 4M Ea Port 0 E BG Pott E wet ei 2002 5 DG Port O 10 00 00 00 9 00 91 OG Port 1 10 00 00000 C9 00 Figure 7 14 OneConnect Firmware Tab Firmware Tab Field Definitions e Active Firmware Version The firmware version currently being used by the adapter e Flash Firmware Version The flash firmware version currently being used by the adapter e BIOS Version The version of the BIOS currently being used by the adapter Boot Code Versions Area e Startup up Boot Code The boot code version currently being used by the adapter Note This is the version of the code that boots the adapter It has no relation to the FC iSCSI or PXE boot code versions e FCoE Universal The combined flash image that includes three system specific FCoE Bo
324. r Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 35 on page 107 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 107 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Timm LL File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help Be Sees A x Find Host e Adapter Information Firmware Adapter Configuration Current Configuration Custom Configuration Details Nig 00 90 FA 29 46 5A Reboot required 10 90 FA 29 46 Next Boot C ation 8 00 a sorts Note Selecting a new link configuration immmediately Select Link Configuration 1 Port 40 Gbps SFP v updates the adapter s next boot configuration i e no way to restore previous next boot configuration Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 5E AB 00 90 FA 29 46 5F B a Port 2 Single personality all ports UMC Custom Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 62 amp 4B 00 90 FA 29 46 63 B a Port 3 Nig 00 90 FA 29 46 66 a 00 90 FA 29 46 67 Personality NIC X Factory Defaults Restore Apply Figure 7 35 Adapter Configuration Tab After Selecting a New Link Configuration The adapter s configured port settings and profile are changed to the default values defined in the adapter s IPL for the selected link configuration The next boot configuration in the tab reflects these default settings in Figure 7 35 on page 107 the default is NIC only The Reboot required
325. r self clears at MDI link down e 10G EMI Events The 10G EMI Event counter tracks the number of single tone interference detected by CNA s MDI signals This counter holds its value at MDI link down and self clears at the next link up e PHY Frames Counts the number of PHY frames transmitted and received since the MDI link has been established This counter holds its value at MDI link down and self clears at the next link up Note For the OCe14000 series adapters the PHY Frames counter value has increased to 64 bits to allow for larger frame counter values before rolling over to zero The frame counter is unchanged for non OCe14000 series adapters specifically 32 bit e Clear Counters Click the Clear Counters button to reset the counter fields in the Counters Area to zero for the selected port not available for OCe11000 series adapters Viewing OneConnect Transceiver Information When you select a OneConnect adapter port from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the Transceiver Data tab Figure 7 18 on page 89 enables you to view transceiver information such as vendor name serial number part number and so on If the adapter transceiver does not support some or all of the transceiver data the fields display N A To view OneConnect transceiver information 1 Select Host or Fabric view Note iSCSI and NIC Only adapters do not appear in Fabric view OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Ma
326. reater than 7 will be set to None that is channel disabled The minimum bandwidths will be assigned by dividing up 100 as evenly as possible between the enabled channels The maximum bandwidths for the enabled channels will be set to 100 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 100 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration 6 Both the minimum and maximum bandwidth for the channels assigned to None will be set to 0 7 The LPVIDs will be set to 0 You must assign a valid LPVID to the NIC channel Note These rules create the default settings for the channels You can change these settings before saving them Lenovo System X Multi Channel Configuration View For Lenovo multi channel configuration there are three different multi channel types available vNIC SIMode and UFP When you check the Multi channel radio button the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 29 on page 100 fle Edt yew Port Discovery Batch tiep eco an Adapter Infcemation Firmware Adapter Configuration 2 wm OCN Currerk Configuration viiCl Detoks Bw Pato Nye 00 00 29 8 04 04 5 OSA 44K i heeten Next Book Conligx ation ARE 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 36 FEE 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 39 Sws fatl Ne ICC10E 27 60 39 FRE L0 00 1C C1 0E 27 60 E C Serge personality al ports C Muticharnel C Custom DALER RE 10 00 00 90
327. reboot If the host machine is rebooted after the LUN is added to the target array you do not need to run the script To view the LUN information 1 Select Host Fabric or Virtual Port view 2 From the discovery tree select a LUN 3 The LUN Information tab appears Figure 8 19 on page 141 OneComemand Manager Ele Edt Yew Bort Discovery Batch tiep BeSer e es b a BE a tun information fel aster E wD OCe1 1102 Eae Port 0 Nic 00 00 9 S8 CB 74 E WI OCel1102FM E BG Port O Bam Porti 00 00 C9 SE CB 3 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 3 il 20 24 00 00 88 2 FCP LUN 00 1f 00 00 00 09 00 00 a E wat OCe10102 AM eae ot Eag Port O 05 Device Name Physicaeivet03 Ne 00 00 C9 AD 00 3C IEE 10 00 00 00 C9 40 04 OG Port 1 E MT OCe10102 M Luciaa E s Porto a Port 1 Capacty 19 MB Block Sze 512 Bytes E I OCe10102 0M E sa Port O Nig 00 00 C9 A0 0C A8 i AB 00 00 9 an Dc Aa TUN Masking Information BBG Pert i Nic 00 00 C9 AD 0C A9 Glarerk Mask Status Unmasked E AR 00 00 lt 9 AD DC AB DR IDINNMR ae ono F ES a Figure 8 19 FC FCoE LUN Information Tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 142 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE FC FCoE LUN Information Field Definitions Vendor Product Information Area e Vendor Name The name of the vendor of the LUN e Product ID The vendor specific ID for the LUN e Revision The vendor
328. received kilobyte count by this FC FCoE function e Rx Sequences The number of FC sequences received by this FC FCoE function Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e NOS count The number of NOS events that have occurred on the switched fabric Not currently supported for Emulex Windows drivers or arbitrated loop e Dumped Frames The number of frames that were lost due to a lack of host buffers available Not currently supported for the SCSIport Miniport driver the Storport Miniport driver or the driver for Solaris e Loss of Sync The number of times loss of synchronization has occurred e Prim Seq Prot Errs The primitive sequence protocol error count This counter is incremented whenever there is any type of protocol error e Invalid CRCs The number of frames received that contain CRC failures e Ex Count Resp The number of FC exchange responses made by this FC FCoE function Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e Active RPIs The number of RPIs Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e Receive F_BSY The number of FC port busy link response frames received e Primitive Seq Timeouts The number of times a primitive sequence event timed out Not supported on VMware ESXi servers being managed through the CIM interface e Arbitration Timeouts The number of times the arbitration loop has ti
329. rections Tx and Rx is enabled Disabled means that priority flow control is currently disabled The priority value if Shown is not applicable This may be caused by o The switch port priority flow control being set to On instead of Auto o Switch port using port flow control instead of priority flow control o PFC disabled at adapter or switch Active Priorities Lists the priorities with PFC set to enabled Sync d If yes the PFC priorities have been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set Error The error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Error is also set to YES when the Compatible method for the capability fails OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 222 Properties Area State The iSCSI or FCoE state It can be enabled or disabled Active Priority The current active priority assigned for iSCSI or FCoE Sync d If yes the iSCSI or FCoE priority has been set by the peer This parameter cannot be set Error The iSCSI or FCoE error state This capability indicates whether an error has occurred during the configuration exchange with the peer Error is also set to YES when the Compatible method for the capability fails ETS Priority Group Properties Area Note Not displayed if multi channel is enabled on the adapter with the exception of NPar and UFP if enabled by the
330. rectory vmfs volumes e Windows ProgramFiles Util Dump e Solaris opt ELXocm Dump e Linux var log emulex ocmanager Dump e VMware a dump directory you create under vmfs volumes Two files are created e lt Hostname_WWPN_Date Time gt efd e lt Hostname_WWPN_Date Time gt txt 5 To obtain remote host dump files and copy them to your local system click Get Dump Files The Diagnostic Dump File Transfer dialog box appears Figure 13 19 on page 254 Note The Get Dump Files button is disabled if a local adapter port is selected OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 254 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Diagnostics Diagnostic Dump File Transfer x Select The Dump Files To Copy CUPID_10000000c9513e51_20100615 165048626 txt CUPID_10000000c9513e51_20100616 162156797 dmp CUPID_10000000c9513e51_20100616 162156797 txt CUPID_10000000c9513e51_20100617 110108797 txt CUPID_10000000c9513e51_20100618 151054402 dmp CUPID_10000000c9513e51_20100518 151054402 txt CUPID _10000000 9S13eS1_20100622 111648441 txt CUPID _10000000 9513eS1 _20100625 1411S0706 txt CUPID _10000000 95 1 3eS1 _20100625 1416000SS txt CUPID _10000000 95 1 3eS1 _20100625 152930131 txt gt CopyTo C Program Files Emulex Util Dump start Copy Figure 13 19 Diagnostic Dump File Transfer Dialog Box 6 Select the files you want to copy multiple selections are available and click Start Cop
331. rial Number The manufacturer s serial number for the adapter Hardware Version Displays the JEDEC ID Device ID The default device ID for the selected adapter IPL File Name The IPL file name for the selected adapter Adapter Temperature If the adapter s temperature is not available Not Supported is displayed If supported by the adapter this field displays the adapter s temperature and one of the following temperature related status messages o Normal The adapter s temperature is within normal operational range OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 66 An Avago Technologies Company FC Adapters o Warning The adapter s temperature is beyond normal operational range If the temperature continues to increase the adapter shuts down You must determine the cause of the temperature issue and fix it immediately Check for system cooling issues Common causes of system cooling issues include clogged air filters inoperable fans and air conditioning issues that cause high ambient air temperatures o Exceeds operational range Adapter stopped The temperature has reached critical limit forcing the adapter to shut down You must determine the cause of the temperature issue and fix it before resuming operation Check for system cooling issues Common causes of system cooling issues include clogged air filters inoperable fans and air conditioning issues that cause high
332. river parameter must also be set to 0 or 3 e For Solaris enable npiv e For Linux 8 2 Ipfc_enable_npiv See Configuring FC FCoE Driver Parameters on page 155 for more information on enabling driver parameters To create a virtual port 1 Do one of the following e From the View menu select Group Adapters by Virtual Ports e From the toolbar click Group Adapters by Virtual Ports 2 From the discovery tree select the FC FCoE function on which you want to create a virtual port The Virtual Ports tab appears Figure 8 10 on page 130 OneCommand Manager Bib ea Ble Ed Yew Bort Discovery stch tiep Bre p a Be Vrtusl Ports Vetual Ports oS Russer E WI OceLL102 FM NG Port 0 AGE 10 00 00 00 9 58 CB 91 eis Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CB 95 000 00 00 C9 SB CE 20 00 00 00 C9 58 08 95 OCel0102 NH agi Port 0 9 RE 1009 00 00 C9 A0 00 31 0 FKE 1000 00 00 C9 A0 00 21 New Vetual Port 42M Port 1 E WA LPes2002 3 33G Port 0 10 00 00 00 69 00 Select suto generate or enter a new virtual port address below and click Creste Virtual Port to create a new X Port 1 10 00 00 00 9 00 5 Mitosi ports G Mko generate world wide port name 202nn 00 00 C9 51 38 51 Use the foalonino wren port nome JI SE ima ima ia ima inal ad Name optional Create Virtual Port Figure 8 10 Virtual Ports Tab OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 1341 An
333. rmation Firmware Adapter Configuration S EVT TEST cwm 14102 UM Current Configuration Custom Configuration B a Port 0 Nic 00 90 FA 29 46 5A 4 00 90 FA 29 46 58 Next Boot Configuration amp am KA i fig Note Selecting a new link configuration immmediately F Select Link Configuration 4Port 10 Gbps SFP v updates the adapter s next boot configuration i e Nig 00 90 FA 29 46 5E no way to restore previous next boot configuration 4B 00 90 FA 29 46 5F Port 2 s ii 3 Single personality all ports UMC Custom Nig 00 90 FA 29 46 62 feet E pa 3 A 00 90 FA 29 46 63 S a Port 3 Func i Nig 00 90 FA 29 46 66 Port Num MAC Address Protocol AB 00 90 FA 29 46 67 O 00 90 FA 29 46 5A NIC 4 00 90 FA 29 46 5B iSCSI q o Z 8 00 90 FA 29 46 5C None X 1 00 90 FA 29 46 5E NIC n 5 00 90 FA 29 46 5F iSCSI x 1 9 00 90 FA 29 46 60 None 2 00 80 FA 29 46 62 NIC 6 00 90 FA 29 46 63 iSCSI 10 00 80 FA 29 46 64 None X 3 00 90 FA 29 46 66 NIC 3 Factory Defaults Figure 7 34 Adapter Configuration Tab Before Changing Link Configuration Any changes to the Select Link Configuration setting take effect immediately you do not need to click Apply After changing the link configuration you can see the new port configuration and change the functions running on that port before performing a reboot to activate the new link and port configuration For example after changing from a four port to a one port configuration the Adapte
334. rt 0 10 00 00 00 09 0 OG Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 00 Y il ooo t 0 0 b p p 0 p 0 0 tt p p g Figure 8 47 iSCSI Statistics Tab iSCSI Statistics Field Definitions e Node Roles The node role for this iSCSI initiator e Portal Count The number of rows in the iscsiPortaltypeTable that are currently associated with this iSCSI instance e Node Count The number of rows in the iscsiNodetypeTable that are currently associated with this iSCSI instance e Session Count The number of rows in the iscsiSessiontypeTable that are currently associated with this iSCSI instance e Session Failure Count The number of times a session belonging to this initiator has failed e Last Session Failure Type The type of failure encountered in the last session failure OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 186 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI e Last Session Remote Node Name The iSCSI name of the remote node from the failed session e Session Digest Errors The count of sessions that failed due to receipt of a PDU containing header or data digest errors e Session Connection Timeout The count of sessions that failed due to a sequence exceeding a time limit e Session Format Errors The count of sessions that failed due to receipt of an iSCSI PDU that contained a format error e Login Failures The number of times a login from this
335. rt 0 S g Port 1 Sess essrs ES cal Bis af A Figure 8 45 iSCSI PCI Registers Tab To view iSCSI PCI registers 1 From the discovery tree select the iSCSI function whose PCI information you want to view 2 Select the iSCSI PCI Registers tab Figure 8 45 on page 183 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company Viewing iSCSI VPD Information The VPD tab Figure 8 46 on page 184 displays vital product data if available for the selected iSCSI function such as the product name part number serial number and so on To view VPD information 1 Select Host view 2 In the discovery tree select the iSCSI function whose VPD information you want to view 3 Select the VPD tab Figure 8 46 on page 184 File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help aA Mee A e Ungrouped c E WIN 3APR7157MM9 7101684 5 36 Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 44 44 44 RE 10 00 00 00 9 44 44 46 S 36 Port 1 Nig 00 00 C9 44 44 45 ARE 10 00 00 00 C9 44 44 47 localhost localdoOCM RHEL6 4x64 OCe 14401 UX st Port 2 Nic 00 90 FA 28 79 D2 i LP 1050 2 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C2 a 10 00 00 00 C9 39 9F C3 LP9000 33 10 00 00 00 C9 32 2D 66 S E WIN 2SDTOBF6R42 OneConnect OCe 14000 S 36 Port 1 Nic 00 90 FA 41 23 00 2 Port 2 Nic 00 90 FA 41 2
336. s cccecccee sce ceecceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaees 123 Running the OneCommand Manager Application on a Guest Operating System 123 Viewing NIC PCI RESISteNS sii ii cies ses vesdcaes cae cessed vevdevoveves ced edecaeddeses cess ces 124 PCIE COE ses ccsnstandanvanandadeanedtanauewsdenvinnnesriadeaacusdesenadaneduldumaiesiiasinaanndatemnnse 124 Viewing FCoE Function INFORMACION sssssssesessessssssossssosessessseseoseseeseee 124 FCoE Port Information Field Definitions cc ccc ceec cee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseees 125 Viewing FC FCOoE Statistics cece ciaretta ostri ence ee kE rE EE saini 126 Port Statistics Field Definitions ccccccecececeeeeeceeeeeeeneecensaeeeseaeeeseeeeneaes 127 Viewing FC FCoE Virtual Port Information ccccceesescccccesccccenesssceeeens 129 Discovery Information for Virtual Ports Field Definitions ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeees 129 Creating and Deleting FC FCoE Virtual Ports ceeeecee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 129 Creating Virtual POrs cseicsccdswes venccdsawsdawhhecudieedbansedibeedeewsee riii i raatein 129 Deleting Virtual Ports cess ccasscaesrse coded wustcecedentenbteeedesde eoceescsadebedeseesd TRSN 132 Viewing FC FCoE Fabric Information sctvcicwcesescis cccavciwlonsnacspesdaacacdocioetesendcs 133 Discovery Information Field Definitions cece cecceeeeceeneeceeeeeeeseeeeneeeeneaes 134 Viewing FC Port Transceiver
337. s Figure 4 1 on page 37 The set of available tabs is context sensitive depending on the type of network element or adapter port currently selected in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 Status Bar The status bar is located near the bottom of the OneCommand Manager application window Figure 4 1 on page 37 The status bar displays messages about OneCommand Manager application functions such as Discovery in progress or the progress when performing an Export SAN Info operation The status bar is visible by default Use the Status Bar item in the View menu to hide the status bar If checked the status bar is visible Using OneCommand Manager Secure Management OneCommand Manager Secure Management gives system administrators the ability to further enhance the active management security of their networks Using Secure Management administrators can define each user s privileges for managing both local and remote adapters When running in Secure Management mode users must log on with their user name and password to run the OneCommand Manager application If users are authenticated they can only perform the functions allowed by the OneCommand Manager user group to which they belong If the systems are running in an LDAP or Active Directory domain the OneCommand Manager application authenticates users with those defined in that domain For Linux and Solaris systems this is done using PAM Note OneCommand Manager Secure Man
338. s The Max Configurable PGs field in the ETS OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 10 DCB Configuration 223 Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters priority groups area shows the number of priority groups supported by the adapter x Settings 7 Graties 4 Trara Port Oescrpten frabied 4 Trant System Cescpton trabied Coenene Verse a 7 Traga Sytem rame Enabled J Tarat System lt apait Eratied Mamu se or Figure 10 8 Configure DCB Dialog Box for NIC FCoE iSCSI Adapter Ports DCBX enabled Configure DCB Dialog Box Field Definitions DCBX Settings Area e Enabled DCBX can be enabled or disabled With DCBX enabled the configured values are used only if the switch does not provide them With DCBX disabled the configured values are used Operating Version Operating version of the DCBX protocol The system adjusts as needed to operate at the highest version supported by both link partners This setting cannot be changed Maximum Version The highest DCBX protocol version supported by the system Version numbers start at zero The DCBX protocol must be backward compatible with all previous versions This setting cannot be changed LLDP Settings Area e Transmit Enabled LLDP Transmit can be enabled or disabled e Transmit Port Description Enabled Provides a description of the port in an alpha numeric format The value equals the ifDescr object if
339. s 32 An Avago Technologies Company Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application 3 Run the install script Type wsinstall 4 When prompted enter the web server s document root directory For example e Solaris var apache htdocs e Linux srv www htdocs or var www html 5 Confirm that the IP address of the host is the IP address that the web server uses Answer lt y gt or lt n gt as appropriate If you answer lt n gt you are prompted for the IP address you want to use 6 When asked if your web server is listening on the normal default HTTP port 80 answer lt y gt or lt n gt as appropriate If you answer lt n gt you are prompted for the port you want to use After you have entered the necessary information you are notified when the installation of the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch package is complete The Web Launch configuration files are created and Web Launch Service automatically starts 7 To verify the installation locate another client open a web browser window and enter the following URL http IP_ADDR PORT NUM ocmanager jnlp where IP_ADDR is the IP address of the host on which you installed the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch service and PORT_ NUM is the TCP port number of the listening host s web server The standard OneCommand Manager application user interface appears Note It is not necessary to enter a port number if the standard HTTP port was chosen
340. s WWPN Each virtual port has its own WWPN but its WWNN is the same as the physical port s WWNN Note If you entered a WWPN that is already in use you are prompted to enter another WWPN 6 Click OK The new virtual port is added to the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 under the physical port where it was created and the Number of Virtual Ports field is updated Note The OneCommand Manager application automatically refreshes its discovery after a virtual port is created However targets for a new virtual port may not be discovered during the refresh Therefore you must refresh the discovery until the targets appear under the virtual port in the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company Deleting Virtual Ports 8 Managing Protocols FC FCoE Note The OneCommand Manager application cannot create or delete virtual ports on VMware ESXi server systems Although VMware ESXi server supports NPIV only VMware management tools can create or delete virtual ports To delete a virtual port 1 OneCommand Manager Application Do one of the following e From the View menu select Group Adapters by Virtual Ports e From the toolbar click Group Adapters by Virtual Ports From the discovery tree select the virtual port you want to delete The Virtual Ports tab appears Figure 8 11 on page 132 OneCommand M Manager jot x
341. s ans ier eaves tasea PaE EEEE EEEE ERA 146 Add Persistent Binding Dialog BOX sssssesssesssessossssseeoseosseoseessees 147 Bind New Target Dialog BOX ssssnesssnssessessssesesssessesseresseeessecsesseee 147 LUN Masking Tab oss vxcntvosduvarsadusiaxatnadenswwavunheiudnwsdadinaiwenendeiwwesbanewne 148 Enabling an ExpressLane LUN ssssssssssessesesessssoosssccseseesossesesseesessses 150 Maintenance TaD avidines cicucncaccanessanevensessedeuendscesencesvsccacveutenewaevusses 152 Warning About Changing WWN cic cisssceces edi vandal cater kailerkaesaeeusekaaweaersees 152 Change World Wide Name Configuration Dialog Box cece esse eee e eee 153 Reset WANING wc iasecriesnesececueessenssepaedenieceeede dee vewse ewan dageeeeane dye S 155 Host Driver Parameters Tab sesssesesssesesssscecssscossesososececssscossesee 156 Driver Parameters Tab Adapter Selected cecsccsssccccsccccncresscveres 158 Host Driver Parameters Tab Host Selected ccceessscccesccsoeeeeees 160 Save Driver Parameters Dialog BOX sisscccwsces cacesstucavtnnstiarannrenereeedaerneves 162 Batch Driver Parameters Update Dialog Box cece eeeee ence cence eeeee eens 162 FIP Tab Tor FCOR Adapters ccnccccoucdie aeuns viionsrasehawen EEE REEE PENERE ins 164 Boot from SAN Configuration Dialog BOX cceccc eee eeeee eee eeeeeeeeneees 167 Select Boot Device Window for x86 or EFIBOOt ce cece eee eeeeeeeeees
342. specific revision number for the LUN Mapping Information Area e FCP LUN The FC identifier used by the adapter to map to the SCSI OS LUN e SCSI OS LUN The SCSI identifier used by the operating system to map to the specific LUN e OS Device Name The name assigned by the operating system to the LUN LUN Capacity Area Note LUN capacity information is only provided if the LUN is a mass storage disk device Other devices such as tapes and scanners do not display capacity e Capacity The capacity of the LUN in megabytes e Block Size The length of a logical unit block in bytes LUN Masking Area e Current Mask Status Possible states are masked or unmasked See Masking and Unmasking LUNs Windows on page 148 for more information on LUN Masking Viewing FC FCoE Target Mapping Windows and Solaris The Target Mapping tab Figure 8 20 on page 143 enables you to view current target mapping and to set up persistent binding Note Persistent binding is not supported on Solaris systems To view target mapping 1 Select Host or Fabric view 2 In the discovery tree select the FC FCoE function whose target mapping information you want to view OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A axe EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 143 3 Select the Target Mapping tab Figure 8 20 on page 143 Dnecommand TM Manager Ee Yew Bort picovery Batch Heb F 6 an Port Information Raitis l Maintenance SE wen o
343. ssesescssesessesossseseee 21 Unattended Installation in Windows ssssssssssssssssssssssesssssesesessssesesseessssssee 22 IN INUK oreren an EE OEE EE TEE EEEE E Ea 24 Attended Installation in LINUX ccccccccescceececceeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeesaseesseeeseeeeeaes 24 Unattended Installation in LINUX ccc cece cece ee eeeene een nee eeneeeeeneeeenneeeeneeeees 26 Updating an Installation in LINUX cece cece cece eee cece eee eeeeeee snes ees eeeeeeeeeeee 27 I Solar S seoir iriiri aE a REEE TESE ETEC VTE EEEE TEENETE 27 A E E E E E E E 29 Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface 29 REQUIFEMENS i cdeseeesecedevecsecedasseddveedeseedeucsteeecteceedevedeevedeeseaeeeetesseteees 30 Ink WiNdOWS2ecccds2nceeeeecsiaced cecal a daiencearal eaten ccdiadeeadeeedite dedeaeccdes eed cents 30 ly Linux and Solaris vassccsscseteccces vetaddecseeveldertssuivscetblorsesdeteescaeeaveldetucewmedienes 31 Installations vencutttrewssvenncdonisoensuaend EEEE OE TEETE NEE 31 Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application sssssessssesescsesesssessosese 32 Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ONV a E E E E 33 3 Starting and Stopping the OneCommand Manager Application s00 34 M WIRGOWS osiossa re asne EE EET 34 l Lin xand Solaris ccsccccereccecdcetincereietidedacecetsensacdadetendiciaureumarsuaatiedaxetaareend 34 Starting the OneCommand Manager Applicati
344. stallation settings are defined using the install script command line Note Prior to installation OneCommand groups must be configured on the LDAP network or the local host machine for Secure Management operation See OneCommand Manager Secure Management Configuration Requirements on page 44 for configuration instructions To view the options for unattended installation type install sh help To perform an unattended silent installation enter the following command OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 26 DE EMULEX 2 Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager Application Components 27 An Avago Technologies Company Installing the OneCommand Manager Application install sh q2 Note The Management Mode default for unattended installation is Local Management Plus Updating an Installation in Linux The OneCommand Manager application supports the following update paths e You can update from an earlier Core Kit to a later Enterprise Kit e You can update from an earlier Enterprise Kit to a later Enterprise Kit See Attended Installation in Linux on page 24 or Unattended Installation in Linux on page 26 for instructions In Solaris The following must be installed for the utilities to function properly e The Solaris FC FCoE inbox driver version emlxs 2 80 8 0 or later or the out of box driver version elxfc 2 85 xx xx must be installed for FC FCoE management e The NIC inbox driver
345. switch during the execution of all tests D_Port Window Test Phase Results List Test Phase The name of the test run Phase Result The result of the test run Possible results are Pass Fail or Skipped Phase Latency The round trip legacy in ns calculated during the execution of the test Local Error The error s if any detected on the local side of the test Remote Error The error s if any detected on the remote side of the test OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 241 D_Port Window Buttons e Start Tests Click to start D_Port tests The start time is displayed e Stop Tests Click to stop running D_Port tests The stop time is displayed e Save Results to File Click to save test results to a file you specify e Close Click to close the window disabled while tests are running Note If the SFP or adapter firmware do not support running D_Port diagnostics clicking Start Tests causes an error message to be displayed indicating this and the tests will not be executed Creating Diagnostic Dumps The diagnostic dump capability enables you to create a dump file for a selected FC port Dump files contain various information such as firmware version driver version and so on that is particularly useful when troubleshooting an adapter You can also retrieve dump files from remote hosts Not available in read only mode For 16GFC HBAs see the OneConnect secti
346. t Adapters File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help i ee me Be free JA HL r Hosts Physical Port Info oce Diagnostics Transceiver Data Channel Management 5 5 ke win hm OCe11102 FM Bae Channel Management Type UMC 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4A 10 00 00 01 C9 D5 6A 4B F 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4C Ne 00 00 C9 D5 68 4D Function eran nemem Ee Port 1 Number Type MAC Address LPVID BW BW bog 00 00 C9 D5 68 4E i E 10 00 00 01 C9 D5 6A 4F 0o Nc 00 00 c9 D5 6A 44 4 o o 00 00 C9 D5 64 50 enti Nig 00 00 C9 D5 6A 51 2 FCoE oo oo co ns ea 8 UR so so hs LP9802 F2 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 58 20 78 4 NIC 00 00 C9 DS 64 4C 101 30 100 BR appdevos a Se 6 NIC 00 00 C9 D5 64 4 4000 ko o0 ou Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 11 33 55 E W LPe16000 a Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 11 33 56 Minimum Bandwidth Total 100 B utilsuno1 E 7101684 Note Minimum bandwidths must add up to 100 E Port 0 Nic 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E2 Note Setting the minimum bandwidth to 0 will disable the channel RE 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E4 B a Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E3 AGE 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 A2 E5 Apply Figure 7 5 UMC Channel Management Tab To configure UMC channel management 1 From the discovery tree select the adapter port whose channel information you want to configure 2 Select the Channel Management tab Figure 7 5 on page 73
347. t Discovery Batch Help Beles a amp Sa Port 2 Nee 1C 10E 2702 74 GRE 10 00 1C C1 08 27 02 a NCSSR Je Port 3 Nip 1C C1 DE 27 31 18 ARE 10 00 1C C1 0 27 31 Jag Port 2 Mie ICC 1 DE 27 31 1 GRE 10 00 1C C1 0 27 31 S MEI Pe 1205 St etl Port O 10 00 00200 09 70 E a Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 70 Np 2C 76 8A 82 9 60 GARE 10 00 20 76 8 82 F 9 4 Ss Port 2 Nig 2 76BAG2F9 64 ae RE aca s EMULEX 7Q 2m reir a Port 0 00 S0 FA 41 23 80 Port Nic 00 50 FA41 23 88 mo ne son BEOSES es anne v Figure 10 1 DCB Tab for NIC Only Adapter Ports NIC Only adapter port selected DCB Tab Field Definitions e DCBX State The current DCBX state enabled or disabled e LLDP Transmit State DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled e LLDP Receive States DCBX uses LLDP to exchange parameters between two link peers For the DCBX protocol to operate correctly both LLDP Rx and Tx must be enabled If either Rx or Tx is disabled DCBX is disabled OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 207 An Avago Technologies Company Updating Firmware for Multiple Adapters PFC Properties Area State Enabled means that flow control in both directions
348. t Type vNIC1 MAC Address Name LPVID Outer VLAN ID Minimum BW Maximum BW 00 00 C9 D5 69 16 00 00 C9 D5 69 17 00 00 C9 D5 69 18 00 00 C9 D5 69 19 nja NjA nya NjA Figure 7 6 Channel Management Tab for vNIC1 Lenovo System X Only To view vNIC channel management 1 From the discovery tree select the vNIC adapter port whose channel information you want to view 2 Select the Channel Management tab Figure 7 6 on page 74 Apply 100 100 100 100 Channel Management Field Definitions for vNIC1 Lenovo System X Only e Type Read only The protocol type in use e Func Num Read only The function number assigned by the system to the channel e Type Read only The protocol type in use by the channel e MAC address Read only The MAC address assigned to the channel OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 75 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters e Name The name assigned to the vNIC by an administrator during switch configuration e LPVID Each channel can be assigned a default VLAN ID Each egress untagged packet is tagged with this default value e Outer VLAN ID The VLAN identifier used between the NIC port and the switch The switch maps this value into the VLAN ID used on the network e Minimum BW The minimum percentage of the port s bandwidth at which the
349. t a LUN associated with an iSCSI adapter from the discovery tree the LUN Information tab Figure 8 54 on page 197 displays information associated with that LUN Note The Refresh LUNs button only refreshes the LUN list for the currently selected target To view the LUN information 1 Select Host view 2 From the discovery tree select the iSCSI LUN whose information you want to view The LUN Information tab appears Figure 8 54 on page 197 Z OneCommand Manager Efe Edt yew Bort Discovery Batch Help z SE ja OASHER E WD C01 1102FM E3 Pert 0 Nig 00 00 C9 56 CB 74 E W OCel 102M mE Pert O Bem Port 1 Nip 00 00 9 58 CB 94 RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 3 lll 20 24 00 A0 88 2 i Gt am OCe10102 NM Beg Port 0 Ne 00 00 C9 AD 00 3C RE 10 00 00 00 9 A0 04 Me Port 1 we OCe 10102m Es Pert 0 Me Port 1 E MI OCe10102 AM E sas Port 0 Nig 00 00 9 A0 0C A8 a BR 00 00 C9 A0 DC AA E dG Port Nig 00 00 C9 AD DC A9 a A 00 00 C9 A0 0C A8 T Gt NNAM aan gt Figure 8 54 iSCSI LUN Information Tab iSCSI LUN Information Field Definitions e Vendor Name The name of the vendor of the LUN e Model Number The vendor s model number for the LUN e LUN Name The name of the LUN Available only on ESXi platforms e Serial Number The vendor s serial number for the LUN e Capacity The unformatted size of the LUN e Block Size The size of a logical unit block in bytes OneCommand Manager Ap
350. t for instructions on obtaining a license key file Enter the license key file ame below and click OK to install the activation keys AdspterID feixzz HGs7 15596 4221 License Key File Name SS Figure 7 12 Install Feature Licenses Dialog Box 3 Following the instructions you received with the Entitlement Code go to the License website and enter the AdapterID and Entitlement Code OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 82 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Adapters Note The Copy to Clipboard button enables you to copy the AdapterID to the clipboard so you can paste it into a file or in the AdapterID field at the License website 4 When the AdapterID and Entitlement Code are successfully validated download a License Key File containing one or more activation keys 5 Using the Install Feature Licenses dialog box Figure 7 12 on page 81 enter the name of the License Key File or click Browse to use a file browser to find the file and click OK 6 A dialog box appears confirming that you want to install the licenses Click OK 7 A dialog box appears notifying you that the installation was successful or why it failed Click OK Changing Personalities on OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters The OneCommand Manager application enables you to change the personality or protocol running on OneConnect OCe11102 adapters When you change the personality of the ada
351. t from remote hosts You are prompted to enter the TCP IP port number to use Leaving the field blank defaults to 23333 If you select options 2 or 3 you are prompted for the management host address Leaving the field blanks means none You can enter an IP address or host name If you enter a management host address you are prompted to exclude management of this host from any other host If you select option 4 management of remote hosts is automatically selected and you are prompted to enter the TCP IP port number to use Leaving the field blank defaults to 23333 Note Management hosts cannot be managed by remote hosts If you answered 2 3 or 4 in step 9 you must decide whether you want the OneCommand Manager application to operate in read only mode Read only mode prevents users from performing certain operations such as resetting adapters updating an adapter s firmware and changing adapter driver properties and bindings It only affects the local OneCommand Manager application interface These operations can still be performed using remote management Enter lt y gt for yes to allow users to perform these operations enter lt n gt for no if read only mode is desired You are prompted about allowing users to change the management mode after installation Enter lt y gt for yes or lt n gt for no Unattended Installation in Linux For unattended or silent installation of the OneCommand Manager application for Linux in
352. t the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 and click Power on Self Test POST A warning dialog box appears 3 Click OK A POST window appears displaying POST information Note After the test starts it cannot be cancelled It must run to completion Using Beaconing The beaconing capability enables you to force a specific adapter s LEDs to blink in a particular sequence The blinking pattern acts as a beacon making it easier to locate a specific adapter among racks of other adapters Not available in read only mode If you enable beaconing the two LEDs blink rapidly in unison for 24 seconds after which the LEDs report the adapter health status for 8 seconds When the 8 seconds are up the adapter returns to beaconing mode This cycle repeats indefinitely until you disable beaconing or you reset the adapter Note The beaconing buttons are disabled if the selected adapter does not support beaconing To enable or disable beaconing 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC port whose LEDs you want to set 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 and click Beacon On or Beacon Off Running D_Port Tests D_Port is a diagnostic mode supported by Brocade switches for 16GFC D_Port tests enable you to detect physical cabling issues that result in increased error rates and intermittent behavior If activated D_Port runs a series of tests including local electrical loopback loopback to t
353. t whose channel information you want to view 2 Select the Channel Management tab Figure 7 4 on page 72 The appearance of the tab varies depending on the channel management type in use OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 72 An Avago Technologies Company SSS OneComect Adapters Note Channel Management must be enabled on the Adapter Information tab for the Channel Management tab to appear File Edit View Port Discovery Batch Help ele me Sa fe AL Hosts Physical Port Info DCB Diagnostics Transceiver Data Channel Management fig wn EE OCe11102 FM a6 Channel Management Type UMC F 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4A 01 C9 D5 6A 4B Nig 00 00 C9 D5 64 4C y Nic 00 00 C9 D5 68 4D Function bi ace Maximum E Port 1 Number Type MAC Address LPVID BW _ BW bog 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4E 10 00 00 01 C9 D5 6A 4F 0 Ne 00 00 c9 D5 6A 44 4 o o 00 00 C39 D5 6A 50 A 00 00 C9 D5 6A 51 2 FCoE oo oo co ps ea 48 ME 20 so E LP9802 F2 5 aM Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 58 20 78 4 NIC 00 00 C9 D5 6A 4C 101 30 100 Bi appdevos T Peien 6 NIC 00 00 C9 D5 64 4D 4900 m fico a Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 11 33 55 E W LPe16000 a Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 11 33 56 Minimum Bandwidth Total 100 B utilsuno1 B 7101684 Note Minimum bandwidths must add up to 100 B Port 0 Nic 00 00
354. tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 Running a Quick Test The Diagnostics tab enables you to run a quick diagnostics test on a selected FC port The Quick Test consists of 50 PCI Loopback test cycles and 50 Internal Loopback test cycles Not available in read only mode or on LightPulse adapters in ESXi hosts To use quick test 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC port on which you want to run the Quick Test 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 and click Quick Test A warning message appears Figure 13 3 on page 237 Run Quick Test Ea D Running quick test requires taking the selected adapter offline Ensure that all 10 activity on this port has stopped before proceeding Click OK to run the test or Cancef to skip it Figure 13 3 Quick Test Warning 3 Click OK to run the test The Quick Diagnostic Test window appears displaying the PCI Loopback and Internal Loopback test results OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 238 Running a Power On Self Test POST Note Not supported on LPe15000 or LPe16000 series adapters The POST is a firmware test normally performed on an adapter after a reset or restart The POST does not require any configuration to run Not available in read only mode To run the POST 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC port on which you want to run the POST 2 Selec
355. tatus The session status logged in login in progress login failed recovery unknown e ISID The ISID unique for each session e ISID Qualifier The first two bytes of the ISID unique for each session OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 194 An Avago Technologies Company iSCSI TSIH The target session identifier handle A tag generated by an iSCSI target to identify an iSCSI session with a specific iSCSI initiator Not available when running the open iSCSI driver iSCSI Boot If checked the target is enabled for boot However it does not necessarily mean that the target is the current boot device Check this box to enable boot from this target Uncheck it to disable boot from this target You must uncheck this box to log out from a target However even if you uncheck the box logout is not possible from the currently booted target Note Not supported when running the open iSCSI driver Session Negotiated Login Options Area InitialR2T The initial request to transmit If set to Yes the initiator has to wait for the target to solicit SCSI data before sending it If set to No it allows the initiator to send a burst of unsolicited FirstBurstLength bytes Immediate Data If set to Yes it allows the initiator to append unsolicited data to a command Max Connections The maximum number of connections to targets that are allowed within a single session M
356. the Port WWN field of the Port Information tab is not changed Also any change you make to the names in your discovery tree are seen only by you users running the OneCommand Manager application on another host do not see your name changes To change the name of an FC FCoE function 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC port whose name you want to change 2 Do one of the following e Select Edit Name from the Port menu e From the discovery tree right click the port whose name you want to change and select Change Name 3 Edit the in the discovery tree To use the FC FCoE function s default name 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the FC FC FCoE function whose name you want to change 2 Do one of the following e Select Use Default Name from the Port menu e From the discovery tree right click the port whose name you want to change and select Restore Default Name Resetting FC FCoE Functions You can reset remote and local FC FCoE functions Not available in read only mode or on NIC or iSCSI functions Caution Do not reset your functions while copying or writing files This could result in data loss or corruption Note For FCoE functions a reset is only necessary to activate updated driver parameters that require a reset or FIP settings It does not actually perform an adapter function level reset OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A FC FCoE
357. the new link configuration setting It is disabled after selecting a new link configuration e Details When the Details button is clicked details about the active configuration are shown in a pop up window If Link Re configurability is available the current link configuration description is displayed at the top of the window as shown in Figure 7 38 on page 110 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 110 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration Active Adapter Configuration em ee gt Link Configuration 4Port 10 Gbps SFP Current Configuration Custom Configuration O 00 90 FA 29 46 5A NIC E 0 4 00 90 FA 29 46 5B ISCSI 1 00 90 FA 29 46 5E NIC 1 5 00 90 FA 29 46 5F ISCSI 2 00 90 FA 29 46 62 NIC 2 6 00 90 FA 29 46 63 ISCSI Figure 7 38 Active Adapter Configuration Window Showing Active Link Configuration Dell NPar Configuration View Note For NPar functions are referred to as partitions For Dell adapters the Adapter Configuration tab Figure 7 39 on page 111 is different than other adapters Single personality multi channel or custom configurations are not available in the Next Boot Configuration Instead there is a single checkbox to enable or disable NPar and an NPar Configuration table to configure NPar partition protocol and bandwidth assignments If NPar is enabled the OneComm
358. this field are VO the letter O not the number zero and Vx where x is a number Some adapters may show additional VPD information such as EC EC level and MN manufacturer ID 119 gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 120 An Avago Technologies Company NIC Enabling and Disabling SR IOV on NIC Functions on OCe11000 series adapters Notes e For OCe14000 series adapters refer to OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration on page 90 e This section only applies when running the OneCommand Manager application on supported SR IOV adapters and operating system platforms e SR IOV is not supported with UMC If SR IOV is available the NIC Port Information tab Figure 8 1 allows you to enable SR IOV on NIC adapter functions of an adapter If SR IOV is enabled multiple VFs can be created on a NIC PF for an adapter port These VFs are assigned by virtual operating systems such as Microsoft Hyper V and Linux KVM to virtual machines VMs Each VM can be assigned one or more VFs by the guest operating system running on the VM To the guest operating system the VF is an independent NIC function with its own MAC address and is available for network I O The discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 displays the VFs running on the discovered PFs It also shows the selected VF s MAC Address VLAN ID Link Status and Transmit Rate To enable or disable SR IOV 1 G1 ie as Select Host view Select a
359. ting is None 0 msec Set to one of the following o None default o 50ms o 100ms o 200 ms e Type the Default AL_PA number It has a range of 00 EF default 0 Changes the AL_PA of the selected adapter Not available for OneConnect adapters OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt X EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 172 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE EFIBoot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog Box Use the EFIBoot Advanced Adapter Settings dialog box Figure 8 39 on page 172 to configure the advanced settings for the selected EFIBoot adapter Make your configuration selections then click OK to return to the Boot BIOS configuration window These settings wil not be saved unti you cick OK in that window Device Path Fere Boot Target Scan uvram tages gt Madra LUN per Target 0 4096 ese 1 4096 Reset Delay Timer Po ass PLOGI Retry Timer ms ie gt Defauk AL_PA hex pooo OK Cancel Figure 8 39 EFIBoot Advanced Adapter Settings Dialog Box EFIBoot Advanced Adapter Settings Field Definitions Device Path Makes the Fibre driver appear as a SCSI driver o Fibre default o SCSI Boot Target Scan This option is available only if none of the eight boot entries are configured to boot via DID or WWPN o NVRAM Targets default Discovers only LUNs that are saved to the adapter Non Volatile Random Access Memory NVRAM o Discovered Targets Discovers all devices that are
360. tion Area e Mode The mode of operation Three modes are available Enabled Passive and Disabled o Enabled The FC function initiates authentication after issuing an FLOGI to the switch If the connecting device does not support DHCHAP authentication the software still continues with the rest of the initialization sequence o Passive The FC function does not initiate authentication but participates in the authentication process if the connecting device initiates an authentication request o Disabled The FC function does not initiate authentication or participate in the authentication process when initiated by a connecting device This is the default mode e Timeout During the DHCHAP protocol exchange if the switch does not receive the expected DHCHAP message within a specified time interval authentication failure is assumed no authentication is performed The time value ranges from 20 to 999 seconds OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt G EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 177 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE e Bi Directional If enabled the FC driver supports authentication initiated by either the switch or the FC function If disabled the driver supports FC function initiated authentication only e Re authenticate If enabled the FC driver can periodically initiate authentication e Re auth Interval The value in minutes that the FC driver uses to periodically initiate authentication V
361. traffic e Default ETO The default extended timeout e Max CDB Length Maximum SCSI command descriptor block size e SubSys Device ID The PCI subsystem ID assigned to the iSCSI function e SubSys Vendor ID The PCI subsystem vendor ID assigned to the iSCSI function e PCI Bus number The PCI bus number assigned to the iSCSI function Viewing iSCSI Network Information The Network Information tab Figure 8 43 on page 180 displays connection information such as link status and port speed The tab also allows you to enable or disable DHCP authentication and VLANs assign IP addresses subnet masks VLAN IDs and priorities and more for the selected iSCSI port You can also enable or disable iSCSI boot To view iSCSI network information 1 Select Host view 2 Select an iSCSI function in the discovery tree 3 Select the isCSI Network Information tab Figure 8 43 on page 180 0 omni om Eie fse View Pert Discovery Batch Help pamos He H NAR Eratie GCSE Boot Figure 8 43 iSCSI Network Information Tab iSCSI Network Information Tab Field Definitions Connection Info Area e Link Status The status of the link on the selected iSCSI function e Port Speed The speed at which the selected iSCSI function is running OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt 8 Managing Protocol gt G EMULEX anaging pie 181 An Avago Technologies Company i e Min Bandwidth The minimum bandw
362. tree Fal Refresh LUNS button e Initiates a LUN discovery refresh cycle Help button e Displays the OneCommand Manager application s online help e Displays the About OneCommand Manager dialog box The dialog box displays version information including RMAPI Discovery DFClib MILI Library Version Windows and Remote Management Agent Version Windows It also enables you to contact Emulex Technical Support OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 4 Using the OneCommand Manager Application 40 An Avago Technologies Company The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions Discovery Tree The discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 has icons that represent discovered hosts adapters ports virtual ports fabrics targets and LUNs Using the View menu the OneCommand Manager application allows you to control the way iSCSI initiator and target ports are identified in the discovery tree The iSCSI Names option displays all iSCSI ports by their IQN The iSCSI Alias option displays each port by its alias I anecommand manager Ele Edt Wew Port Discovery Batch Help DAERA E W OCe11102FM E6 Port 0 Nie 00 00 C9 58 CB 74 Ea Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 58 C8 78 ib RUSSET Eh OCe11102 FM EG Port O Nic 00 00 C9 58 CB 90 RE 10 00 00 00 9 58 CE Ea Port 1 Nic 00 00 C9 58 CB 94 FEE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 CE fam OCe10102 NM EE Port 0 Nig 00 00 C9 A0
363. tual CHAP and One Way CHAP MaxRecdDataSegmentLength The maximum data segment length in bytes an initiator or target can receive in an iSCSI PDU Header Digest If set to CRC32C the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s header segments is protected by a CRC32C checksum Data Digest If set to CRC32C the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segments is protected by a CRC32C checksum TCPMSS The maximum segment size for this connection The driver uses this to determine the size of the data PDU whenever it is required to transmit the entire PDU with a single iSCSI header OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt 8 Managing Protocol gt G EMULEX anaging pice 196 An Avago Technologies Company l l Viewing iSCSI Target Information When you select a target associated with a iSCSI adapter from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the Target Information tab Figure 8 53 on page 196 displays information associated with that target To view iSCSI target information 1 Select Host view 2 In the discovery tree select the iSCSI target whose information you want to view The Target Information tab appears Figure 8 53 on page 196 OneCommand Manager Ele Edt yew Bort Qscovery Batch Help Bral HE fe DASHER Target information Nic 00 00 9 S8 CB 74 E as Port t Ni 00 00 C9 SB LE 78 Seb RUSSET wn Ocel 02AM Ed Port 0 Eje Port 1 Nie 00 00 CPSE lt LEH RE 10 00 00 00 C9 58 3 pn Oce1
364. tus code other than normal e Port Row Status This field allows entries to be dynamically added and removed from this table using SNMP e Portal Role The role of a portal A portal can operate in either one of two roles as a target portal or an initiator portal e Portal Protocol The portal s transport protocol e Portal Tag The portal s aggregation tag if the portal is used as an initiator OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 187 An Avago Technologies Company l l Configuring iSCSI Target Discovery The iSCSI Target Discovery tab allows you to configure iSCSI target discovery related parameters Figure 8 48 on page 187 Z OneCommari TM Manager olx Ele yew pot Qiscovery Batch Help OGseKe SF aL Er Hosts a SCSI Statistics ICSI Initiator Login Options SCSI Target Discovery fel osmo WEI OneConnect OCe10100 gt mt Port 0 aD ign 1990 07 com Em S we OCe10102 FM ats Port 0 Mie 00 00 C 9 40 8498 AGE 10 00 00 00 9 90 44 98 ts Port 1 Nip 00 00 C9 0 n4 9 GE 10 00 00 00 C9 90 44 30 E Pet 1000 4 S st 10 00 00 00 09 51 36 51 E Mill 20 28 00 00 08 2 78 27 F1 2006 01 com oppert der targat 068 2006 01 com operFier target 069 WEI OneConnect OCe10100 ads Port 0 E E 10 00 00 88 C9 58 34 97 Target Logn Target Sess Remove Target st S WEI OCe10102 FM si Port 0 Figure 8 48 iSCSI Target Discov
365. u are running a firewall you may need to add the OneCommand Manager application remote server to the firewall s exception list This remote server s path is Program Files Emulex Util Common rmserver exe Hosts File The TCP IP discovery function of the OneCommand Manager application discovery server relies on a file called the hosts file This plain text file contains a list of hosts the utility attempts to discover The discovery server does not attempt to discover hosts over TCP IP through any other mechanisms such as ping sweeps and broadcasts OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company Discovery Using the TCP IP Access Protocol The hosts file is automatically created or modified when you perform any of the following operations e Adding a single host from the Add Remote Host window Figure 5 2 on page 50 If the host is discovered the OneCommand Manager application adds its IP address and name to the host file e Scanning a range of IP addresses for hosts that can be managed This function is performed in the Add Remote Hosts window Figure 5 2 on page 50 For each discovered host the OneCommand Manager application adds its IP address and name to the host file e Removing a host from the host file using the Remove Remote Hosts window For each removed host the OneCommand Manager application removes its IP address and name from the host file e Adding or removing a
366. ually enter the target and LUN from the Boot from SAN Configuration dialog box it is easier to select an existing LUN from this window See Figure 8 37 The OneCommand Manager application attempts to update the boot parameters If successful a window appears with a confirmation message Click OK on this confirmation window OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt X EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 169 An Avago Technologies Company FC FCoE Highlight the LUN below and click OK to use it as a boot device You can optionally double click the LUN to select it and return immediately y Available LUNs Targets 5 20 2B 00 A0 88 2F 75 27 010600 fl Lun 31 S 0 06 01 68 34 60 0E FB 010000 i LUN O fii luni T Lun 2 LUN 3 oof LUN 4 fli wns of LUN 6 LUN Tune f Lun f LUN 10 Lun 11 LUN 12 LUN 13 fil LUN 14 LUN 15 Figure 8 37 Select Boot Device Window for x86 or EFIBoot 10 On the Boot from SAN Configuration dialog box Figure 8 36 on page 167 click Apply to save your changes but leave the dialog box open or click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box Note Click Close to close the Boot from SAN Configuration dialog box without saving your changes A message appears to discard your changes 11 Reboot the system for your changes to take effect Configuring Advanced Settings Boot from SAN The OneCommand Manager application provides advanced setti
367. ubSys Device ID e702 10 00 00 00 C9 F2 73 D9 MAC Address 00 00 C9 AD AC 64 Vendor ID 19a2 J W LPe12002 M8 Perm MAC Address 00 00 C9 AD AC 64 SubSys Vendor ID 10df 33 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 A1 94 9A IPv4 Address 10 0 8 89 1P Address Origin Static 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 A1 94 98 TER 255 255 255 0 PCI Function o ia eiaa Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 PCI Bus Number 2 asd os g pace sales a Link Status Link up Max MTU 9000 oe Pinyin a acs i Interface Name Device NTPNP_PCIO100 Current MTU 1500 Sw LPe 16002 M6 Maximum Bandwidth 10 Gbit sec Port Speed 10 Gbit sec 2 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 01 0E DE Sea eee ortec 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 D1 0E D7 utisuno1 VEPA Not Supported W LPe 16002 M6 D 3 Port 0 10 00 00 00 C9 AA AA A IPv6 Address fe80 35 34a 8abc 5f6d 16 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 AA AA Al Pis Gateway Address EEA E F utisunos i ah pa ee 73 97 10 pices SELES SR EEE 2 Port 1 10 00 00 00 C9 73 97 11 None gh WIN DRVR DEV2 oe Guest Operating System Discovery and Management from the Base Host Operating System When the OneCommand Manager application is installed on a guest operating system the guest operating system and VF are discovered by the OneCommand Manager application running on the host operating system The guest operating system host OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 121 XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 8 Managing Protocols NIC appears as a remote host in the d
368. ues include clogged air filters inoperable fans and air conditioning issues that cause high ambient air temperatures After the system overheating issue is resolved and the adapter has cooled down reboot the system or if the system supports hot swapping cycle the power of the adapter slot Personality Area OCe11102 Adapters Only Current The current personality in use by the adapter After Reboot o FCoE Check to choose the FCoE personality o iSCSI Check to choose the iSCSI personality o NIC Only Check to choose the NIC only personality Note Some of the personalities may be disabled if the personality is not available on the adapter Apply button Click to apply the personality you choose The system must be rebooted for your selection to take effect License Features Area OCe11102 Adapters Only Show License Features button Click to show available licenses See Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 80 for more information Install License Features button Click to install licenses See Showing and Installing Licenses for OneConnect OCe11102 Adapters on page 80 for more information Viewing OneConnect Multi ASIC Adapter Information When you select a OneConnect multi ASIC adapter from the discovery tree the Adapter Information tab Figure 7 9 on page 79 contains general attributes associated with the selected dual ASIC four port OneConnect adapter To view ge
369. uration SG EMULEX 102 An Avago Technologies Company e A maximum of four channels per port can be configured e The fourth channel of a port if available can only be assigned NIC or None e LPVIDs range 2 4094 must be assigned to all NIC channels and must be unique across all NIC channels on a port However any or all of the LPVIDs on one port can be repeated on another port The maximum number of functions per port is shown in Table 7 1 on page 102 Table 7 1 vNIC Maximum number of functions per port Default functions Maximum functions Number of Ports Port Speed per port per port 1 10Gbps 4 4 2 10Gbps 4 4 4 10Gbps 4 4 SIMode Configuration When SIMode is selected the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 31 on page 102 fle Edt yew Bort Discovery Batch kep DERAM Hr pe a Oe Adapter Infcemation Frmware Adapter Configuration Current Configuration viii Hos ja aProevor Sw Cel EM a Pato HOO CO EA ATA FE 00 00 C9 EA ASS RE 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 35 FE 10 00 00 00 C9 EA 64 33 Ema Port 1 Me 1C 1 06 27 60 39 10 001 iaci DE 27 6035 ny Next Boot Configuration C Serge personality al ports Matichaenel C Custorn GE IODOA 22M Mp 00 90 FA41 22 F0 BE 10 00 00 90Fa 41 22 F1 SD eg Poet 2 My 00 S0 FA 41 22 F8 Eu 00 00 WF A 8322 F9 NS avengerbtz HET OneConmect OCe 10100 mae Pet 000000 000000 D E meccarnsauto W NCS Sas Porta Me 1C
370. ust be the same for all hosts that are to be managed Setting an IP port number for one host to a different value than the other hosts makes the host unable to manage other hosts over TCP IP using a different port as well as make the host unmanageable over TCP IP from other hosts using a different port e Register this host with specific management host This setting enables you to register this host with a specific host for management If enabled you must supply the IP address or host name of the management host You can also choose to prevent management of this host from any other host but the management host See Management Host on page 45 for more information If Local Management Plus or Full Management mode are selected you can also set read only mode e Read only operation This setting prevents certain operations from being performed such as resetting adapters updating the adapter firmware image and changing adapter settings and driver properties Dialog box controls that pertain to these tasks are completely hidden or disabled Management Host The OneCommand Manager application management host provides enhanced discovery and security by enabling a managed host to register with a management host The management host receives these registrations when the remote host is started and updates its hosts file so the discovery server discovers the remotely managed host You do not need to manually add remote hosts to be managed I
371. ut might not yet be active A maximum of two PFC priority check boxes can be selected out of which one of them must match the iSCSI priority The additional PFC priority would be for the Ethernet traffic This additional PFC priority must be assigned to a priority group which has no other priorities iSCSI Priority Area e Active Priority The active iSCSI priority e Configured Priority The configured iSCSI priority ETS Priority Groups Area Note Not displayed if any type of multi channel is enabled on the adapter e Active Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The different priorities that are assigned to the various priority groups This is the currently active configuration o Bandwidth The bandwidths that are assigned to different priority groups This is the currently active configuration e Configured Groups o Group ID The priority group ID o Priority Membership The configured priority membership grouping o Bandwidth The configured value of bandwidth for the different priority groups o Max Configurable PGs The maximum number of priority groups that can be configured OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A gt lt EMULEX 10 DCB Configuration 215 Configure DCB Dialog Box Buttons e Defaults Click to return parameters to default iSCSI DCB settings e Configuration Rules Click to display the iSCSI Priority window that lists the rules for configuring iSCSI pr
372. utton 3 Select the personality you want to apply from the Personality pull down menu If you choose the NIC RoCE configuration the NIC RoCE configuration list displays the available RoCE profiles e Choose the RoCE 2 profile for Windows SMB Direct or Linux iSER NFS or VM Migration support e For RoCE 1 check the Implementer s Lab on the Emulex website for any updated information on additional use cases After rebooting a NIC RoCE configuration the Current Configuration field displays NIC RoCE along with the description of the selected RoCE profile Notes e RoCE configurations are not supported with SR IOV OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A DE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports 94 e If you choose a NIC Only configuration there may be multiple NIC Only configurations available If the adapter supports multiple NIC configurations profiles you must select a NIC Only configuration from the NIC Only configuration list 4 Click Apply A message appears notifying you of the profiles activation requirements Not all selections require a reboot Custom Configurations The Custom configuration view allows you to customize the protocols running on each port of an adapter The Port Configuration table only displays the available ports If the Custom radio button is selected the Adapter Configuration tab looks like Figure 7 23 on page 94 Oo i O o aie Ete Lat View Bort Discovery Batch Help fetal els
373. vago Technologies Company iSCSI On Windows platforms running the Microsoft iSCSI initiator the initiator iSCSI name is the Microsoft iSCSI IQN If you change it the change remains in effect until the system is rebooted After reboot the Microsoft IQN is used again as the iSCSI initiator name To view default login options 1 In the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the iSCSI initiator node whose default login settings you want to view 2 Select the iSCSI Initiator Login Options tab Figure 8 55 on page 198 and click View Default Login Options The Initiator Default Login Options window appears Figure 8 56 on page 200 Initiah2T Yes HoaderDapest None ImmadateData Yes DataDigest None MaxOutstandingR2T 1 MaxConnections 1 FrtBurstLength B92 DotaPOUlInOrder 1 MaxBurstLength 262144 DataSequencelnOrder 1 DefaRTme2Wak 2 MaRfeavDataSegmentlenzh 65536 OcfaukTime2Retan 20 ErroeRecoveryLevel 9 Figure 8 56 Initiator Default Login Options Window Initiator Default Login Options Field Definitions InitialR2T The initial request to transmit If set to Yes the initiator has to wait for the target to solicit SCSI data before sending it If set to No it allows the initiator to send a burst of unsolicited FirstBurstLength bytes Immediate Data If set to Yes allows the initiator to append unsolicited data to a command MaxOutstandingR2T The maximum number of outstanding request to transm
374. vago Technologies Company Grouping Hosts 7 Host Group Management xi Available Hosts Hosts in Selected Group Groups E biby eng ma emulex com Coast Hosts p mangy eng ma emulex com est Coast Hosts julet eng ma emulex com mangy wolF eng me ennulex com Create New Group Delete Group IT Show ungrouped hosts Cancel _ Figure 6 3 Host Group Management Dialog Box Host Group Management Field Definitions e Available Hosts The list of hosts that can be added to a host group You can select a host and right click to see its group assignments e Show ungrouped hosts If checked displays only hosts that are currently assigned to a host group e Hosts in Selected Group The list of hosts assigned to the currently selected host group e Groups The list of the currently defined host groups If you select a group in this list its host members appear in the Hosts in Selected Group list Host Group Management Buttons e Right arrow Adds selected available hosts to the currently selected group e Left arrow Removes selected hosts from the currently selected group e Create New Group Enables you to create a new host group e Delete Group Removes the currently selected host group e Restore Group Returns the selected group s configuration to its original state e Restore All Groups Returns all groups to their original state e OK Saves the current configuration changes and closes the dialog box
375. vailable e Insome instances the type of information displayed and available functionality is determined by the operating system in use Menu Bar The menu bar contains commands that enable you to perform a variety of tasks such as exiting the OneCommand Manager application resetting adapters and sorting items in the discovery tree view Many of the menu bar commands are also available from the toolbar Toolbar The toolbar Figure 4 2 on page 38 contains buttons that enable you to refresh the discovery tree reset the selected adapter and choose how you want to view discovered SAN elements in the discovery tree Many of the toolbar functions are also available from the menu bar OS Sele Se a peer aja Figure 4 2 Toolbar The toolbar is visible by default Use the Toolbar item in the View menu to hide the toolbar If the item is checked the toolbar is visible Toolbar Buttons The toolbar buttons perform the following tasks Discovery Refresh button e Initiates a discovery refresh cycle Reset Adapter button Ea e Resets the selected adapter View Buttons on the Toolbar The View buttons on the toolbar enable you to view SAN elements from the host fabric virtual ports or by local or remote adapter perspective By default both local and remote adapters are displayed in Host view The OneCommand Manager application displays elements in ascending order Host View button default e Displays the host system OneCo
376. vailable in read only mode Refer to the appropriate driver manual for instructions OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A XG EMULEX 8 Managing Protocols 156 An AvagoTechnologiesCompany CIO Activation Requirements A parameter has one of the following activation requirements e Dynamic The change takes effect while the system is running e Reset Requires an FC FCoE reset from the utility before the change takes effect e Reboot Requires reboot of the entire machine before the change takes effect In this case you are prompted to perform a reboot when you exit the utility The Host Driver Parameters Tab The Host Driver Parameters tab Figure 8 30 on page 156 enables you to view and edit the adapter driver parameter settings contained in a specific host The host driver parameters are global values and apply to all adapters in that host unless they are overridden by parameters assigned to a specific adapter using the adapter Driver Parameters tab For each parameter the tab shows the current value the range of acceptable values the default value and whether the parameter is dynamic A dynamic parameter allows the change to take effect without resetting the adapter or rebooting the system For information on changing parameters for a single adapter see Setting Driver Parameters on page 157 For information on changing parameters for the host see Setting Driver Parameters for All FC FCoE Functions in
377. vendor e Part Number The part number provided by the SFP vendor e Revision The vendor revision level Diagnostic Data Area e Temperature The internally measured module temperature OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SE EMULEX 7 Managing Adapters and Ports Q0 An Avago Technologies Company OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration e Supply Voltage The internally measured supply voltage in the transceiver e TX Bias Current The internally measured TX bias current e TX Output Power The measured TX output power e RX Input Power The measured RX input power OCe14000 Series Adapter Configuration When you select an OCe14000 series adapter from the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 the Adapter Configuration tab Figure 7 19 on page 91 is displayed The type of information that appears depends on the protocols and capabilities that are available on the adapter The IPL defines the protocols and capabilities Additionally you can enable SR IOV on an adapter wide basis For all adapters except NPar there are three configuration modes available e Single personality Select a single protocol along with NIC or NIC only to run on all ports on the adapter e Custom Choose the protocols to run on each port independently e multi channel View the channel properties and change the configurable properties based on the multi channel type Notes e For NPar the adapter is either running with NPar
378. vent of a test failure Two error action options exist e Stop Test Do not log the error and abort the test No further tests are run e Ignore Log the error and proceed with the next test cycle Test Cycles Test Cycles enables you to specify test cycles three ways e Select an established cycle count by clicking on the corresponding radio button e Enter a custom cycle count in the blank field in the Test Cycles area e Set the test to run until you manually click Stop Test by selecting the Infinite radio button Test Pattern Enter a custom test pattern to be used in tests that transfer data The test pattern can be up to eight hexadecimal bytes Test Status The Test Status area displays how many completed cycles of each test ran as well as the number of errors To run loopback tests 1 From the discovery tree Figure 4 3 on page 40 select the adapter port on which you want to run the Loopback Test 2 Select the Diagnostics tab Figure 13 1 on page 236 and click Advanced Diagnostics Tests Figure 13 8 on page 243 From the Loopback Test section of the dialog box choose the type of Loopback test you want to run and define the loopback test parameters OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 245 An Avago Technologies Company LightPulse FC Diagnostics Note You must insert a loopback plug in the selected adapter before running an External Loopback test Click Start The
379. want to use and click Start Test The following warning window appears Figure 13 12 on page 246 F The test sequence you are about to run wil result in taking the selected adapter O offline Ensure that all 10 activity on this port has stopped before proceeding Click OK to run the test or Cancel to skip it Figure 13 12 Advanced Diagnostic Tests Warning Window 6 Click OK A result screen appears and the test results appear in the Test Log Click Clear to erase the contents of the log display or click Save to File to save the log file Saving the Log File You can save the test log to a log file for later viewing or printing When new data is written to a saved file the data is appended to the end of the file Each entry has a two line header that contains the identifier of the adapter being tested and the date and time of the test Over time the data accumulates to form a chronological history of the diagnostics performed on the adapter Not available in read only mode The default location is e In Windows the OneCommand Manager application install directory on your local drive e In Solaris opt ELXocm Dump e In Linux var opt emulex ocmanager Dump e In VMware Server A default directory does not exist for VMware OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A SG EMULEX 13 Diagnostics 247 An Avago Technologies Company OneConnect Diagnostics After writing an entry into the log you are pro
380. width for each channel must be greater than or equal to the minimum bandwidth for that channel e LPVIDs range 2 4094 must be assigned to all NIC and NIC RoCE channels and must be unique across all NIC RoCE channels on a port However any or all of the LPVIDs on one port can be repeated on another port e After changing the LPVIDs or bandwidths on any of channels and clicking Apply the changes take effect immediately No reboot is required Default UMC Settings Since most hosts today do not support ARI the default UMC settings are designed where possible to prevent enabling functions that require ARI This prevents you from enabling channels that will not be seen on the PCI bus when the system boots Notes e Ona four port adapter if UMC is disabled if the third function on each port was already enabled when UMC is enabled that function will still be enabled This case assumes that you enabled the third function previously because ARI was available e SR IOV is not supported with UMC If UMC is enabled the channels are assigned default values based upon the following rules For each port 1 All enabled functions that is functions not set to None will continue to be enabled running the same protocol before UMC was enabled even if its function number is greater than 7 only possible on four port adapters Any channel with a function number less than 8 will be enabled with NIC Any channel with function number g
381. y The remote dump files are copied to your local dump folder The local dump folder locations are described in step 4 OneCommand Manager Application P011373 01A Rev A 14 Troubleshooting 255 General Situations XG EMULEX An Avago Technologies Company 14 Troubleshooting Your system may operate in an unexpected manner due to several circumstances The Troubleshooting section explains many of these circumstances and offers one or more workarounds for each situation General Situations Table 14 1 on page 255 lists possible situations and their resolution Table 14 1 General Situations Situation After installing and starting the OneCommand Manager application the status bar shows Initializing discovery engine but after waiting for awhile nothing is displayed in the discovery tree Resolution It is possible the discovery server was not installed properly and therefore is not running Try uninstalling and re installing the OneCommand Manager application package The Web Launch interface cannot be started When you attempt to start the OneCommand Manager application Web Launch Interface client interface you receive an error message stating Unable to launch OneCommand If the JRE Web Start version present on your system does not meet the minimum required by the OneCommand Manager application a temporary copy of the correct Web Start version is downloaded automatically This is used to open the

User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents